Part G - Discipline SoTA Patterns Kit

Preface node heading:part-g-discipline-sota-patterns-kit:100737

What this page is

This is generated FPF reference text from the specification preface or supporting sections. It helps interpret FPF; it is not FPF Reference product documentation.

Methodology

Use it to understand how the specification wants to be read, then return to a route, pattern, or work packet for active work. Cite generated IDs only when the wording changes the task decision.

Content

G.Core - Part G Core Invariants

Tag. Architectural pattern (Part‑G core invariants hub; refactoring/deduplication) Stage. design‑time (authoring discipline + ID‑stable citation discipline; no run‑time mechanism) Primary hooks. E.8 (pattern template), E.10 (lexical/ontological rules), E.19 (conformance discipline), A.6.7 (SuiteObligations + suite protocol pins), A.15.3 (planned baseline), A.19 (CN‑Spec), G.0 (CG‑Spec), A.19.CHR (CHR suite boundary), C.23 (SoS‑LOG), F.17 (UTS), F.15 (RSCR).

Status. Stable Placement. Part G core section before G.0 (without renumbering G.0…G.13). Normativity. Normative unless explicitly marked informative

Purpose. Provide one governing definition for Part‑G‑wide invariants (delegation-first citation and change-control discipline), plus a typed RSCR trigger kind catalogue and a Default Governing Definition Index, so Part G can be refactored without semantic drift or public‑ID breakage.

Phase‑2 constraint. G.Core is the only new Part‑G pattern introduced in Phase‑2; discipline/method/generator specifics remain in G.x as Extensions, citations to existing governing patterns, or Phase‑3 seeds (appendix) without new Phase‑2 norms.

Post‑Phase‑2 evolvability policy. The Phase‑2 restriction above is historical. From Phase‑3 onward, new Part‑G PatternIds are permitted when (i) they introduce a genuinely new kit/pack class (typically levels G.2–G.5), or (ii) they are required to preserve one governing pattern per wiring extension and wiring-only separation. Method/discipline/generator specifics SHOULD still default to GPatternExtension modules under G.x:Extensions (scoped by PatternScopeId = G.x:Ext.* and GoverningPatternId), rather than adding new Part‑G patterns.

G.Core:1 - Problem frame

Part G contains patterns for CG‑frame characterization and its downstream artefacts (cards, evidence graphs, bridge surfaces, refresh/shipping orchestration, parity harnesses, dashboards, interop surfaces). In the current spec, several invariants are already present as suite obligations/protocol norms and are reused across Part G.

Part‑G‑wide invariants are governed by G.Core so every G.x can:

  • cite the core invariants rather than restating them, and
  • isolate pattern-scoped specifics as Extensions without turning each G.x into a mixed bag of universal rules, kit surfaces, and method/generator descriptions.

This pattern (G.Core) therefore acts as the deduplication hub for FPF Part G.

G.Core:2 - Problem

Without one governing definition for Part‑G‑wide invariants, Part G drifts in at least six recurring ways:

  1. Shadow governing spec refs emerge: downstream patterns restate CN‑Spec / CG‑Spec constraints, accidentally creating “local specs” that can diverge from the canonical governing spec refs.
  2. Crossing discipline becomes inconsistent: “crossing events” and “crossing visibility” are described differently across G.x, causing ambiguity about what must be pinned (UTS/Path/policy‑ids/editions) and what triggers refresh/regression.
  3. Guard semantics drift: tri‑state eligibility and “unknown handling” can be reinterpreted in local prose, producing hidden fourth statuses or implicit coercions.
  4. Hidden scalarization appears: partial orders are silently collapsed into scalars, or totalization is introduced implicitly through “helpful” numeric summaries.
  5. Suite/kit/pack mixing blurs governing-definition assignment: downstream patterns drift into “governing” what should remain governed by the suite boundary (A.6.7 and A.19.CHR), kit surfaces (each G.x), or shipping (G.10).
  6. Refactoring breaks public IDs: CC items and trigger labels become hard to evolve because removing duplicates risks breaking external references.

Part G requires a single place where these invariants and refactoring disciplines live, while keeping Part G patterns modular and method/discipline specifics explicitly separated.

G.Core:3 - Forces

  • One governing definition vs. usability: We must centralize universal invariants, but G.x must remain readable and pattern-scoped for authors.
  • Delegation-first vs. completeness: Many norms already have canonical governing definitions such as A.6.7, A.15.3, A.19, G.0, A.19.CHR, and the relevant Part E patterns. G.Core must cite those governing definitions rather than duplicating semantics.
  • Public-id and alias continuity: Public CC IDs and deprecated trigger labels must remain stable as labels; deduplication must not break citations.
  • Typed change control: RSCR/refresh must become id‑based (catalogued trigger kinds) rather than prose-based “meaning”.
  • Strict distinction: Keep governing spec refs (CN‑Spec, CG‑Spec), suites, kits/surfaces, policies, planned baselines, audits, and refresh orchestration distinct.
  • Minimal specificity naming: New IDs must be kind‑suffixed and minimally specific, to reduce semantic lock‑in while remaining precise.
  • Phase‑2 scope discipline: G.Core must not become a container for discipline/method/generator taxonomies; those remain pattern-scoped (Extensions), delegated to existing governing patterns, or marked Phase‑3 seeds (appendix) without new Phase‑2 norms.

G.Core:4 - Solution

G.Core establishes Part‑G‑wide invariants as delegation rules + typed catalogs + authoring discipline.

G.Core:4.1 - Delegation-first citation for Part‑G‑wide invariants

G.Core is a citation hub, not a “second spec”. For any Part‑G‑wide invariant that already has a governing definition, G.Core:

  1. standardises naming via SuiteObligations.* (A.6.7:4.2), and
  2. records where the invariant is governed, so downstream patterns cite rather than restate.

Delegation table (normative index; no semantic duplication).

Obligation handleCanonical governing definition(s)Part‑G note
transport_declarative_only + cg_spec_cite_required_for_numeric_opsA.6.7 + A.19 (CN‑Spec) + G.0 (CG‑Spec) + A.19.CHRCN/CG are pins, not copies (“governing spec refs are pins, not copies”). No embedded/shadow governing spec refs.
bridge_only_crossingsA.6.7 + E.18Any cross-Context or cross-plane/kind move is Bridge‑mediated; no implicit crossings.
crossing_visibility_requiredE.18 (CrossingBundle) + A.6.7Crossing visibility is a published CrossingBundle. edition_key changes on crossing‑relevant artefacts (Bridge/CL surfaces, BridgeCards, CrossingBundle registries, and UTS rows for crossing artefacts) are treated as crossing-bundle edits. If the required CrossingBundle is missing/non‑conformant, downstream consumers MUST abstain from cross-Context or cross-plane reuse (no silent crossings).
two_bridge_rule_for_described_entity_changeA.6.7entityOfConcern retargeting requires an explicit KindBridge (CL^k) in addition to any Context/Plane Bridge.
`guard_decision_tristate(passdegradeabstain)+unknown_never_coerces_to_pass`
penalties_route_to_r_eff_onlyA.6.7Penalties affect the R lane (R_eff) only; F/G invariants must not be altered by penalties.
no_silent_scalarisation_of_partial_orders + no_silent_totalisationA.6.7Partial orders stay set‑valued; no silent scalar ranks or “helpful” totalisation.
planned_slot_filling_in_work_planning_only + finalize_launch_values_in_work_enactment_only + gate_decision_separationA.15.3 + A.19.CHR + A.6.7Planned baselines are WorkPlanning‑only; launch/finalization values are WorkEnactment‑only; planning does not govern GateDecision/DecisionLog semantics.
DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex.single_governing_definition_per_DefaultIdthis patternAny default names exactly one governing definition; G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex is an index, not a second spec.

This pattern also governs four pieces of Part‑G‑wide infrastructure that are not already governed elsewhere:

  • the typed RSCRTriggerKindId catalogue (single writer),
  • the Default Governing Definition Index (one governing definition per DefaultId; index only), and
  • the Δ‑discipline for ID‑stable deduplication (delegation without public‑ID breakage), and
  • the linkage compression catalogues (GCoreConformanceProfileId, GCoreTriggerSetId, GCorePinSetId) used to keep G.x linkage sections small.

G.Core:4.2 - Mandatory G.Core linkage manifest requirement for every G.x

Every pattern G.x in Part G SHALL include a short, explicit Core linkage section that is notation‑independent and id‑based.

  • Relations: Builds on: G.Core.

  • Solution: include a section named G.x:<n> - G.Core linkage (normative) that contains a GCoreLinkageManifest listing, at minimum:

    • CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId… } (preferred) and/or CoreConformanceIds := { CC‑GCORE‑… }
    • RSCRTriggerSetIds := { GCoreTriggerSetId… } (preferred) and/or RSCRTriggerKindIds := { RSCRTriggerKindId… }
    • CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId… } (preferred) and/or CorePinsRequired := { … } (pins/refs surfaced by the kit; include policy‑id pins and edition pins when applicable; list only additions/overrides if pin sets are used)
    • DefaultsConsumed := { DefaultId… } (ids only; governing definition is resolved via G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex; cite governing definition, don’t restate)
    • TriggerAliasMapRef? (present or cited) if the pattern uses local trigger tokens

Nil‑elision (normative size rule). Any field whose value is MAY be omitted; omission means and does not relax any obligation.

Expansion rule (normative). If profile/set ids are used, the effective CoreConformanceIds / RSCRTriggerKindIds / CorePinsRequired are the unions of their expansions plus any explicitly listed ids (see G.Core:4.2.2, G.Core:4.2.3, and G.Core:4.3.4.2).

G.Core:4.2.1 - GCoreLinkageManifest (canonical shape)

GCoreLinkageManifest is the minimal, pattern‑local wiring manifest for citing G.Core without duplicating universal prose.

A G.x MAY render the manifest as prose, a table, or structured notation, but the ids SHALL be recoverable by authoring review:

GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨ CoreConformanceProfileIds?: {GCoreConformanceProfileId…}, CoreConformanceIds?: {CC‑GCORE‑…}, RSCRTriggerSetIds?: {GCoreTriggerSetId…}, RSCRTriggerKindIds?: {RSCRTriggerKindId…}, CorePinSetIds?: {GCorePinSetId…}, CorePinsRequired?: {…pin ids…}, DefaultsConsumed?: {DefaultId…}, TriggerAliasMapRef?: TriggerAliasMapRef ⟩

G.Core:4.2.2 - GCoreConformanceProfileId catalogue (compression primitive)

A GCoreConformanceProfileId is a stable identifier for a named set of CC‑GCORE‑* items. It exists solely to reduce repetition in G.x linkage sections (no new semantics).

GCoreConformanceProfileIdExpands to CC‑GCORE‑* (set)Notes
GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase{CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1, CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1, CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1, CC‑GCORE‑SET‑1, CC‑GCORE‑P2W‑1, CC‑GCORE‑DEF‑1, CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑1, CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑2, CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑3, CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑4, CC‑GCORE‑ID‑1, CC‑GCORE‑ID‑2, CC‑GCORE‑LINK‑1, CC‑GCORE‑LINK‑2}Default baseline for most Part‑G kits.
GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard{CC‑GCORE‑GUARD‑1}Add when the kit defines/consumes eligibility/guard outcomes.
GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted{CC‑GCORE‑UTS‑1}Add when the kit mints/evolves public ids (UTS rows).
GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary{CC‑GCORE‑SKP‑1}Add when shipping boundaries are in scope for the kit.
G.Core:4.2.3 - GCorePinSetId catalogue (compression primitive)

A GCorePinSetId is a stable identifier for a named set of commonly recurring pin obligations used in Part‑G kits. It exists solely to reduce repetition in G.x linkage sections (no new semantics).

Conditional pins (normative). In pin‑set expansions below, a pin marked with ? is conditional: it MUST be present iff the pattern actually uses the corresponding surface/artefact class; otherwise it MAY be omitted (nil‑elision permitted) and is treated as . A G.x MAY strengthen a conditional pin to unconditional by listing it explicitly in CorePinsRequired.

GCorePinSetIdExpands to CorePinsRequired (set)Notes
GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal{CG-FrameContext, entityOfConcern := ⟨GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane⟩, CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition}Baseline scope+spec pins for most Part‑G authoring kits (design‑time, citable, refreshable).
GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins{BridgeId/BridgeCardId, BridgeMatrixId?, CL/CL^k/CL^plane, Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane policy-ids, CrossingBundleId?, UTSRowId[]?, PathId[]/PathSliceId[]?}Use when the kit asserts or consumes crossings (Bridge‑only + visible). Conditional pins cover “only if that bundle is used” cases (UTS publication, path‑citable evidence, explicit CrossingBundle reference).

G.Core:4.3 - RSCR Trigger Catalogue and docking discipline

G.Core is the single writer for Part‑G‑wide trigger kinds.

G.Core:4.3.1 - Definitions
  • RSCRTriggerKindId Canonical, stable identifier for a trigger kind (a class of “why RSCR/refresh must fire”). Cross-pattern reason code.

  • RSCRTriggerAliasId Pattern-scoped human label/token kept for ergonomics and alias continuity (e.g., G.11:T4, G.6:H3:lane-tag correction).

  • TriggerAliasMap Mapping table: RSCRTriggerAliasId → {RSCRTriggerKindId…} (1..n).

  • RSCRTrigger Minimal conceptual form (notation-independent):

    RSCRTrigger := ⟨
      triggerKindId: RSCRTriggerKindId,
      scope: PathSliceId[] | PathId[] | PatternScopeId,
      payloadPins: { …id pins… }
    

    Where payloadPins contains any edition pins, policy-ids, Bridge ids, evidence pins, regression-set ids, etc., required to make the trigger actionable.

G.Core:4.3.2 - Governing-definition model
  • TriggerGoverningDefinition := G.Core.
  • Any new trigger kind SHALL be added to G.Core first.
  • Other patterns MAY define aliases only (or cite shared alias maps), and MUST map aliases to canonical kinds.
G.Core:4.3.3 - Authoring rules
  • No implicit triggers: Any RSCR/SCR/refresh artefact that records reasons MUST record canonical RSCRTriggerKindId. Aliases may be recorded as labels, but must not be the only reason code.

  • No implicit overloading: A local token string (e.g., T4) SHALL NOT silently change meaning across patterns; namespace is part of the alias (G.11:T4A.20:T4).

  • Granularity discipline: If a local cause is narrower than an existing canonical kind, map it to that kind and keep the nuance as a local scope note. If the difference matters for planning/selection, add a new canonical kind.

  • Multi-cause discipline: When an event spans multiple canonical kinds, record multiple triggers (preferred) or map the alias to a set {…} and require emitting the full set.

G.Core:4.3.4 - Seed canonical catalogue (Phase‑2 minimum)

The Phase‑2 stabilized canonical catalogue (based on the Phase‑2 inventory; sufficient to dock deprecated G.6:H3 and G.11:T0…T7 trigger labels and to populate RSCRTriggerKindIds in G.0…G.13):

  • RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChange
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit
  • RSCRTriggerKindId.DefaultGoverningDefinitionChange
G.Core:4.3.4.1 - Canonical kind definitions (normative, minimal)

Each RSCRTriggerKindId SHALL have a short, stable definition in G.Core (single-writer) to prevent semantic drift.

RSCRTriggerKindIdMinimal meaning (cause class)Typical payload pins (non-exhaustive)
RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEditA legality surface changed (CG‑Spec: ComparatorSet/SCP/Γ_fold/MinimalEvidence, or equivalent legality inputs).CGSpecRef.edition, ComparatorSetRef.edition, SCPRef.edition, ΓFoldRef.edition
RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEditA penalty / Φ / Ψ / FailureBehavior / SoS‑LOG branch policy changed.penalty policy ids, Φ/Ψ policy ids, SoS‑LOG branch id pins
RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEditA crossing bundle changed (Bridge/CL routing, crossing-bundle registry cards, crossing policy pins), including edition_key changes of crossing‑relevant artefacts (BridgeCards, CrossingBundle registries, UTS rows for crossing artefacts).BridgeId/BridgeCardId, BridgeMatrixId?, CL* ids, crossing policy ids, UTSRowId[], PathId/PathSliceId?
RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEditReferencePlane or plane-routing surface changed.ReferencePlaneId, plane-policy ids
RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChangeAny pinned edition relevant to downstream artifacts changed (including CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, comparator/method/descriptor/distance/etc.). Crossing‑artefact edition_key changes are additionally classified as CrossingBundleEdit per multi‑cause discipline.changed *.edition pins, affected PathSliceIds
RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChangeA published tokenization / naming / alias surface changed in a way that can affect docking, citations, or dispatch (e.g., UTS Name Cards, twin labels, alias maps).affected UTSRowId[], NameCardId[], alias ids / maps
RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChangeA policy-id pin used by characterization changed (selection, insertion, emission, routing, refresh policy, etc.).policy ids (and other non-edition configuration pins when they are explicitly pinned)
RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDeltaTelemetry inputs that influence refresh/selection changed (not merely display-only).telemetry ids/refs, Audit-published pins
RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEventTime/freshness/decay conditions affecting validity changed (window shift, decay thresholds, freshness policy edits).freshness window refs/ids, decay/freshness policy ids
RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEditEvidence graph / evidence surface changed in ways that affect admissibility/acceptance/comparison.evidence pins, EvidenceGraph refs, affected PathIds
RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChangeMaturity rung/ladder state changed for relevant artifacts or paths.maturity rung ids, affected scopes
RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEditPlanned baseline bindings changed (planned slot fillings / binding refs), requiring a re-run along the P2W path.SlotFillingsPlanItem refs, planned pins, variance pins
RSCRTriggerKindId.DefaultGoverningDefinitionChangeThe governing definition of a DefaultId (as recorded in G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex) changed, or a default row was added/deprecated.affected DefaultId.*, old governing definition ref, new governing definition ref
G.Core:4.3.4.2 - Canonical trigger sets (compression primitive)

GCoreTriggerSetId identifies a named set of RSCRTriggerKindId values. A G.x MAY cite trigger sets in RSCRTriggerSetIds instead of repeating long RSCRTriggerKindIds lists.

GCoreTriggerSetIdRSCRTriggerKindIds (set)Notes
GCoreTriggerSetId.CGSpecGate{RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}Covers CG‑Spec legality‑gate kits (e.g., G.0).
GCoreTriggerSetId.SoTAHarvestSynthesis{RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}Covers SoTA harvesting/synthesis packs (e.g., G.2).
GCoreTriggerSetId.EvidenceGraphKit{RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit}Covers EvidenceGraph/SCR kits (e.g., G.6).
GCoreTriggerSetId.BridgeCalibrationKit{RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit}Covers bridge calibration/CL kits (e.g., G.7).
GCoreTriggerSetId.RefreshOrchestration{RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit}Covers refresh orchestration (e.g., G.11).
G.Core:4.3.5 - Initial alias maps

These alias maps are normative docking artefacts and preserve deprecated alias labels while moving semantics to canonical ids.

TriggerAliasMap.G11 Based on the existing trigger catalogue in G.11 (T0…T7).

  • G.11:T0 → { RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange }
  • G.11:T1 → { RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta }
  • G.11:T2 → { RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange }
  • G.11:T3 → { RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange }
  • G.11:T4 → { RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit }
  • G.11:T5 → { RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent }
  • G.11:T6 → { RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange }
  • G.11:T7 → { RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange }

TriggerAliasMap.G0 (reserved; empty in Phase‑2). Map any stable deprecated registry-hook labels emitted/recorded by G.0 to the canonical kinds above (typically LegalitySurfaceEdit, PenaltyPolicyEdit, CrossingBundleEdit, ReferencePlaneEdit, TokenizationOrNameChange), preserving the original label text as RSCRTriggerAliasId. If none exist, G.0 SHOULD emit canonical RSCRTriggerKindId values directly.

TriggerAliasMap.G6 EvidenceGraph H3 example causes → canonical kinds:

  • G.6:H3:freshness/decay change → { RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent }
  • G.6:H3:Bridge CL/CL^k or loss update → { RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit }
  • G.6:H3:Φ/Ψ policy change → { RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit }
  • G.6:H3:lane tag correction → { RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit }
  • G.6:H3:ReferencePlane correction → { RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit }
  • G.6:H3:QD/OEE artefact updates (U.DescriptorMapRef.edition/DistanceDef, EmitterPolicyRef, InsertionPolicyRef, archive K-capacity) → { RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange }

G.Core:4.4 - Default Governing Definition Index

G.Core provides an index of Part‑G defaults with one governing definition per DefaultId. The index is not a “second spec”; it is a cross-reference table that points to the governing definition reference (a CC item, policy‑id, or TaskSignature rule) and states applicability conditions.

G.Core:4.4.1 - Definitions
  • DefaultId Stable identifier of a default (a default constant or default rule).

  • DefaultGoverningDefinitionRef A reference to the governing definition of the default (e.g., a CC item id like CC‑G5.23, or a policy id, or a TaskSignature rule definition).

G.Core:4.4.2 - Rules
  • Exactly one governing definition per DefaultId.
  • Any other mention in G.x MUST be a citation/delegation to the governing definition, not a competing statement.
  • A default may be conditional (default-rule) with explicit applicability conditions.
  • The Default Governing Definition Index SHALL NOT be used to “smuggle” mandatory invariants as defaults. Invariants remain invariants (typically cited through CC‑GCORE‑… and their canonical governing definitions).
G.Core:4.4.3 - Seed Default Governing-definition assignment entries (Phase‑2 minimum)
DefaultIdDefaultGoverningDefinitionRefNotes
DefaultId.PortfolioModeCC‑G5.23Existing governing definition; other mentions delegate to it.
DefaultId.DominanceRegimeCC‑G5.28Existing governing definition; other mentions delegate to it.
DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_effCC‑G5.4Default Γ‑fold for R_eff is weakest‑link; overrides require explicit CAL support.

This table may grow over time; the rule is that the governing definition must already be named (or be intentionally set to G.Core when the default is truly Part‑G‑wide and not governed elsewhere). Any change in a row (add/remove/change governing definition) SHALL be treated as a refresh‑sensitive edit and recorded as RSCRTriggerKindId.DefaultGoverningDefinitionChange (payload: affected DefaultId.*, old governing definition ref, new governing definition ref).

G.Core:4.5 - ID continuity protocol (Δ‑discipline)

When moving universal norms out of G.x into G.Core:

  • existing public CC ids in G.x that may be referenced externally SHALL NOT be deleted or renamed;
  • such CC items SHALL become delegation items that point to the relevant CC‑GCORE‑… item(s);
  • each G.x SHALL add exactly one bridge CC item CC‑Gx‑CoreRef (first in its CC list) that makes linked CC‑GCORE‑… items mandatory for G.x conformance.

Deprecated trigger labels (e.g., G.11:T*, G.6:H3:*) are preserved as aliases and MUST map to canonical trigger kinds.

Non-CC public identifiers (e.g., UTSRowId, RSCRTriggerAliasId, deprecation notices, edition bumps) MUST obey the same Δ-discipline: preserve old ids; represent drift via alias/deprecation/edition evolution (see F.17 (UTS)); and emit canonical trigger kinds (RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange) when downstream impact is possible.

G.Core:4.6 - Explicit non-goals

G.Core does not:

  • introduce CG‑frame kit entities (e.g., BridgeMatrix/ReferencePlane/Φ registries); those remain in their governing G.x;
  • introduce method-family taxonomies, discipline packs, or generator orchestration mechanisms; those remain as Extensions in their governing definitions (e.g., synthesis/shipping/refresh patterns);
  • define refresh algorithms; it defines trigger kinds and docking only.

G.Core:5 - Archetypal grounding

Tell. In Phase‑2 refactoring, G.Core is the hub that allows each G.x to become structurally predictable: (a) a short, normative “Core linkage” slice, and (b) pattern‑scoped Extensions. Universal obligations cite canonical governing definitions such as A.6.7, A.15.3, A.19, G.0, and A.19.CHR, while RSCR trigger kinds and DefaultGoverningDefinitionRef references become typed and cite named definitions.

Show 1: Refresh triggers without semantic drift. G.11 already uses trigger tokens T0…T7. G.Core keeps them as aliases and maps them to canonical trigger kinds (e.g., TelemetryDelta, EditionPinChange, CrossingBundleEdit). This makes RSCR reason codes consistent across patterns and avoids re-explaining trigger semantics in every pattern.

Show 2: Resolving competing defaults. If multiple patterns imply a default for PortfolioMode, the Default Governing Definition Index points to one governing definition (currently CC‑G5.23). Other patterns (e.g., bundles/log patterns) must cite that governing definition or delegate to it, rather than restating the default with slightly different wording. This preserves intent while preventing drift and ambiguity.

G.Core:6 - Bias-annotation (informative)

  • Centralization bias: One governing hub can become too thick. Mitigation: delegation-first citation; keep only true Part‑G invariants and typed indices here.
  • Over-typing bias: A trigger catalogue can become overly granular. Mitigation: granularity discipline + scope notes; only add new kinds when planning/selection needs it.
  • Refactor rigidity bias: Preserving IDs can feel cumbersome. Mitigation: delegation items preserve IDs while enabling deduplication.
  • Default absolutism bias: Defaults may require conditional rules. Mitigation: Default Governing Definition Index allows conditional default rules with explicit applicability conditions.
  • Single-writer bias: prefers single‑writer authoring for catalogs and explicit governing-definition tables. Mitigation: delegation-first citation; keep catalogs minimal; avoid “second specs”.
  • Architectural bias: centralizes invariants to prevent accidental coupling across G.x. Mitigation: keep core thin; force Extensions to remain pattern‑scoped.
  • Ontological/epistemic bias: enforces strict distinction between governing spec refs, kits, mechanisms, and orchestration. Mitigation: allow didactic scope notes while keeping normative surface id‑based.
  • Pragmatic bias: adds authoring overhead (linkage sections, alias maps). Mitigation: one small mandatory bridge CC item per pattern (CC‑Gx‑CoreRef) and short linkage slices only.
  • Didactic bias: risks “glossy hub prose” that hides missing CC coverage. Mitigation: enforce CC/Solution coherence (E.19) and keep invariants checkable via CC‑GCORE‑….

G.Core:7 - Conformance checklist (normative) — CC‑GCORE

Conformance items are authoring obligations and are enforced transitively by CC‑Gx‑CoreRef in every G.x.

ConformanceIdStatement
CC‑GCORE‑DEL‑1A conforming G.Core SHALL be delegation-first: if a norm is already governed by A.6.7, A.15.3, A.19, G.0, A.19.CHR, or a relevant Part E pattern, G.Core cites that governing definition rather than duplicating semantics.
CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1Any pattern in Part G that builds on G.Core SHALL cite CN‑Spec and CG‑Spec as the only spec-legality surfaces and SHALL NOT introduce shadow specs (incl. complying with SuiteObligations.transport_declarative_only and SuiteObligations.cg_spec_cite_required_for_numeric_ops).
CC‑GCORE‑OBL‑1A conforming G.Core SHALL treat the obligation vocabulary in A.6.7:4.2 as the canonical naming surface for Part‑G‑wide obligations and SHALL NOT introduce competing obligation names for the same norms.
CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1A Part‑G pattern that introduces or consumes crossings SHALL enforce SuiteObligations.bridge_only_crossings and SuiteObligations.crossing_visibility_required (CrossingBundle per E.18); SHALL prohibit implicit crossings; SHALL treat edition_key changes on crossing‑relevant artefacts (Bridge/CL/CrossingBundle registries and UTS rows for crossing artefacts) as RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit (and, when an edition pin is involved, also RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange per multi‑cause discipline); and SHALL cite SuiteObligations.two_bridge_rule_for_described_entity_change through its canonical governing definition.
CC‑GCORE‑GUARD‑1A Part‑G pattern SHALL treat `GuardDecision := {pass
CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1A Part‑G pattern SHALL route penalties/assurance loss to the R lane (R_eff) only (SuiteObligations.penalties_route_to_r_eff_only) and SHALL preserve F/G invariants under penalties (penalties do not alter legality/invariant lanes).
CC‑GCORE‑SET‑1A Part‑G pattern SHALL preserve set-return semantics for partial orders and SHALL prohibit silent scalarization/totalization (SuiteObligations.no_silent_scalarisation_of_partial_orders, SuiteObligations.no_silent_totalisation); any scalar summary SHALL be report-only unless declared as a admissible comparator surface.
CC‑GCORE‑SKP‑1A Part‑G pattern SHALL preserve the suite/kit/pack distinction (A.19.CHR) and SHALL keep shipping concerns governed by their canonical governing patterns (e.g., G.10) rather than embedding shipping semantics into unrelated kits or core invariants.
CC‑GCORE‑P2W‑1A Part‑G pattern that uses planned baselines SHALL anchor them via SlotFillingsPlanItem in WorkPlanning (SuiteObligations.planned_slot_filling_in_work_planning_only) and SHALL finalize launch values only in WorkEnactment (SuiteObligations.finalize_launch_values_in_work_enactment_only); gate decisions remain separated per SuiteObligations.gate_decision_separation.
CC‑GCORE‑LINK‑1Every conforming G.x SHALL satisfy G.Core:4.2 by providing a G.x:<n> - G.Core linkage (normative) section containing a GCoreLinkageManifest (incl. either CoreConformanceProfileIds or CoreConformanceIds, either RSCRTriggerSetIds or RSCRTriggerKindIds, and either CorePinSetIds or CorePinsRequired (or both)). Nil‑elision is permitted for fields.
CC‑GCORE‑LINK‑2Every conforming G.x SHALL include CC‑Gx‑CoreRef as the first checklist item; it SHALL make mandatory the effective CoreConformanceIds (including expansions of any CoreConformanceProfileIds) declared in the linkage manifest.
CC‑GCORE‑UTS‑1If a Part‑G pattern mints, deprecates, or evolves any public identifier, it SHALL publish/update the corresponding UTS entries and cite them via UTSRowId pins, delegating UTS semantics (twin labels, alias/deprecation discipline, edition pins) to its canonical governing definition F.17 (UTS).
CC‑GCORE‑ID‑1When deduplicating, existing public CC ids in G.x SHALL NOT be deleted/renamed; they SHALL become delegation items to relevant CC‑GCORE‑… items.
CC‑GCORE‑ID‑2Public id continuity applies beyond CC item ids: UTSRowId rows, RSCRTriggerAliasId tokens (e.g., T0…T7), deprecation notices, and edition bumps SHALL preserve prior ids and express drift via alias/deprecation/edition evolution (never by reusing/redefining an old id). When downstream behaviour can change, the change SHALL emit a canonical RSCRTriggerKindId (e.g., TokenizationOrNameChange, EditionPinChange).
CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑1A conforming G.Core SHALL define the canonical RSCRTriggerKindId catalogue and SHALL be its single writer.
CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑2Any G.x that uses local trigger tokens SHALL provide (or cite) a TriggerAliasMap mapping each alias to canonical RSCRTriggerKindId.
CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑3Any artefact that records RSCR/SCR/refresh reasons SHALL record canonical RSCRTriggerKindId (aliases may be recorded as labels only).
CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑4A conforming G.Core SHALL keep TriggerAliasMap.* consistent with the governing patterns’ deprecated trigger alias catalogues (e.g., G.11:T*). Any change to an alias mapping SHALL be treated as refresh‑sensitive; at minimum it SHALL be recorded/emitted as RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChange (and, if the mapped trigger kinds change, the corresponding canonical kinds apply as well).
CC‑GCORE‑DEF‑1A conforming G.Core SHALL maintain a Default Governing Definition Index for Part‑G defaults, ensuring each DefaultId.* names exactly one governing definition (a CC item or a policy id). All other patterns SHALL cite the governing definition and SHALL NOT state competing defaults. Any governing-definition change MUST be recorded as RSCRTriggerKindId.DefaultGoverningDefinitionChange.

G.Core:8 - Common anti-patterns and how to avoid them

  • Anti-pattern: Restating CN‑Spec/CG‑Spec rules inside a G.x “for convenience”. Avoid: cite A.19 and G.0 through CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1.

  • Anti-pattern: Adding a fourth guard status (“unknown”, “maybe”, “probe-only”) as a separate decision value. Avoid: keep guard domain tri‑state; express “probe-only” as policy/branching and record via pins/audit.

  • Anti-pattern: Treating mandatory invariants as “defaults” to centralize them. Avoid: keep invariants as invariants (CC‑GCORE‑* cited through canonical governing definitions); restrict the Default Governing Definition Index to true defaults (constants or conditional default-rules).

  • Anti-pattern: Turning partial orders into scalar ranks silently. Avoid: keep set‑valued semantics unless a total order is explicitly declared by a comparator/policy.

  • Anti-pattern: Competing defaults scattered across multiple patterns. Avoid: Default Governing Definition Index; delegate duplicate statements to the one governing definition.

  • Anti-pattern: Local trigger tokens without canonical mapping. Avoid: provide/cite a TriggerAliasMap with namespace‑qualified aliases.

  • Anti-pattern: Breaking public CC ids during dedup. Avoid: convert to delegation items; preserve IDs.

G.Core:9 - Consequences

  • Positive: Part‑G‑wide invariants cite G.Core as their governing definition; refactors become safer and easier to audit.
  • Positive: RSCR becomes reason-code driven (typed triggers), improving traceability and preventing semantic drift.
  • Positive: Default conflicts become detectable and resolvable because each DefaultId names one governing definition.
  • Negative: Adds an extra authoring step (linkage sections and CoreRef CC item) to each G.x.
  • Negative: Requires careful governance of the trigger catalogue to avoid excessive fragmentation.

G.Core:10 - Rationale

Universalization of Part G requires a stable "gravity center" for invariants, otherwise each pattern becomes a competing governing source. Delegation-first citation prevents duplication and makes governing-definition assignment explicit, while typed trigger kinds and the Default Governing Definition Index turn historically prose-driven drift into checkable, id-based structure.

G.Core:11 - SoTA alignment (informative)

Although FPF is conceptual (not a data governance framework), G.Core aligns Part‑G authoring with modern best practice patterns seen across post‑2015 work:

  • Selective prediction / abstention informs tri‑state guard discipline: abstaining or degrading is a first-class outcome, not an error coerced into a scalar.
  • Set-valued / conformal methods motivate set-return semantics: when comparability is partial or uncertainty is structural, returning sets/regions is often the SoTA-friendly representation.
  • Multiobjective optimization and quality-diversity reinforce declared set-result and Archive semantics instead of forced “best single scalar”.
  • Monotone constrained modelling (where used) supports “legality-first” scoring/aggregation: constraints and admissibility precede optimization, mirroring CG‑Spec gate discipline.
  • Schema evolution and contract testing motivate id-stable conformance points and typed trigger catalogues: stable identifiers + regression hooks are the practical mechanism for safe refactoring.

G.Core:12 - Relations

  • Builds on:

    • E.8 pattern template and section discipline
    • E.10 lexical/ontological rules (strict distinction; twin naming; kind‑suffix discipline)
  • E.18 CrossingBundle (crossing visibility bundle)

    • E.19 conformance discipline
    • A.6.7 SuiteObligations + suite protocol pins (delegation support)
    • A.15.3 SlotFillingsPlanItem (planned baseline anchor)
    • A.19 CN‑Spec governance card
    • G.0 CG‑Spec legality gate
    • A.19.CHR CHR suite boundary and "governance cards and legality gates are cited as pins, not copied locally" discipline
    • C.23 SoS‑LOG (tri‑state branches; sandbox/probe‑only)
    • F.17 UTS (identifier registry; alias/deprecation discipline)
    • F.15 RSCR (regression/conformance loop)
  • Used by:

    • G.0…G.13 patterns (each adds Builds on: G.Core, linkage section, CoreRef CC item)
  • Constrains:

    • Part‑G authoring: no shadow specs, no silent scalarization, tri‑state guards, penalties routing, typed RSCR causes, defaults with one governing definition, and ID‑continuity refactors.

G.Core:End

Frame Standard and Comparability Governance — CG‑Spec

Tag. Architectural pattern (foundational Standard; constrains G.1G.5) Stage. design-time legality gate (establishes comparison legality & evidence minima; constrains run-time gates) Primary output. CG‑Spec — a notation-independent legality gate for a CG‑Frame, published to UTS (with explicit edition pins for downstream reproducibility and RSCR). Primary hooks. USM.ScopeSlice(G), entityOfConcern, SCP, MinimalEvidence, CNSpecRef, Γ‑fold, Φ(CL) / Φ_plane policy pins, UTS publication (Name Cards + edition pins). Non-duplication note. Universal Part‑G invariants are governed by G.Core and are satisfied here only via delegation (CC‑G0‑CoreRefCC‑GCORE‑*). Single‑governing definition CN/CG spec-ref discipline is enforced via CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1 (no shadow specs; no competing defaults).

Problem frame

A team defines or evolves a CG‑Frame (e.g., a frame for creativity measurement, decision quality, architecture trade‑offs, or selected-set publication). Downstream mechanisms (G.1G.5 and beyond) must compare, aggregate, and publish CHR‑typed observations in ways that are:

  • lawful with respect to measurement admissibility (scale/unit/polarity constraints),
  • auditable with explicit evidence minima and provenance,
  • reproducible via pinned editions and explicit policy ids,
  • portable only via explicit crossings (bridges and reference-plane moves), never via implicit semantic leakage.

CG‑Spec is the single design-time object that fixes what comparisons and aggregations are lawful in this frame, under which pinned assumptions and minimal evidence requirements, so that run-time selection and publication can be audited without inventing new “local legality gates”.

Didactic subtitle: Design-time rules for safe, auditable comparison.

Problem

Without a single, frame-level legality standard:

  • comparisons and aggregations drift into implicit assumptions (hidden scalarisation; silent totalisation of partial orders),
  • numeric gates run on “whatever is available” rather than declared evidence minima and lane/carrier requirements,
  • cross-context reuse happens without explicit crossing visibility and stated losses,
  • selection outcomes become hard to audit because legality, evidence minima, and penalty routing are not pinned and traceable.

Forces

  • Pluralism vs. comparability. Multiple traditions must co-exist while allowing admissible comparison where justified.
  • Expressiveness vs. safety. Rich comparator sets and aggregators vs. measurement admissibility constraints.
  • Locality vs. portability. Context-local semantics first; portability only via explicit bridges and explicit losses.
  • Assurance vs. agility. Evidence minima must meet the claim threshold while staying light enough to adopt.
  • Design-time vs. run-time. Keep legality standards and templates design-time; run-time only cites and applies them.

Solution — CG‑Spec as the design-time legality gate

CG‑Spec is a notation-independent UTS-published object that, for a given CG‑Frame, defines:

  • the ComparatorSet (explicit, finite, typed) permitted in this frame,
  • the ScaleComplianceProfile (SCP) that constrains lawful operations per characteristic,
  • MinimalEvidence requirements per characteristic (lanes, carriers, freshness windows, crossing allowances, failure behavior),
  • the frame’s penalty and trust folding wiring (by explicit policy ids and edition pins),
  • AcceptanceStubs as design-time templates (thresholds remain governed by CAL, not by CG‑Spec),
  • optional method-family hooks (e.g., illumination/QD or explore↔exploit guards) as wiring only, with semantics governed by the corresponding patterns.

CG‑Spec constrains downstream gate checks by being referenced and pinned; it is not itself an admissibility mechanism.

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core (Part-G core invariants; governing-pattern citation)

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative; size-controlled via profiles/sets).

Effective obligations/pins/triggers are computed by union expansion of the referenced ids (per G.Core:4.2). Profiles/sets + explicit deltas; Nil‑elision applies.

  • CoreConformanceProfileIds :=
    • GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase
    • GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard
    • GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted
  • CorePinSetIds :=
    • GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal
    • GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins
  • CorePinsRequired := (delta over PinSets)
    • UTSRowId[]
    • ReferenceMap
    • ComparatorSetRef.edition
    • SCPRef.edition
    • ΓFoldRef.edition?
    • MinimalEvidenceRef.edition?
    • FailureBehaviorPolicyId?
  • DefaultsConsumed := {DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff} (governing definition: CC‑G5.4 per G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex)
  • RSCRTriggerSetIds := {GCoreTriggerSetId.CGSpecGate}
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds := (delta over TriggerSets)
    • RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit
    • RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChange
    • RSCRTriggerKindId.DefaultGoverningDefinitionChange
  • TriggerAliasMapRef := ∅

CG‑Spec object model (normative)

CG‑Spec is authored per CG‑Frame. It SHALL:

  • be published to UTS as a notation-independent object,
  • reference CHR characteristics by id (measurement semantics remain governed by CHR packs),
  • constrain what comparisons and aggregations are lawful in this frame via explicit comparator specs and SCP bindings,
  • declare minimal evidence gates per characteristic, including explicit failure behavior wiring,
  • cite CN‑Spec for normalization/comparability policies (no duplication and no shadow specs),
  • publish edition pins and policy ids so downstream selection, parity, shipping, and refresh can be reproducible and RSCR-aware.

CG‑Spec conceptual model (normative)

CG‑Spec :=

  UTS.id, Edition,
  Context, Purpose, Audience,

  Scope := USM.ScopeSlice(G) ⊕ Boundary{TaskKinds, ObjectKinds},

  entityOfConcern := ⟨GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane ∈ {world|concept|episteme}⟩,
  WorldRegime? ∈ {prep|live},          // only refines ReferencePlane=world; introduces no new planes

  ReferenceMap := minimal map{term/id → UTS|CHR|SoTA-pack refs},

  CNSpecRef := ⟨A.19 ref, CNSpecRef.edition⟩,          // CN‑Spec is the governance card (one governing definition)

  Characteristics := [CHR.Characteristic.id…],          // pointers only; authored in G.3 CHR pack

  // Edition-addressable segments (pins MUST be exposed)
  ComparatorSet := ⟨ComparatorSetId, ComparatorSetRef.edition, [ComparatorSpec…]⟩,
  SCP := ⟨SCPId, SCPRef.edition, map Characteristic.id → SCPEntry⟩,
  MinimalEvidence := ⟨MinEvId, MinimalEvidenceRef.edition?, map Characteristic.id → MinEvidenceEntry⟩,  // min pin: CGSpecRef.edition

  Γ‑fold := ⟨GammaFoldId, ΓFoldRef.edition,
             defaultRef := DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff,
             override? := ⟨overrideRef, proof_refs, boundary_notes⟩
           ⟩,

  // Penalty routing and plane policies are by explicit policy ids.
  // Semantics (tri-state, penalties→R_eff-only, crossing visibility, set-return) are governed by G.Core.
  CL‑Routing := ⟨policy_id, map Bridge.CL → penalty_spec⟩,
  Φ := ⟨phi_policy_id, phi_table_ref?, psi_policy_id?, phi_plane_policy_id?⟩,

  AcceptanceStubs := [AcceptanceStubId…],     // templates only; thresholds remain governed by CAL (G.4)

  // Optional hooks are wiring-only; semantics are governed by governing definitions.
  E/E‑LOG Guard? := ⟨policy_id, pins…⟩,
  Illumination? := ⟨
    Q_refs ⊆ Characteristics, D_refs ⊆ Characteristics,
    DescriptorMapRef.edition?, DistanceDefRef.edition?, DHCMethodRef.edition?,
    InsertionPolicyRef?, PromotionPolicyId?
  ⟩,

  RSCR := ⟨
  RSCRTestId[]?,             // SHOULD cover: illegal_op_refusals; unit and scale legality checks; freshness windows; // partial-order scalarisation refusals; threshold semantics; CL→R_eff routing;
                            // and refusal of degrade.order on unit mismatches (MM‑CHR).
    RSCRTriggerKindId[]
  ⟩,

  Naming := UTS Name Cards (twin labels plus bridge notes),
  PublicIdContinuity := ⟨governing definition, DRR link, refresh cadence, decay and aging policy, deprecations⟩,
  Provenance := ⟨carrier types, SoTA-pack refs, DRR/SCR linkage⟩

Local typing notes (non-exhaustive; normative intent but no shadow specs).

  • ComparatorSpec MUST be typed against SCP/CHR constraints. Examples of lawful comparators are frame-local choices and are authored here (e.g., dominance where lawful; lexicographic over typed traits; medoid/median for ordinal where lawful; explicit weighted sums only where legality is proven and units are aligned).
  • MinimalEvidenceEntry MUST declare: lane requirements, evidence carriers, freshness window (if any), and explicit failure behavior wiring. The semantics of {pass|degrade|abstain} and degrade(mode=…) are delegated to G.Core.

Interfaces (normative)

InterfaceConsumesProduces / constrains
G.0‑1 CharterCG‑Frame brief, USM scope signalsCG‑Spec.Scope, entityOfConcern, ReferenceMap
G.0‑2 SCPCHR pack refs (G.3), legality proofsCG‑Spec.SCP + bindings to lawful operators/aggregators
G.0‑3 EvidenceSoTA inputs (G.2), carriers (A.10)CG‑Spec.MinimalEvidence, Γ‑fold segment pins, CL‑Routing, Φ ids
G.0‑4 PublishAll aboveVersioned CG‑Spec@UTS plus Name Cards, public-id continuity records, and RSCR tests and trigger kinds
G.0‑5 Expose_CrossingHooksCG‑Spec + crossing/plane/policy pinsGateCrossing inputs for GateChecks (E.18/A.21): plane checks, lane purity, lexical SD pins
G.1CG‑SpecGenerator guardrails (Comparator/SCP/MinEv pins); degrade/abstain wiring
G.2CG‑SpecHarvesting inclusion/exclusion and crossing policy constraints
G.3CG‑SpecRequired CHR characteristics/scales/operators to exist
G.4CG‑SpecAcceptance templates; evidence minima; Γ‑fold override proof hooks
G.5CG‑SpecEligibility gates and explainability pins (Path/UTS/policy ids)
G.6CG‑SpecEvidenceGraph/SCR pinning surface (policy ids + Path/PathSlice discipline)

CG‑Spec authoring chassis (informative)

  1. Charter the frame. Declare Context, Scope, entityOfConcern, boundary examples/non-examples, and ReferenceMap.
  2. Draft ComparatorSet and SCP. Enumerate permitted comparator forms and bind each to CHR characteristics and legality constraints (scale/unit/polarity discipline). Attach guard bindings as explicit references/pins.
  3. Bind Characteristics. Ensure every compared quantity is a CHR characteristic id (reuse/mint via UTS discipline).
  4. Declare MinimalEvidence. For each characteristic: required lanes/carriers, freshness window, crossing allowances (if any), and explicit failure behavior wiring (tri-state semantics delegated to G.Core).
  5. Pin trust folding and penalties. Cite the one governing definition for DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff unless explicitly overridden with proof refs; publish Φ/CL policy ids explicitly.
  6. Publish and register regression tests. Publish CG‑Spec@UTS with edition-pinned segments; register RSCR tests for the frame’s legality surfaces and evidence minima.
  7. Public-id continuity and refresh readiness. Declare refresh cadence and deprecations with lexical continuity notes; ensure RSCR trigger kinds are emitted as canonical ids.

Extensions (pattern-scoped; non-core)

All blocks below are GPatternExtension modules (PatternScopeId; not new PatternIds). They store wiring only and cite governing patterns.

GPatternExtension: SpecRefSurfaces

  • PatternScopeId: G.0:Ext.SpecRefSurfaces

  • GPatternExtensionId: SpecRefSurfaces

  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: A.19

  • Uses: {A.19}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • CNSpecRef.edition (and any CN-side policy ids referenced by CG‑Spec fields)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit}

  • Notes (wiring-only): CG‑Spec SHALL cite CN‑Spec; it SHALL NOT restate normalization/comparability semantics.

GPatternExtension: BridgeAndCLWiring

  • PatternScopeId: G.0:Ext.BridgeAndCLWiring

  • GPatternExtensionId: BridgeAndCLWiring

  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: F.9

  • Uses: {F.9, G.7}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • BridgeCardId/BridgeId (when crossings are permitted)
    • CL / CL^k and Φ/Φ_plane policy ids (when penalties are in play)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit}

  • Notes (wiring-only): Crossing semantics and penalty routing are delegated to G.Core; this module only lists the required pins used by CG‑Spec entries.

GPatternExtension: SoTAPaletteInputs

  • PatternScopeId: G.0:Ext.SoTAPaletteInputs

  • GPatternExtensionId: SoTAPaletteInputs

  • GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: G.2

  • Uses: {G.2}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • SoTA-Pack@CG‑Frame refs used to justify comparator admissibility, evidence minima, and crossing allowances (e.g., claim sheets, operator inventory, bridge matrix ids)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

  • Notes (wiring-only): Any SoTA palette/tradition semantics are governed by G.2. G.0 only requires that CG‑Spec entries cite the needed SoTA artefacts for auditability.

GPatternExtension: QDAndExplorationHooks

  • PatternScopeId: G.0:Ext.QDAndExplorationHooks

  • GPatternExtensionId: QDAndExplorationHooks

  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: C.18

  • Uses: {C.18, C.19, C.23}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • DescriptorMapRef.edition?, DistanceDefRef.edition?, InsertionPolicyRef?
    • FailureBehaviorPolicyId / SoS‑LOG branch policy id when degrade(mode=…) is used
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

  • Notes (wiring-only): CG‑Spec may declare optional QD/exploration hooks; semantics remain governed by the referenced method patterns.

Archetypal Grounding — Tell–Show–Show; System / Episteme

Archetype 1: System comparability under mixed evidence and unit constraints

Tell. Two labs compare energy efficiency results of a physical system where measurements use different rigs and units, and some evidence is missing.

Show (failure without CG‑Spec). The team averages an ordinal safety rating, mixes units (“kWh” vs “MJ”), and silently treats missing lanes as zeros. Cross-lab reuse happens without explicit bridge and loss notes, so selection becomes a black box.

Show (repair with CG‑Spec). A conformant CG‑Spec:

  • pins the lawful comparator(s) (e.g., unit-aligned ratio comparisons only; ordinal comparisons are order-only),
  • declares MinimalEvidence lanes/carriers and freshness windows per characteristic,
  • declares explicit failure behavior wiring (tri-state semantics delegated to G.Core),
  • exposes crossing pins (bridge ids + CL/policy ids) when reuse across rigs is attempted,
  • publishes the pinned editions so parity/refresh can detect drift.

Archetype 2: Epistemic comparability for selected-set publication across traditions

Tell. A team selects an R&D set using multiple evaluation traditions: safety assurance, cost models, and readiness heuristics.

Show (failure without CG‑Spec). The team collapses partial orders into a single score, hides the threshold policy in code, and cannot explain why cross-tradition penalties changed between runs.

Show (repair with CG‑Spec). A conformant CG‑Spec:

  • defines a comparator bundle (e.g., Pareto dominance + explicit lexicographic tiebreaks where lawful),
  • pins CNSpecRef.edition and the editioned segments (ComparatorSetRef.edition, SCPRef.edition, MinimalEvidenceRef.edition),
  • makes AcceptanceStubs explicit as templates while locating thresholds in CAL (G.4),
  • ensures RSCR triggers are emitted when comparator or policy pins change.

Bias-Annotation

CG‑Spec can encode (and therefore amplify) biases if authored carelessly:

  • Tradition favoritism. Comparator choices may privilege a tradition’s evidence style; mitigation: require explicit evidence minima and explicit crossing costs, and keep cross-tradition aggregation gated by explicit justifications.
  • Metric gaming and Goodhart effects. Overemphasis on a single scalar can lead to gaming; mitigation: preserve set-return semantics and require explicit, auditable scalarisations when they are lawful and intended.
  • Hidden thresholds and opaque safety policy. Embedding acceptance thresholds in prose or code hides value judgments; mitigation: keep thresholds in CAL acceptance clauses and pin policy ids.
  • Scope creep. Comparisons leak across entityOfConcern or reference planes; mitigation: require explicit entityOfConcern and ReferencePlane pins and treat plane moves as explicit crossing events.

Conformance Checklist (normative)

ConformanceIdStatement
CC‑G0‑CoreRefG.0 is conformant only if the applicable core obligations listed in G.0:4.1 are satisfied (delegation to CC‑GCORE‑*; no shadow specs, no competing defaults, typed RSCR triggers, explicit pins).
CC‑G0‑01CG‑Spec is published as a notation-independent UTS object with explicit Edition, Context, Scope, entityOfConcern, and a minimum ReferenceMap.
CC‑G0‑02CNSpecRef.edition is present and is treated as an external governance-card reference (no local redefinition of CN semantics). (Delegation target: CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1.)
CC‑G0‑03ComparatorSet is explicit and finite; each comparator is typed and bound to SCP and referenced CHR characteristics; anything not enumerated MUST be treated as illegal/abstain by default (no implicit comparator defaults).
CC‑G0‑04SCP declares, per characteristic, the lawful operation regime needed for each referenced comparator (scale/unit/polarity constraints and any required proofs/refs).
CC‑G0‑05MinimalEvidence is declared per characteristic and includes explicit lane/carrier requirements, freshness window references (if any), and explicit failure behavior wiring (tri-state semantics delegated). If freshness windows are used, a stable window id (e.g., PathSliceId) MUST be pinned for audit.
CC‑G0‑06Γ‑fold is present as an edition-pinned segment and either (i) cites DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff (one governing definition) or (ii) provides an explicit override with proof refs.
CC‑G0‑07If crossing penalties are used, CL‑Routing and Φ policy ids are explicit and auditable (policy ids are exposed as pins/refs) and are required pins for downstream SCR publication on penalised claims (see G.6).
CC‑G0‑08AcceptanceStubs in CG‑Spec are templates only; any context-local thresholds/acceptance policies are governed by CAL acceptance artefacts (G.4) and are cited, not duplicated.
CC‑G0‑09RSCR tests and triggers for edits to legality surfaces and evidence minima are present and use canonical RSCRTriggerKindIds. The RSCR test set SHOULD cover at least: illegal_op_refusals; unit and scale legality checks; freshness windows; partial-order scalarisation refusals; threshold semantics; CL→R_eff routing; refusal of degrade.order on unit mismatches (MM‑CHR).
CC‑G0‑10PublicIdContinuity is declared: governing definition, DRR link, refresh cadence, decay and aging policy, and deprecations. Deprecations preserve lexical continuity (Δ-discipline; delegated to CC‑GCORE‑ID‑*).
CC‑G0‑11(Conditional) If Illumination / QD hooks are present, DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, and any InsertionPolicyRef / promotion policy ids are pinned (or explicitly marked absent) and are recorded in provenance/audit pins.
CC‑G0‑12(Conditional) If freshness windows influence gating/selection, they are published and enforced, and the relevant window ids (PathSliceId or equivalent) are recorded in SCR/audit pins.
CC‑G0‑13Pre-flight numeric gates. Any numeric comparison/aggregation declared in ComparatorSet has associated GateChecks for unit legality, scale legality, pinned SOP/editions, and declared comparability assumptions; failing any check yields refuse or abstain (tri-state semantics delegated).
CC‑G0‑14GateCrossing hook exposure. Exports provide Expose_CrossingHooks inputs so GateChecks (E.18/A.21) can validate plane consistency, crossing intent, lane purity, and lexical SD; failures MUST block publication.
CC‑G0‑ΦΦ(CL) (and Φ_plane, if used) is monotone, bounded, and table-backed; policy ids are published; construction preserves R_eff ≥ 0.
CC‑G0‑UnknownsDelegated. Unknown handling MUST follow the tri-state guard semantics `{pass
CC‑G0‑CSLCScale/unit/polarity legality MUST be proven before any aggregation; illegal arithmetic on ordinal/nominal values is nonconformant. (Governed by the relevant legality patterns; G.0 only binds and cites.)

Common Anti-Patterns and How to Avoid Them

  • Anti-pattern: shadow legality gates in downstream code. Avoid by requiring downstream to cite CG‑Spec segments by id+edition.
  • Anti-pattern: “one number to rule them all”. Avoid by preserving set-return outputs when only partial orders are lawful; any scalarisation must be explicit, typed, and justified.
  • Anti-pattern: thresholds inside CG‑Spec or CHR. Avoid by keeping thresholds and acceptance logic in CAL and citing from CG‑Spec only via stubs/templates.
  • Anti-pattern: implicit crossings. Avoid by requiring explicit bridge ids, CL/policy ids, and reference-plane pins.

Consequences

  • Lawful comparability. The frame declares exactly what can be compared/aggregated and under what constraints.
  • Auditable selection. Downstream selectors can justify outcomes via pinned legality surfaces and explicit evidence minima.
  • Explicit portability costs. Cross-context reuse becomes deliberate and costed via visible crossings and penalties.
  • Lower drift under evolution. Edition pinning + typed RSCR triggers makes comparability drift detectable and refreshable.

Rationale

CG‑Spec centralises frame-level comparability constraints so that:

  • CHR authorship (G.3) remains about measurement meaning rather than implicit thresholds,
  • CAL (G.4) governs context-local acceptance/threshold policies and proof ledgers,
  • selectors and dispatchers (G.5) remain policy-governed and auditable rather than encoding hidden legality assumptions,
  • refresh (G.11) can treat legality edits and pin changes as explicit causes with canonical trigger ids.

SoTA‑Echoing

This pattern aligns with post‑2015 best practice in evaluation and governance by:

  • treating “abstain / defer” as a first-class outcome rather than forcing a single brittle scalar (cf. selective prediction / abstention and set-valued reporting practices),
  • preserving multiobjective / partial-order outputs as sets (Pareto / archive thinking) rather than silently collapsing to a scalar,
  • emphasising reproducibility via explicit versioning/pinning of evaluation surfaces (editions) and explicit policy identifiers,
  • making evidence minima explicit and auditable (a conceptual analogue of modern reproducibility/robustness checklists and evaluation protocols),
  • keeping method-family specifics modular (e.g., QD/archives, open-ended exploration budgets) via explicit wiring to governing patterns rather than embedding method semantics into the universal legality gate.

Relations

Builds on: G.Core, A.19 (CN‑Spec), A.10 (evidence carriers), A.17–A.19 / C.16 (MM‑CHR legality), A.18 (CSLC), B.3 (trust / Γ‑fold family), F.* (contexts, bridges, CL, UTS), E.10 (lexical rules), E.5.* (notation independence discipline). Used by: G.1 (generator guards), G.2 (harvesting constraints), G.3 (required CHR), G.4 (acceptance templates / proof hooks), G.5 (eligibility gates), G.6 (evidence/pin surfaces), and downstream parity/shipping/refresh where CG‑Spec is pinned. Publishes to: UTS (Name Cards + editioned CG‑Spec segments).

G.0:End

CG‑Frame‑Ready Generator

Tag. architectural pattern; generator chassis (design‑time kit / authoring scaffold) Status. stable (Phase‑2 universalisation) Normativity. normative, except sections explicitly marked informative Stage. design‑time authoring of a generator‑kit with a run‑time execution façade (policy‑governed; edition‑aware) Primary output. the six‑card chassis M1…M6 published as a complete, reusable CG‑Frame kit, plus a versioned kit manifest CGKitId that binds the six cards as a single reusable unit (view‑friendly inventory + wiring surface) Primary hooks. see §12 Relations (notably G.Core, G.0, G.2, G.5, G.10, G.11) Working‑model first (informative). prefer working models and didactic micro‑examples; escalate to formal harnesses only when risk warrants (per E.8). Non‑duplication note. Universal Part‑G invariants (tri‑state guard, set-return, penalties→R_eff‑only, crossing visibility, typed RSCR triggers, Default Governing Definition Index, P2W split, linkage discipline, shipping boundary) are governed in G.Core and are only cited here.

Start here when. You are authoring a reusable generator, selector, or set-result scaffold rather than a one-off plan, one-off comparison, or tool-specific method recipe.

First output. The six-card chassis M1…M6 published as a reusable CGKitId-bound kit with a scope anchor, local SoTA set, variant pool, shortlist surface, and refresh-ready wiring.

Neighboring FPF patterns. Use G.2 for the local SoTA set, G.5 for governed set-return selection, G.10 for shipping surfaces, G.11 for refresh wiring, and F.17 when the result must also land on a human-facing UTS surface.

Common wrong neighboring-pattern changes. If the real entry load is only a one-off governed comparison or shortlist, use A.19, G.0, or G.5; if the real entry load is project alignment rather than kit authoring, use A.15; if tooling choice is being treated as the first kit candidate, keep the case here only after the chassis and its bindings are explicit.

Problem frame

You are authoring a CG‑Frame and want a repeatable scaffold that connects:

  • a declared scope anchor (CG‑FrameContext, entityOfConcern, governing spec refs),
  • a local SoTA set (scoped and provenance‑anchored),
  • a variant pool (candidate ideas / decision options / method variants),
  • a shortlist (a set-result outcome, not a forced singleton),
  • publication‑ready bindings into Part‑F artefacts (UTS rows, Name Cards, RSCR tests, worked examples),
  • and refresh readiness (telemetry hooks + RSCR wiring) without redefining refresh or shipping.

This pattern is intentionally a chassis, not a method specification:

  • harvesting semantics are governed by G.2,
  • selection/dispatch semantics are governed by G.5,
  • CHR/CAL payload semantics are governed by G.3 / G.4,
  • shipping semantics are governed by G.10,
  • refresh orchestration governing definition is G.11.

Problem

Without a chassis, CG‑Frame authoring tends to fail in repeatable ways:

  • SoTA is not locally scoped: inputs are “in the air”, not a reconstructible set.
  • Generation is ad‑hoc: variant candidates are emitted without a stable trace of why/when/how.
  • Selection is opaque: eligibility/acceptance and assurance are not pinned to explicit surfaces.
  • Outputs don’t land in reusable surfaces: no clean hand‑off into UTS / RoleDescription / Concept‑Sets / RSCR.
  • No kit‑level snapshot: the scaffold lacks a versioned manifest, so downstream can’t reliably cite “which chassis edition” was used.
  • Refresh is unplanned: there is no canonical wiring from edits/telemetry/decay to RSCR causes along the P2W path.

Forces

  • Breadth vs. precision: harvest wide enough to avoid local dogma, but keep the artefact actionable.
  • Generativity vs. assurance: encourage novelty while keeping evidence, legality, and trust inspectable.
  • Local meaning vs. portability: keep meaning local by default; crossing must be explicit and auditable.
  • Expressiveness vs. parsimony: resist inventing new types/slots; prefer reuse and explicit wiring.
  • Stability vs. evolution: keep stable IDs and pins while allowing SoTA, policies, and editions to evolve.
  • Didactic clarity vs. normative minimalism: authors need a concrete scaffold, but universal invariants must not be duplicated outside G.Core.

Solution

G.Core linkage (normative)

// Canonical form: see G.Core (Nil‑elision + Expansion rule for profiles/sets/pin‑sets).
GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨
  CoreConformanceProfileIds := {
    GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase,
    GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard,
    GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted,
    GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary
  },

  CorePinSetIds := {
    GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal,
    GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins
  },

  // Prefer sets; use deltas for pattern‑specific additions.
  RSCRTriggerSetIds := { GCoreTriggerSetId.SoTAHarvestSynthesis },
  RSCRTriggerKindIds := { RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit },

  // Kit identifiers governed by this pattern (the “six cards”).
  CorePinsRequired := {
    SoTAPaletteDescriptionId,
    SoTA_SetId,
    VariantPoolId,
    ShortlistId,
    CGFrameLibraryId,
    RefreshReadinessCardId,
    CGKitId,

    // Local pointer-map surface for vocabulary + observables-to-CHR anchoring.
    // (May cite `G.0:CG‑Spec.ReferenceMap`; do not duplicate semantics.)
    ReferenceMap,

    // RSCR regression tests used by the chassis (if any).
    RSCRTestId[]?,

    // When the chassis is bound into WorkPlanning (P2W): planned baseline refs.
    SlotFillingsPlanItemRef[]?
  },

  // Consumed defaults (each default cites the governing definition listed in `G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex`).
  DefaultsConsumed := {
    DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff,   // governing definition: CC-G5.4
    DefaultId.PortfolioMode,       // governing definition: CC-G5.23
    DefaultId.DominanceRegime      // governing definition: CC-G5.28
  }

Citation rule (normative): CC‑GCORE‑*, RSCRTriggerKindId.*, and DefaultId.* semantics are governed by their canonical definitions: primarily G.Core, and for the defaults above the definitions listed in G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex. [G.1](/generated/patterns/G.1) MUST NOT restate or redefine those semantics.

Six‑module generator chassis (normative)

Core artefact: CGFrameReadyGeneratorKit := ⟨M1, M2, M3, M4, M5, M6⟩, where each Mi is a card with an explicit I/O surface and stable identifiers. CGKitId identifies the versioned kit manifest (CG‑Kit@CG‑Frame) that lists the six card ids and the minimal wiring pins needed to treat the chassis as a reusable unit (this is not a shipping pack; shipping remains governed by G.10).

The chassis is view‑friendly: it is an inventory of “what exists and how it is wired”, not a second specification of CN/CG/CHR/CAL/selection semantics.

M1 — CG‑FrameContext Card (scope anchor)

Governs (kit surface):

  • CG‑FrameContext and its binding pins:

    • entityOfConcern := ⟨GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane⟩ (pin set: PartG.AuthoringMinimal)
    • CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition (pin set: PartG.AuthoringMinimal)
    • ReferenceMap (cite G.0:CG‑Spec.ReferenceMap; do not duplicate semantics)
    • any declared crossing/policy pins (pin set: PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins)

Purpose: provide the single scope anchor used by all downstream cards.

Notes: any spec-legality content is cited via A.19 (CN‑Spec) and G.0 (CG‑Spec) (delegation target: CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1 via CC‑G1‑CoreRef); this card does not introduce a local “mini‑spec”.

M2 — SoTA_Set@CG‑Frame (harvester output card)

Governs (kit surface):

  • SoTAPaletteDescriptionId and SoTA_SetId bound to CG‑FrameContext
  • explicit provenance anchors for the set (via A.10), and any published UTS stubs/rows when applicable

Governing pattern: harvesting discipline and SoTA-pack payload are governed by G.2. In G.1, M2 is a slot in the chassis and a wiring surface; it does not redefine the harvesting method.

M3 — VariantPool (candidate inventory + emitter trace)

Governs (kit surface):

  • VariantPoolId bound to CG‑FrameContext
  • per‑candidate minimal traceability fields (emitter identity, EmitterPolicyRef (policy‑id/ref; defined by the governing pattern), method/generator refs when declared, edition pins, provenance anchors)
  • optional, per‑candidate assurance preview pointers (e.g., PathSliceId? and/or SCRId? when early assurance is recorded) and optional QD/Open‑Ended scaffolding stubs (only when introduced by explicit GPatternExtension blocks)

Guardrails (via G.Core):

  • tri‑state eligibility handling, penalties routing, crossing visibility, and set‑return constraints are not defined here; they are enforced via G.Core conformance.

Governing pattern for method payload: method‑specific emitter semantics are governed by Extensions (e.g., C.17, C.18, C.19). M3 MUST remain method‑agnostic in its core definition: it is an inventory surface, not an algorithm spec.

M4 — Shortlist (selector/assurer output)

Governs (kit surface):

  • ShortlistId bound to CG‑FrameContext
  • a selected set of candidates plus rationale and assurance records (SCRId required; DRRId optional; cite PathId/PathSliceId when applicable)
  • optional front metadata or archive metadata needed for reproducibility when used: ε‑front parameters and/or archive snapshot hooks, with governing-definition assignment through G.5 / C.18 / C.19 (no local semantics in G.1)

Governing pattern: selection/dispatch semantics are governed by G.5. M4 MUST preserve set‑return semantics (as governed by G.Core) and MUST NOT hard‑code a forced singleton outcome.

M5 — CG‑FrameLibrary (published bindings index)

Governs (kit surface):

  • CGFrameLibraryId bound to CG‑FrameContext

  • an index of referenced CG‑Frame artefacts ready for reuse:

    • CHR/CAL/LOG bundles (by their ids; semantics governed by G.3, G.4, G.8)
    • published identifiers (UTS rows, Name Cards) per Part‑F governing definitions
    • additional Part‑F binding surfaces (e.g., RoleDescription templates, Concept‑Set rows) by governing definition‑ids only
    • RSCR test identifiers (e.g., from F.15) and worked examples (where applicable)

Boundary: M5 is a kit/library surface, not shipping. If a shipped pack is needed, governing-definition assignment is G.10.

M6 — RefreshReadiness Card (telemetry hooks + wiring)

Governs (kit surface):

  • RefreshReadinessCardId bound to CGFrameLibraryId (and thus to CG‑FrameContext)
  • CGKitId (the versioned kit manifest) binding M1…M6 into a single reusable unit; it MUST enumerate the card ids and MAY carry references to deprecations/edition bumps minted by the canonical governing definitions
  • declared telemetry hooks (what signals are observed, with what pins)
  • declared RSCR wiring: which RSCRTriggerKindId are relevant (canonical ids), with minimal required payload pins (including SlotFillingsPlanItemRef[] when the chassis is bound into WorkPlanning)

Boundary: orchestration semantics are governed by G.11. M6 prepares refresh‑readiness metadata and wiring stubs; it does not define scheduling/priority heuristics.

Minimal I/O surface (normative)

ModuleConsumesProduces
M1CG‑Frame brief + entityOfConcern + CNSpecRef/CGSpecRef (edition‑pinned)CG‑FrameContext + context pins
M2discovery inputs + inclusion criteria (via G.2)SoTA_SetId (+ provenance anchors; optional UTS stubs/rows)
M3SoTA_SetId + local constraints + emitter policy pins (via Extensions)VariantPoolId (+ candidate trace/provenance; optional method payload via Extensions)
M4VariantPoolId + acceptance/eligibility surfaces (via G.4/G.5)ShortlistId (selected set / set-result) + rationale refs
M5ShortlistId + CHR/CAL/LOG bundle refs + UTS/Name refsCGFrameLibraryId (library index; publish‑ready bindings)
M6telemetry inputs + freshness/decay policy pins + RSCR testsCGKitId + RefreshReadinessCardId (wiring to G.11; no orchestration governance)

Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

All method/discipline/generator specifics MUST be expressed as GPatternExtension blocks.

Guard: G.1:Ext.* are PatternScopeId values (internal, pattern‑scoped), not new patterns and not new PatternId.

GPatternExtension — G.1:Ext.HarvesterWiring

PatternScopeId: G.1:Ext.HarvesterWiring GPatternExtensionId: HarvesterWiring GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.2 Uses: {G.2} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • SoTAPaletteDescriptionId
  • SoTA_SetId
  • ClaimSheetId[] / BridgeMatrixId (as referenced by the chosen G.2 pack form)
  • CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition (already required via GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal) RSCRTriggerSetIds: {GCoreTriggerSetId.SoTAHarvestSynthesis} Notes (wiring‑only): harvesting semantics (living review funnels, inclusion policy families, SoS indicator families, etc.) are defined by G.2 and are not duplicated in G.1.
GPatternExtension — G.1:Ext.ShortlistWiring

PatternScopeId: G.1:Ext.ShortlistWiring GPatternExtensionId: ShortlistWiring GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.5 Uses: {G.5, G.4} ⊑/⊑⁺:

RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • ShortlistId
  • SCRId (assurance and rationale record by id; semantics governed by the selector and assurance governing definitions)
  • DRRId? (when a decision‑rationale artefact is minted; otherwise omitted)
  • TaskSignatureRef? (if selection is task‑templated; otherwise omitted)
  • AcceptanceClauseId[] (as referenced from G.4 outputs)
  • any explicit selector policy pins (policy‑id/ref; defined by the governing pattern) when not defaulted (the omitted default cites its governing definition through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex)

Notes (wiring‑only): G.1 does not redefine selection: it binds M4’s output surface to the G.5 selector/dispatcher kernel.

GPatternExtension — G.1:Ext.CreativityCHR

PatternScopeId: G.1:Ext.CreativityCHR GPatternExtensionId: CreativityCHR GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.17 Uses: {C.17, G.3} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • CHRPackId? (if creativity characteristics are published/typed)
  • edition/policy pins required by the chosen creativity characteristic set (governed by C.17)

Notes (wiring‑only): G.1 only records which creativity characteristics are used for M3/M4 wiring; legality/typing lives in the CHR governing definitions.

GPatternExtension — G.1:Ext.NQD

PatternScopeId: G.1:Ext.NQD GPatternExtensionId: NQD GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.18 Uses: {C.18, C.19} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • DescriptorMapRef.edition
  • DistanceDefRef.edition
  • InsertionPolicyRef (policy id / ref, as defined by the governing definition)
  • TaskSignatureRef? (when QD is enabled via TaskSignature flags/traits rather than by an external switch)
  • DHCMethodRef.edition? (when illumination/coverage summaries are pinned to a method)
  • EmitterPolicyRef (policy‑id/ref; points to the exploration governance governing definition, e.g., C.19 when E/E‑LOG is used)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

Notes (wiring‑only): QD/QD‑adjacent algorithm families and their parameterisations belong to C.18 and C.19; G.1 only fixes the pins needed to make the VariantPool and Shortlist reproducible.

GPatternExtension — G.1:Ext.OpenEndedFamilyWiring

PatternScopeId: G.1:Ext.OpenEndedFamilyWiring GPatternExtensionId: OpenEndedFamilyWiring GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.2 (family semantics are governed by SoTA cards; this block only wires pins; selector-side wiring is governed by G.5.) Uses: {G.2, G.5, C.19, C.23} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • GeneratorFamilyId[]
  • TransferRulesRef.edition (mandatory when Open‑Ended is enabled)
  • EnvironmentValidityRegionRef?
  • CoEvoCouplerRef[]?
  • SoSLogBranchId[]? (when validity of generated tasks is gated by explicit branches)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

Notes (wiring‑only): this block enables declared sets of {Environment, MethodFamily} pairs without redefining generator semantics in G.1; it should cite/align with the selector‑side wiring in G.5:Ext.OpenEndedFamilyWiring.

GPatternExtension — G.1:Ext.RefreshWiring

PatternScopeId: G.1:Ext.RefreshWiring GPatternExtensionId: RefreshWiring GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.11 Uses: {G.11} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • RefreshReadinessCardId
  • RSCRTestId[]
  • canonical RSCRTriggerKindId[] emitted/recorded (aliases only as labels, if any) RSCRTriggerSetIds: {GCoreTriggerSetId.RefreshOrchestration} Notes (wiring‑only): M6 declares readiness and wiring; orchestration semantics (queueing, prioritisation, cadence) are governed by G.11.
GPatternExtension — G.1:Ext.ShippingWiring

PatternScopeId: G.1:Ext.ShippingWiring GPatternExtensionId: ShippingWiring GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.10 Uses: {G.10} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • CGFrameLibraryId
  • SoTAPaletteDescriptionId, SoTA_SetId
  • CHRPackId?, CALPackId?, SoS‑LOGBundleId?, ParityReportId? (as present in the library index)
  • EvidenceGraphId?, BridgeMatrixId?, BridgeCalibrationTableId? (when cited by the shipped artefacts)
  • UTSRowId[]? (when any public ids are minted/published)
  • SlotFillingsPlanItemRef[]? (when planned baseline is bound by id into the shipment surface) Notes (wiring‑only): this block does not define shipping; it only records the minimum wiring from the chassis/library index to G.10 when shipping is performed.

Archetypal Grounding — Tell–Show–Show (informative)

Tell. Use the six‑card chassis to make a CG‑Frame authoring effort reproducible: a scoped SoTA set, a traceable candidate pool, a set‑return shortlist, a publishable library index, and refresh readiness—without redefining spec-legality/selection/refresh governing definitions.

Show A (R&D multi‑criteria decisions; post‑2015 SoTA practice).

  • M1: define CG‑FrameContext for “R&D decision options”, pin CNSpecRef/CGSpecRef editions, and publish entityOfConcern + ReferencePlane.
  • M2: build SoTA_SetId via G.2 using a living‑review style funnel (e.g., PRISMA‑like trace + update cadence) and publish UTS stubs for reusable constructs.
  • M3: emit a VariantPoolId where each candidate cites its emitter policy and provenance; if QD is used, wire DescriptorMapRef.edition and DistanceDefRef.edition via G.1:Ext.NQD.
  • M4: produce ShortlistId as a selected-set / shortlist surface via G.5, with acceptance predicates sourced from G.4.
  • M5: publish a CGFrameLibraryId indexing the chosen CHR/CAL/LOG bundles and UTS rows; register RSCR tests.
  • M6: declare refresh readiness (telemetry pins + canonical RSCR trigger kinds) and wire to G.11.

Show B (clinical operations; safety‑first acceptability).

  • M1: scope a CG‑Frame around dose adjustment decisions; pin legality and evidence minima explicitly.
  • M2: harvest SoTA models and safety constraints as a reconstructible set (governed by G.2).
  • M3: generate policy‑constrained candidate protocols; emitter trace and evidence pins are mandatory.
  • M4: shortlist remains a set; “choose one” remains an explicit policy decision, not silently baked into the generator.
  • M5/M6: publish and wire refresh (decay events, policy changes, and evidence updates retrigger along the P2W path).

Bias‑Annotation (informative)

  • Recency bias: “newest paper wins” (mitigate with explicit inclusion criteria and update cadence in G.2 wiring).
  • Novelty bias: over‑rewarding novelty at the expense of legality/assurance (mitigate by making acceptance and assurance pins explicit and governed).
  • Algorithmic favoritism: baking a preferred generator into “the chassis” (mitigate by keeping M3 method‑agnostic and pushing methods into Extensions).
  • Scalarisation bias: collapsing selected sets or partial orders into a single score (mitigate by set‑return discipline pinned through G.Core).
  • Hidden‑crossing bias: implicit reuse across contexts (mitigate by explicit crossing pins and Bridge‑only routing via G.Core).

Conformance Checklist (normative)

ConformanceIdStatement
CC‑G1‑CoreRefThe pattern MUST satisfy the effective CoreConformanceIds implied by G.1:4.1 (GCoreConformanceProfileId expansion + deltas), per G.Core expansion rules.
CC‑G1‑01The reusable CG-Frame kit MUST include all six cards M1…M6 with stable ids and a versioned kit manifest CGKitId, including at minimum: {CGKitId, CG‑FrameContext, SoTAPaletteDescriptionId, SoTA_SetId, VariantPoolId, ShortlistId, CGFrameLibraryId, RefreshReadinessCardId}.
CC‑G1‑02M1 MUST bind the kit to a single CG‑FrameContext and MUST expose the required pins from GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal (including entityOfConcern and CNSpecRef/CGSpecRef editions). M1 MUST also expose (or explicitly cite) a ReferenceMap surface and MUST NOT restate its semantics (cite G.0:CG‑Spec.ReferenceMap).
CC‑G1‑03M2 MUST be wired to G.2 (or explicitly cite the G.2 artefacts governed by cited patterns) and MUST be reconstructible as a scoped set, including SoTAPaletteDescriptionId + SoTA_SetId (not free‑floating prose). Provenance MUST be anchored via A.10 for the emitted set.
CC‑G1‑04M3 MUST record emitter provenance as a wiring surface, including EmitterPolicyRef (policy‑id/ref), edition pins, and provenance anchors (via A.10). Any method‑specific fields MUST be introduced only via GPatternExtension blocks.
CC‑G1‑05M4 MUST be wired to G.5 (or explicitly cite G.5 artefacts governed by cited patterns) and MUST preserve set-result outcomes. SCRId MUST be present (or explicitly cited to the governing definition surface) so assurance is id‑addressable; DRRId SHOULD be present when a decision‑rationale artefact is minted.
CC‑G1‑06M5 MUST publish a library/index surface that points to referenced CHR/CAL/LOG artefacts and to any minted public ids (UTSRowId[], Name Cards) via the canonical governing definitions (Part F), without introducing shadow specs (delegation target: CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1 via CC‑G1‑CoreRef).
CC‑G1‑07M6 MUST publish CGKitId and expose refresh‑readiness wiring: canonical RSCRTriggerKindId[] applicability + minimal payload pins (including SlotFillingsPlanItemRef[] when applicable) and RSCR test ids; orchestration semantics MUST be cited to G.11.
CC‑G1‑08Any method/discipline/generator specificity in G.1 MUST be located in G.1:4.4 as GPatternExtension blocks with PatternScopeId, GPatternExtensionKind, and GoverningPatternId (or governing pattern not yet selected only for Phase-3 seeds). If QD/illumination or Open‑Ended generator families are declared, the corresponding extension blocks MUST be present and MUST carry the edition and policy pins required by the governing pattern.

Common Anti‑Patterns and How to Avoid Them (informative)

  • Anti‑pattern: “Shadow CN/CG spec inside the chassis.” Avoid: keep CN/CG as cited governing spec refs; use pins and governing definition references only.

  • Anti‑pattern: “Chassis hard‑codes a favourite algorithm.” Avoid: keep M3 core method‑agnostic; add algorithm families only via Extensions with explicit governing patterns and edition pins.

  • Anti‑pattern: “Shortlist = one winner.” Avoid: preserve selected-set returns; any singleton choice must be an explicit downstream decision rule (policy‑bound).

  • Anti‑pattern: “Refresh plan described as prose triggers.” Avoid: record canonical RSCRTriggerKindId and payload pins; aliases only as labels and only if docked.

  • Anti-pattern: “Packaging implies shipping governance.” Avoid: treat M5 as a library index; treat M6 as readiness wiring; ship only via G.10.

Consequences (informative)

  • Repeatable authoring: CG‑Frame work becomes reconstructible: what exists, what it depends on, and how it is refreshed.
  • Method pluralism with discipline: multiple generator/selector families can coexist without turning the chassis into a shadow method spec.
  • Better reuse: outputs land directly in published artefacts (UTS/Name/RSCR‑ready) rather than remaining local notes.
  • Lower refactor cost: method changes localise to Extensions; core invariants remain stable and one governing definition.

Rationale (informative)

  • Why six cards? It matches the minimal decomposition needed to keep scope, harvesting, generation, selection, publication, and refresh explicitly separable (and thus auditable and evolvable).
  • Why “kit/index” rather than “pack”? A CG‑Frame authoring effort must stay modular; shipping is a separate governing boundary (G.10).
  • Why push method content into Extensions? It prevents conflating (i) universal invariants, (ii) frame‑specific kit surfaces, and (iii) method/generator families—supporting Phase‑2 universalisation goals.
  • Why working‑model first? Many CG‑Frames fail due to premature formalism; a chassis with didactic micro‑examples improves correctness of pins, names, and boundaries before deep formalisation.

SoTA‑Echoing (informative)

This chassis is designed to stay compatible with modern (post‑2015) practice without confusing “SoTA” with “currently popular”:

  • Evidence synthesis: living systematic review protocols (e.g., PRISMA‑style traceability and update cadence) map naturally to M2 wiring governed by G.2.
  • Quality‑Diversity and archives: modern QD families (MAP‑Elites‑class, CMA‑ME‑class, and related archive‑based exploration) fit as M3/M4 extensions (C.18/C.19) because they require explicit descriptor/distance/insertion pins and preserve set‑valued outcomes.
  • Open‑ended exploration: post‑2015 open‑endedness systems (POET‑class, paired/adversarial environment generation lines, and modern curriculum‑generation approaches) fit when treated as generator‑family wiring (governed elsewhere) rather than as chassis semantics.
  • Set‑valued decision outputs: modern multi‑objective and set‑valued evaluation practices align with the G.Core set‑return discipline, preventing hidden scalarisation.
  • Governed traceability: contemporary reproducibility and accountability norms (mechanism disclosure, provenance anchors, and audit trails) are supported via pinned policies/editions and explicit module boundaries, without introducing data‑governance machinery.

Relations

Builds on: G.Core, E.8, E.10, E.19. Uses: A.10 (Provenance Anchors), A.15.3 (SlotFillingsPlanItem), A.19 (CN‑Spec), G.0 (CG‑Spec), G.2 (SoTA Synthesis Pack), G.3 (CHR Pack@CG‑Frame), G.4 (CAL Pack@CG‑Frame), G.5 (Selector & Dispatch), G.10 (Shipping), G.11 (Refresh Orchestration), and (via Extensions) C.17, C.18, and C.19. Publishes to / consumes from: Part‑F publication surfaces (UTS, naming, RSCR tests, Role/Concept artefacts) as cited by their governing definitions.

G.1:End

SoTA Harvester & Synthesis

Type: Architectural (A) Status: Stable Normativity: Normative (unless explicitly marked informative)

Purpose. Provide a repeatable, auditable way to discover, triage, and synthesize state‑of‑the‑art (SoTA) across competing Tradition lineages before minting CHR/CAL/LOG assets for a CG‑Frame. The primary output is a SoTA Synthesis Pack@CG‑Frame that feeds:

  • naming/publication (UTS),
  • CHR authoring (G.3),
  • CAL authoring (G.4),
  • method/generator registries and dispatch (G.5).

Scope note. This pattern governs the harvesting + synthesis generator in Part G. Shipping governing-definition assignment is in G.10, refresh orchestration governing-definition assignment is in G.11.

Terminology note (normative). In normative clauses below, Tradition refers to the Tech token Tradition (a plural lineage with internally coherent commitments). Plain “tradition” is allowed only as a 1:1 synonym.

Problem frame

A team extends FPF into a new CG‑Frame. The relevant literature is typically:

  • plural (multiple Tradition lineages with incompatible commitments),
  • source- and use-sensitive (results depend on the exact source and edition, claim region, EntityOfConcern, comparison basis, evidence, and receiving use),
  • method‑heterogeneous (different evidence styles, operator sets, and validity regions),
  • time‑sensitive (rapid drift post‑2015; frequent benchmark/protocol shifts).

Downstream Part-G work in CHR, CAL, selection, shipping, and refresh depends on citation-ready claims that keep each exact CG-frame, source edition, claim region, EntityOfConcern, comparison basis, evidence anchor, and actual cross-source relation recoverable.

Problem

How can we systematically assemble a SoTA view that is:

  1. pluralist but comparable (plurality preserved; comparability is achieved only via explicit crossings),
  2. evidence‑addressable (claims cite auditable evidence surfaces and anchors),
  3. actionable (produces inventories and citable publication forms usable in G.3, G.4, and G.5 without treating a card as a meaning container or selector authority),
  4. refreshable (editions/policies/windows are pinned so RSCR/refresh can re‑audit and re‑run without semantic drift)?

Forces

  • Pluralism vs. consolidation. Consolidation is valuable, but unqualified fusion destroys meaning.
  • Breadth vs. load‑bearing depth. Too broad becomes shallow; too deep misses rival lineages.
  • Recency vs. stability. Freshness matters, yet durable “backbone” claims must be identified and kept visible.
  • Pedagogy vs. rigour. Outputs must be teachable enough to support review, while remaining audit‑ready.
  • Authoring vs. operations. This pattern lives in the authoring plane; operational runs and decisions belong to Work planes and to governing patterns.

Solution

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G core invariants; citation/delegation hub)

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative). (Canonical form, Nil‑elision, and Expansion rule are defined in G.Core.)

`GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨ CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted }, RSCRTriggerSetIds := {GCoreTriggerSetId.SoTAHarvestSynthesis}, CorePinSetIds := {GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins},

CorePinsRequired := { // Scope pins (G.2‑specific) CGFrameId, // identifies the exact CG-frame, which is the declared framing episteme; its cited ClaimGraph keeps source and edition, claim regions, EntityOfConcern, comparison basis, and intended use recoverable Tradition[], entityOfConcern := ⟨GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane⟩, SoTA_SetId, SoTAPaletteDescriptionId,

// Evidence / provenance pins (G.2‑specific)
CorpusLedgerId,
FlowRecordId,
EvidenceAnchorRef[],
EvidenceGraphId?,

// Crossing / synthesis pins (delta beyond CorePinSetIds; only when used)
GammaEpistSynthId[]?,

// Edition / policy pins (only when used)
HarvestPolicyRef?,
DistanceDefRef.edition?,
InclusionCriteriaId?,
ScreeningRubricId?

},

DefaultsConsumed := ∅, TriggerAliasMapRef := ∅ ⟩`

(RSCR payload pins: ClaimSheetId[], SoTA_SetId, SoTAPaletteDescriptionId, BridgeMatrixId?, GammaEpistSynthId[]?, UTSRowId[]?, DistanceDefRef.edition?, HarvestPolicyRef?, InclusionCriteriaId?, ScreeningRubricId?, PathId/PathSliceId? when path‑citable evidence or a stable freshness window is pinned.)

Pattern‑local default rules (governed by this pattern; not a Part‑G‑wide DefaultId).

FamilyCoverageFloorK := 3 (unless explicitly overridden by HarvestPolicyRef and recorded in FlowRecord)

Kit: SoTA Synthesis Pack@CG‑Frame (surface governed by this pattern)

A conforming G.2 publication produces a notation‑independent pack whose internal organisation is free, but whose exported named components and views are stable and citable:

Each named component is addressable via a stable pack‑local identifier (e.g., CorpusLedgerId, ClaimSheetId, FlowRecordId) for citation and RSCR scoping. If any component is minted/evolved as a public id, it is published and cited via UTSRowId[] per CC‑GCORE‑UTS‑1 (delegation).

  1. SoTA_Set@CG‑Frame (export view; “M2 output” consumed downstream) A read‑optimised view over the harvested candidate set that downstream generator/selector work treats as the “harvester output set”. Constraint (normative): SoTA_Set@CG‑Frame MUST be reconstructible from pack components by id (no “hidden extra set”).

  2. G.2a CorpusLedger Ledger of candidate sources. Each row names the exact source and edition, claim region used, triage status (for example, include, park, or retire), evidence locator, and rationale for this CG-frame and receiving use.

  3. G.2b ClaimSheets[Tradition] Typed Claim Sheets per Tradition, each with:

    • exact source and edition, claim region, effective ReferenceScheme where meaning matters, EntityOfConcern, and comparison basis for the stated use,
    • explicit evidence anchors/citations (A.10 and/or EvidenceGraph refs when available),
    • explicit freshness window notes and risk/trust cues (cite B.3 governing definitions when using trust/decay language).
  4. G.2c OperatorAndObjectInventory Inventory of candidate CHR terms (characteristics/scales/coordinates) and candidate CAL operators/flows as stubs for downstream authoring.

  5. G.2d BridgeMatrix A citable alignment/divergence surface across Tradition×Tradition, with explicit losses and row scopes. If any row asserts substitution or fusion across sources or across Tradition records, the pack MUST attach a GammaEpistSynthId record (alias: G.2‑F) per G.2:Ext.GammaEpistSynthesis (no silent fusion).

  6. G.2e MicroExamples Worked micro-examples for load-bearing claims. Each names the exact source and edition, claim region, EntityOfConcern, comparison basis, and intended use; cites its A.10 carrier or evidence path; and annotates applicable assurance types (TA, VA, or LA). The example card is only a publication form for those claims.

  7. G.2f UTSProposals Draft Name Cards + Minimal Definitional Sheets (MDS) + alias proposals (incl. concept‑set linkage where applicable), with the required publication pins.

  8. G.2g entityOfConcern Map Map from key terms/claims/public ids to GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane, and minimal reference cues for later CHR/CAL authoring.

  9. G.2h PRISMA Flow Record A screening/eligibility trail for how sources entered the pack (method‑profile is allowed; see Extensions). (Name is historical; the artefact remains notation‑independent.)

  10. G.2i SoSIndicatorFamilies Indicator families as variants (windows/constraints/assumptions) with explicit Acceptance branches per variant (branch ids/labels only; threshold semantics belong to CAL governing definitions).

  11. G.2j MethodFamilyCards Candidate method families with a shared signature and a plurality of implementations, each with validity regions, cost/complexity notes, and known failure modes. When the pack targets downstream registry/dispatch, MethodFamily cards SHOULD include the declared refs and pins G.5 needs (eligibility predicate refs, assurance profile cues, and the pack ids that justify the family).

  12. G.2k GeneratorFamilyCards (if applicable) Candidate generator families for environment/task generation with declared validity regions and transfer hooks.

  13. G.2l Annexes (optional; governing-definition-cited; see Extensions) For example: QD/NQD annexes, discipline‑specific indicator annexes, interop forms.

SoTAPaletteDescription (export view; required downstream) A view‑friendly description object (pack‑local SoTAPaletteDescriptionId) that binds together:

  • the SoTA_Set@CG‑Frame view,
  • ClaimSheetId[], OperatorAndObjectInventory, BridgeMatrixId?,
  • SoSIndicatorFamilies (with variant/branch structure),
  • MethodFamilyCards / GeneratorFamilyCards?,
  • MicroExamples, UTSProposals,
  • and the entityOfConcern Map for citation and later CHR/CAL authoring. Note (normative intent): this is the primary “consumable surface” for G.3/G.4/G.5; it prevents downstream patterns from scraping free prose.

Editorial template: 1‑page “SoTA Sheet” per Tradition (informative). When authoring ClaimSheets[Tradition], teams often benefit from a single‑page template: scope + claims + evidence anchors + validity region + failure modes + freshness window + cross‑Tradition reuse notes + pointers to micro‑examples.

Harvester loop (conceptual choreography; pattern-governed)

A conforming G.2 pack publication is built by iterating the following conceptual loop until the declared gates are satisfied:

  1. Declare scope and plurality. Identify the exact CG-frame (the declared framing episteme), the initial Tradition set, each intended claim region and EntityOfConcern, the comparison basis, and the receiving use. Record the cited CG-frame and source editions and evidence anchors in the pack pins rather than hiding them in a generic context field.

  2. Discover and triage sources (ledger‑first). Populate CorpusLedger via:

    • seed sources,
    • expansion via citation chaining and keyword family exploration,
    • pruning using load‑bearing relevance tests tied to the declared CG‑Frame scope.
  3. Distill claims per Tradition. For each Tradition, author a Claim Sheet that preserves internal commitments and cites evidence anchors. Do not fuse cross‑Tradition claims at this stage.

  4. Inventory operators/objects for downstream authoring. Extract candidate measurement terms and operator stubs for later CHR/CAL authoring (without asserting legality or thresholds locally).

  5. Build alignment/divergence surfaces. Where reuse across Tradition is desired, author Bridge‑backed alignment records and explicit loss notes in BridgeMatrix. Any consolidation is explicitly marked as requiring alignment proof.

  6. (Alias: G.2‑F) Produce Γ_epist synthesis records when fusion/substitution is asserted. If a G.2 pack publication asserts fusion or substitution across sources or across Tradition records (beyond mere “parallel divergent claims”), it MUST emit GammaEpistSynthId records per G.2:Ext.GammaEpistSynthesis (provenance union + explicit object alignment refs + assurance tuple refs), and it MUST keep penalties routed to R_eff only by delegation (CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1).

  7. Publish teachable micro‑groundings. Attach worked micro-examples to load-bearing claims, each tied to the exact source and edition, claim region, EntityOfConcern, comparison basis, intended use, and A.10 carrier or evidence path.

  8. Apply gates and record repairs. Enforce FamilyCoverageFloorK (and any optional diversity‑by‑distance gate). If a gate fails, the pack MUST:

    • record the failure and the repair iteration in FlowRecord and CorpusLedger,
    • pin the updated HarvestPolicyRef / criteria ids (if changed),
    • iterate the loop rather than silently weakening the gate.
  9. Emit hand‑off manifests and export views. Produce explicit manifests to:

  • G.3 (CHR authoring),
  • G.4 (CAL authoring),
  • G.5 (registry/dispatch), so that downstream work can cite pack components by id rather than re‑authoring them. The pack MUST also export SoTA_Set@CG‑Frame and SoTAPaletteDescription as the default downstream consumption surfaces (ids pinned).

Interfaces (minimal I/O Standard)

InterfaceConsumesProduces
G.2-1 Harvestexact CG-frame (the declared framing episteme) identified by CGFrameId, initial Tradition[], source edition and claim-region boundary, EntityOfConcern, comparison basis, receiving use, HarvestPolicyRef?SoTA Synthesis Pack@CG-Frame (G.2a-G.2l)
G.2‑2 Extendexisting Pack + new sources/anchors + updated policy pinsupdated Pack + RSCR‑relevant trigger emissions (canonical kinds)
G.2‑3 HandOffPackCHR‑handoff (to G.3), CAL‑handoff (to G.4), Registry‑handoff (to G.5)

Note: Orchestration of re‑runs is governed by G.11; this pattern only defines what a conforming (re)harvest produces and what pins it must expose.

Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

Extensions are pattern‑scoped annexes. They do not introduce Part‑G‑wide norms; they declare the additional pins required when those semantics are active and cite the corresponding governing patterns.

GPatternExtension: GammaEpistSynthesis

PatternScopeId: G.2:Ext.GammaEpistSynthesis GPatternExtensionId: GammaEpistSynthesis GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.2 Uses: {G.Core, B.3, F.9, G.6} (penalty routing + trust/decay cues + bridges/CL + evidence path citation when used) ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • GammaEpistSynthId[] (pack‑local ids of synthesis records; emitted iff fusion/substitution is asserted)
  • EvidenceAnchorRef[] (provenance union; A.10 carriers)
  • BridgeMatrixId and BridgeCardId[] (explicit object alignment references when crossing is involved)
  • CL/CL^plane + Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane policy-ids (ids only; semantics governed by cited definitions; penalties → R_eff only by delegation)
  • PathId/PathSliceId? (only when citing via G.6)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange}

Notes (normative intent; duplication‑avoidant):

  • Γ_epist^synth is an auditable record that binds: (i) provenance union, (ii) explicit object alignment refs, (iii) assurance tuple refs (via existing governing definitions) for each asserted fusion/substitution.
  • This extension does not redefine Γ‑fold, Φ, or penalty semantics; it only requires the pins/refs needed for replayability and auditability (see G.Core delegations).
GPatternExtension: HarvestProtocols

PatternScopeId: G.2:Ext.HarvestProtocols GPatternExtensionId: HarvestProtocols GPatternExtensionKind: Phase3Seed GoverningPatternId: G.2 Uses: {B.3, A.10} (for freshness/decay and provenance anchors, when protocol requires them explicitly) ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • HarvestPolicyRef (declares the chosen protocol family and its parameters)
  • FlowRecordId (protocol‑specific profile id or rubric id may be attached here)
  • InclusionCriteriaId / ScreeningRubricId (ids only; semantics remain local to the protocol family)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

Notes (extension discipline):

  • This extension binds a declared protocol profile to the pack’s FlowRecord without redefining evidence semantics.
GPatternExtension: DHCAlignmentHooks

PatternScopeId: G.2:Ext.DHCAlignmentHooks GPatternExtensionId: DHCAlignmentHooks GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.21 (DHC semantics are governed by C.21) Uses: {C.21, G.6, G.7} (DHC series + evidence path citations + bridge/CL regimes when alignment density is claimed) ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • DHCMethodRef.edition
  • WindowRef? (if the DHC series is windowed)
  • exact F.17 SchemeSenseCell refs used by the DHC comparison set (use SenseCellAddressRef where a durable address is needed; cite UTSRowId[] only for independently public ids)
  • UTSRowId[]? (only if a cited cell or series id is independently minted or evolved as a public id)
  • PathId[] / PathSliceId[] (when alignment summaries cite evidence paths via G.6)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta}

Notes (extension discipline):

  • If DHC alignment summaries are emitted, this extension ensures the DHC method edition and the cited evidence paths are visible.
  • Units and constraints governed by C.21 are pinned, not redefined here: for example bridges_per_100_cells, the exact F.17 cell comparison set, exact F.9 Bridge refs, CL_min = 2, and the stated interpretation of CL=3 when used. The count is over named cells and obtaining relations, not contexts.
GPatternExtension: NQDAnnex

PatternScopeId: G.2:Ext.NQDAnnex GPatternExtensionId: NQDAnnex GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.18 (NQD-CAL semantics are governed by C.18; explore/exploit logging is governed by C.19 when used) Uses: {C.18, C.19} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • DescriptorMapRef.edition
  • DistanceDefRef.edition
  • InsertionPolicyRef (policy‑id/ref)
  • EmitterPolicyRef (policy‑id/ref)
  • TaskSignatureRef? (when QD mode is trait‑gated)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

Notes (extension discipline):

  • This extension only pins the required references for replayability; it does not redefine QD semantics, dominance, or acceptance rules.
GPatternExtension: InteropForms

PatternScopeId: G.2:Ext.InteropForms GPatternExtensionId: InteropForms GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.13 Uses: {G.13} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • ExternalIndexRef.edition
  • ClaimMapperRef.edition
  • MappingPolicyRef (policy‑id/ref)
  • UTSRowId[] (for published external ids/aliases where relevant)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit}

Notes (extension discipline):

  • Interop affects only representation and citation routes; it must not introduce alternate legality gates or acceptance semantics.

Palette first

  • SoTAPaletteDescription is one plurality-preserving palette.
  • It is not by itself one Front, one Archive, or one Shortlist.
  • When that palette's members are traditions, TraditionPalette is the reader-facing tradition-only palette head over the same palette declaration, not one second governing definition. For methods, hypotheses, or other members, keep SoTAPaletteDescription or Palette + SubjectKind explicit instead.
  • Traditions remain in the palette until a later surface declares comparison, retention, or choice semantics explicitly.
  • TraditionFront is one derived view over the declared palette under one declared Q; the Q basis stays pinned separately and the view does not rename Tradition or SoTAPaletteDescription.
  • TraditionArchive is one derived retention view over that same palette under one declared reachability or coverage rule; that rule stays pinned separately and the view does not turn the palette into one archive by default.
  • When one derived tradition view is shown, keep the base palette recoverable at the same time.
  • When comparison or retention needs richer geometry or atlas language, treat that as support for the derivation rather than as the default meaning of the palette.
  • A reader should be able to say both this is the palette and this is the derived tradition view currently being shown without collapsing those two objects.

Atlas views stay optional neighboring interpretation over one declared palette and declared set results

  • TraditionAtlasView is one declared optional neighboring interpretive view over one palette and any declared front, archive, or shortlist surfaces drawn from it, while the cited substrate-bearing line, the active source set or active set result, and any cited SearchSpaceRef, OutcomeSpaceRef, or other declared space refs remain recoverable.
  • TraditionAtlasView is the G.2 use-site specialization of DeclaredSubstrateAtlasView; keep the generic interpretive-view declaration in A.19.DECLARED-SUBSTRATE-INTERPRETIVE-VIEW.
  • It is not the default meaning of Tradition or SoTAPaletteDescription.
  • Stay palette-first when the harvest or synthesis question can already be judged from the declared palette together with ordinary front, archive, or shortlist surfaces.
  • Use TraditionAtlasView only when the reader must hold several declared derived views or interpretive qualifiers together to see why one tradition grouping, omission risk, or comparison boundary matters.
  • A conforming TraditionAtlasView must keep the same atlas-form interpretation declaration that A.19.DECLARED-SUBSTRATE-INTERPRETIVE-VIEW requires by value: recoverable base palette, active source set or active set result, TypedSetViews when several declared set views are held together, cited SearchSpaceRef, OutcomeSpaceRef, or other declared space refs, cited declared map refs such as OutcomeMapRef, cited qualifiers such as SpaceMetricRef, TransitionRelationRef, and BridgeDistortionNote, and one explicit reason why thinner DeclaredSubstrateInterpretiveView is insufficient here.
  • It may help explain where one tradition, method family, or retained line sits relative to another, but it should not silently redefine the base palette or one derived front view or archive view.
  • If one atlas view uses several typed views over the same source set, keep the active set result, any cited SearchSpaceRef, OutcomeSpaceRef, or other declared space ref, and any BridgeDistortionNote recoverable instead of letting TraditionAtlasView hide those choices.
  • Treat the atlas layer as optional neighboring interpretation, not as ordinary palette-first core. Use SpaceMetricRef or TransitionRelationRef only when one declared comparison, reachability, transition, or cross-scale state-change claim actually depends on that formal support; otherwise leave them unstated.
  • Use OutcomeMapRef only when the atlas must show how one declared set result maps into one outcome-side or effect-side declared space/ref; it does not turn the palette, front, archive, or shortlist into that outcome-side declared space/ref.
  • If one atlas reading would materially change the base source-to-outcome relation or distortion posture, reopen the substrate declaration instead of treating that change as one local G.2 convenience.
  • If one thinner DeclaredSubstrateInterpretiveView already keeps the question legible, prefer that thinner interpretation form and leave atlas specialization unused.
  • SearchSpaceRef and OutcomeSpaceRef doctrine, transition-aware novelty, metric-transfer loss, and cross-scale geometry belong to a heavier formal layer: keep them outside ordinary palette-first use unless the current comparison, reachability, transition, or multilevel claim explicitly needs them, and do not pull them in merely because one richer comparative reading is mathematically available.
  • If no declared atlas view is needed, stay with the simpler palette-first and declared-derived-view surfaces.
  • Different atlas views may rely on different declared spaces, metrics, bridges, or transition supports; keep that plurality visible rather than forcing one geometry monoculture across every neighboring view.
  • If several mathematical traditions remain plausible, keep that plurality visible rather than pretending the atlas already fixes one final formalism.
  • If the question is naming-side only, use F.18 for that wording choice rather than letting atlas-form interpretation language carry the naming decision by itself.

Archetypal Grounding (System / Episteme)

Template elementU.System illustrationU.Episteme illustration
TellA safety engineering team needs to choose a control stack across robust-control, learning-based, and formal-verification lineages. It identifies the exact CG-frame (the declared framing episteme), vehicle and operating-envelope EntityOfConcern, source editions, claim regions, test or comparison basis, evidence anchors, and intended decision use.A research group synthesizes SoTA on decision quality across named causal, evidential, bounded-rationality, and active-inference lineages, keeping each source edition, local claim, evidence norm, comparison basis, and intended research use explicit.
Show (failure)The team merges source-local terms, treats incompatible test protocols and populations as comparable, and collapses partially ordered trade-offs into one unqualified score. A later safety review cannot recover which source, claim region, basis, or evidence supported the choice.The group publishes one “best” metric and retrofits definitions to it. Conflicting claims cannot be traced because source editions, evidence anchors, comparison bases, and any actual cross-source relation were never made explicit.
Show (repair)Keep parallel Claim Sheets with exact sources, editions, claim regions, EntitiesOfConcern, comparison bases, and evidence. Cite an F.9 Bridge and loss only for an actual relation. Authors of CHR, CAL, and selection methods can then use the citable claims without attributing authority to a card.Preserve plural claims, represent indicators as families or variants, and expose freshness and evidence. Any justified alignment names its exact cells and obtaining relation; the card or matrix merely represents that result.

Bias-Annotation (informative)

Lenses tested: Gov, Arch, Onto/Epist, Prag, Did.

  • Selection bias (Gov/Onto). Any harvesting protocol can over‑represent certain venues, languages, or evidence styles. Mitigation: pluralism floor + explicit CorpusLedger + explicit protocol pins.

  • Consolidation bias (Onto/Epist). Pressure to “merge” lineages can erase incompatible commitments. Mitigation: keep Claim Sheets disjoint by default; require explicit alignment proof for fusion; preserve loss notes.

  • Recency bias (Prag). Overweighting newest papers can hide durable backbone results; underweighting them misses SoTA drift. Mitigation: publish freshness windows and make them RSCR‑relevant.

  • Didactic bias (Did). Micro‑examples can steer interpretation toward familiar domains. Mitigation: require heterogeneous substrates and explicit A.10 anchors.

Conformance Checklist (normative) — CC‑G2

ConformanceIdRequirementPurpose / Notes
CC‑G2‑CoreRefA conforming G.2 artefact MUST satisfy the effective core obligations declared by the GCoreLinkageManifest in G.2:4.1 (per G.Core Expansion rule).Phase‑2 bridge clause: ensures universal invariants are not redefined inside G.2.
CC-G2-Pluralism-1A conforming pack MUST include at least two Tradition lineages and at least three materially distinct entries, each identified by its source edition and claim region, with its EntityOfConcern, evidence norm, and comparison limits visible.Prevents a single lineage or one renamed source cut from masquerading as synthesis.
CC‑G2‑Ledger‑1A conforming pack MUST include G.2a CorpusLedger with inclusion/triage status and explicit rationale hooks per entry.Makes discovery/triage auditable.
CC‑G2‑FlowRecord‑1A conforming pack MUST include G.2h FlowRecord that traces identification → screening → eligibility → included at a minimum granularity sufficient to reproduce the corpus boundary.Prevents “mystery inclusion” and supports refresh.
CC-G2-ClaimSheets-1For each included Tradition, the pack MUST include a ClaimSheetId naming exact sources and editions, claim regions, effective schemes where meaning matters, EntitiesOfConcern, comparison bases, evidence anchors, freshness notes, and intended use; it MUST NOT fuse cross-Tradition claims by default.Keeps plurality and provenance explicit without a Context container.
CC‑G2‑Palette‑1A conforming pack MUST export SoTA_Set@CG‑Frame and SoTAPaletteDescription as citable views (via SoTA_SetId, SoTAPaletteDescriptionId) and ensure both are reconstructible from pack components by id (no hidden extra structure).Prevents downstream scraping of prose; keeps “M2 output” explicit.
CC‑G2‑Palette‑2If the pack exports one derived tradition view such as TraditionFront or TraditionArchive, it MUST keep SoTAPaletteDescription explicit as the default base palette, keep that derivation recoverable, and cite the declared Q or reachability/coverage rule that disciplined that view. Derived tradition views MUST NOT silently replace the palette's default meaning.Keeps non-default tradition views recoverable without redefining palette-first semantics.
CC‑G2‑AtlasInterpretation‑1If the pack exports TraditionAtlasView, it MUST satisfy the same interpretive-view declaration required by A.19.DECLARED-SUBSTRATE-INTERPRETIVE-VIEW: keep the base palette and active source set or active set result recoverable, name TypedSetViews when several declared set views are held together, cite any active SearchSpaceRef, OutcomeSpaceRef, or other declared space refs, cite any active OutcomeMapRef, SpaceMetricRef, TransitionRelationRef, or BridgeDistortionNote only when they do real explanatory work, state why thinner DeclaredSubstrateInterpretiveView is insufficient here, and MUST NOT use atlas form when palette-first or thinner DeclaredSubstrateInterpretiveView is sufficient.Keeps the G.2 specialization at least as constraining as the general DeclaredSubstrateAtlasView declaration and preserves space-role recoverability.
CC‑G2‑entityOfConcernMap‑1A conforming pack MUST include G.2g entityOfConcern Map, mapping (at minimum) each load‑bearing claim family and each minted/evolved public id to entityOfConcern := ⟨GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane⟩, and citing the relevant ClaimSheetId and evidence anchors (A.10 and/or G.6 paths when used).Keeps plane/holon boundaries explicit and citable.
CC‑G2‑Alignment‑1Any cross‑Tradition consolidation SHALL be presented as either (i) disjoint parallel claims with explicit divergence, or (ii) an explicitly justified alignment proof; any reuse across Tradition boundaries MUST use explicit crossing bundles per CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1 (delegation).Prevents silent semantic leakage.
CC‑G2‑GammaSynth‑1If the pack asserts fusion or substitution across sources or across Tradition records (not merely “parallel divergent claims”), it MUST emit GammaEpistSynthId records satisfying G.2:Ext.GammaEpistSynthesis (provenance union + explicit alignment refs + assurance tuple refs). If no fusion or substitution is asserted, the pack SHALL state so explicitly.Restores the load‑bearing synthesis artefact (alias: G.2‑F) without shadow specs.
CC‑G2‑Inventory‑1A conforming pack MUST include G.2c OperatorAndObjectInventory, sufficient for downstream CHR/CAL authoring to begin without re‑harvesting terms.Ensures the pack is actionable.
CC‑G2‑Inventory‑2G.2c OperatorAndObjectInventory entries MUST be treated as stubs for downstream authoring: they MUST NOT embed acceptance thresholds or claim legality decisions locally. If an entry is not a citation of an already governed CHR/CAL artefact, it MUST be explicitly marked as stub (typing/lawfulness TBD) and MUST NOT be used as if lawful. Legality/threshold semantics are governed by G.3 for CHR and G.4 for CAL via explicit ids/pins.Prevents “shadow CHR/CAL” and preserves lawfulness discipline without redefining it locally.
CC‑G2‑MeasurementLawful‑1If any inventory entry is presented as non‑stub (i.e., already lawful/typed), the pack MUST cite the governing lawfulness discipline (e.g., A.17–A.19/C.16 as applicable) and provide the minimal evidence anchors needed to justify that typing claim.Prevents “quietly lawful” measurement claims inside the harvester pack.
CC-G2-MicroExamples-1For every load-bearing claim family, a conforming pack MUST include at least two worked micro-examples on heterogeneous substrates. Each names the source and edition, claim region, EntityOfConcern, comparison basis, and intended use; cites its A.10 carrier or evidence path; and gives an applicable assurance tag.Makes the synthesis teachable and inspectable; the example form supplies no meaning or authority.
CC‑G2‑UTS‑1If the pack proposes or evolves any public ids, it MUST publish UTS proposals (Name Cards + MDS where applicable) and cite them via UTSRowId[], satisfying CC‑GCORE‑UTS‑1 (delegation).Keeps naming and evolution disciplined.
CC‑G2‑Families‑1SoS indicators and candidate evaluation constructs SHALL be represented as families/variants (windows/constraints/assumptions) with explicit Acceptance branch structure per variant (branch ids/labels only), not as single unqualified scalars; any scalar summary MAY be included only as report‑only unless explicitly promoted by governing patterns. (Set-return discipline is delegated to CC‑GCORE‑SET‑1.)Prevents covert scalarization and keeps acceptance governed by downstream patterns.
CC‑G2‑HandOff‑1A conforming pack MUST emit hand‑off manifests to G.3, G.4, and G.5 that cite pack components by id and identify which families/operators are intended for downstream formalisation or registry entry.Prevents downstream re‑authoring and drift.
CC‑G2‑CoverageGate‑1The pack MUST declare FamilyCoverageFloorK and enforce it as a harvesting gate. It MUST either (i) specify k explicitly in an explicit HarvestPolicyRef, or (ii) use the pattern‑local default rule governed by CC‑G2‑CoverageGate‑1. Default rule (pattern-local): k=3. If the gate fails, the pack MUST (a) record the repair iteration in FlowRecord, and (b) broaden the search radius (new venues/corpora/contexts/traditions) rather than silently weakening the gate; if an exploration policy is used for this broadening, it MUST be pinned as a policy id/ref.Makes “coverage floor” explicit and prevents “silent narrowing” under failure.
CC‑G2‑DistanceGate‑1If a diversity‑by‑distance gate is used, the pack MUST pin DistanceDefRef.edition and the declared threshold (δ), and treat edits as RSCR‑relevant per CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑* (delegation). If no such gate is used, the pack SHALL explicitly state that it is not used.Avoids implicit distance defaults and improves refreshability.
CC‑G2‑RSCR‑1A conforming pack MUST emit canonical RSCRTriggerKindId causes (not free text) for edits to evidence surfaces, name/tokenization surfaces (e.g., UTS proposals/aliases), crossings, planes, edition pins, and harvesting policy pins (HarvestPolicyRef), per CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑1…TRIG‑4 (delegation).Keeps refresh reason codes stable and typed.
CC‑G2‑Ext‑GammaEpist‑1If G.2:Ext.GammaEpistSynthesis is used (i.e., any fusion/substitution is asserted), the pack SHALL expose the required pins listed in that extension and SHALL NOT redefine Γ‑fold/Φ/penalty semantics locally (cite governing definitions by delegation).Keeps synthesis auditable without creating shadow specs.
CC‑G2‑Ext‑HarvestProtocols‑1If G.2:Ext.HarvestProtocols is used, the pack SHALL expose the required pins/criteria ids listed in that extension and SHALL NOT redefine evidence/quality semantics outside the declared protocol profile.Keeps protocol variation explicit and separately citable.
CC-G2-Ext-DHC-1If G.2:Ext.DHCAlignmentHooks is used, the pack SHALL expose the DHC method edition, exact F.17 cell comparison set, exact F.9 relation refs actually counted, evidence paths, and C.21 unit and constraint pins such as bridges_per_100_cells and CL_min=2, without redefining them locally.Keeps DHC counts tied to named cells and obtaining relations.
CC‑G2‑Ext‑NQD‑1If G.2:Ext.NQDAnnex is used, the pack SHALL expose the required pins/editions/policies listed in that extension and SHALL NOT redefine QD semantics locally.Keeps QD/OEE extension pins replayable and non‑shadowing.
CC‑G2‑Ext‑Interop‑1If G.2:Ext.InteropForms is used, the pack SHALL expose the required interop pins and SHALL NOT introduce alternative legality/acceptance semantics.Prevents “foreign gate” shadowing.

Common Anti‑Patterns and How to Avoid Them

  • AP‑G2‑1: “One true SoTA score.” Avoid: selecting a single unqualified scalar metric as “the” SoTA. Do instead: represent evaluation constructs as families/variants; keep partial orders set‑returning (delegated).

  • AP‑G2‑2: Fusion without explicit alignment proof. Avoid: merging rival Tradition claims into one statement “by common sense.” Do instead: preserve parallel Claim Sheets; if consolidation is required, publish explicit alignment proof or keep a divergence record.

  • AP‑G2‑3: Hidden protocol drift. Avoid: changing the harvesting protocol (inclusion criteria, windowing, screening rubric) without pins. Do instead: pin harvesting policy/profile ids and treat changes as RSCR‑relevant.

  • AP‑G2‑4: Unanchored pedagogy. Avoid: micro‑examples without carriers (they become folklore). Do instead: bind micro‑examples to A.10 anchors and declare entityOfConcern.

  • AP‑G2‑5: Atlas by default. Avoid: writing as if every tradition comparison or NQD/OEE note needs TraditionAtlasView, or as if atlas wording renames the palette itself. Do instead: keep the base palette and derived front, archive, or shortlist explicit; use atlas form only when several declared views or interpretive qualifiers must be held together, and prefer thinner DeclaredSubstrateInterpretiveView when that is enough.

Consequences

  • Positive: Downstream CHR/CAL/dispatch work becomes faster and less ambiguous because the pack is citable and structured.
  • Positive: Plurality is preserved while still enabling disciplined comparability through explicit crossings.
  • Positive: Refresh becomes tractable because pins and typed causes exist.
  • Negative: Adds authoring overhead (ledger, flow record, micro‑examples, explicit pins).
  • Negative: Requires governance discipline to prevent the pack from becoming an uncontrolled “everything bucket”.

Rationale

SoTA synthesis is a bottleneck for new CG‑Frame work: without a disciplined harvest, downstream formalization (CHR/CAL) and operational selection (G.5) either (i) inherit hidden semantic collisions, or (ii) re‑invent incompatible “mini‑standards.” G.2 resolves this by treating SoTA work as a publishable kit: explicit plurality, explicit crossings, explicit evidence anchors, and explicit hand‑offs.

SoTA-Echoing (informative)

This pattern aligns its method options (via Extensions and authoring practice) with widely used post‑2015 SoTA practices, while keeping FPF’s semantics stable and id‑based:

  1. PRISMA 2020 reporting discipline (Page et al., 2021) Status: Adopt (adapted) — we adopt the idea of a transparent screening trail as FlowRecord, but keep it notation‑independent and concept‑level.

  2. Living systematic reviews (Elliott et al., 2017 and subsequent living‑review practice) Status: Adopt (as optional protocol family) — the “living” stance is expressed as a harvesting protocol profile (Extension), with explicit freshness windows and RSCR‑relevant change causes.

  3. AMSTAR 2 critical appraisal (Shea et al., 2017) Status: Adapt — we adapt the idea of structured quality appraisal into Claim Sheet evidence cues, without turning it into a single scalar rating.

  4. Science of Science synthesis (Fortunato et al., 2018) Status: Adopt (as content discipline) — SoS indicators are treated as families/variants and wired as citable artefacts, not as a single “score”.

  5. Disruption / team‑structure indicators (Wu, Wang & Evans, 2019 and follow‑on work) Status: Adopt (as exemplar family) — useful as an example of a SoS‑indicator family with material dependence on windowing and corpus definition.

  6. Quality‑Diversity and open‑ended generation (e.g., Fontaine et al., 2020 for CMA‑ME; Wang et al., 2019 for POET) Status: Adopt (as optional annex with explicit pin declarations) — when QD/OEE is relevant for the CG‑Frame, we include generator/method family cards and pin the required edition/policy surfaces via G.2:Ext.NQDAnnex, without embedding those semantics into the core pack.

Relations

  • Builds on:

    • G.Core (core invariants, typed RSCR causes, Default Governing Definition Index)
    • E.8 (pattern template discipline)
    • E.10 (lexical/ontological rules; strict distinction; kind‑suffix discipline)
    • E.19 (conformance discipline)
    • A.10 (provenance anchors / carriers)
    • A.19.DECLARED-SUBSTRATE-INTERPRETIVE-VIEW (generic interpretive-view and atlas discipline when TraditionAtlasView is used)
    • A.6.P (space/view/publication precision restoration when palette/support claims collapse)
    • B.3 (trust, freshness/decay as cited governing patterns)
    • F.9 (bridges and CL as cited governing patterns)
    • F.17 (UTS publication discipline; via delegation)
    • G.0 (CG‑Spec legality gate; cited when legality surfaces are referenced)
    • G.6 (EvidenceGraph / path citation surfaces when used)
  • Used by:

    • G.1 (generator chassis consumes harvested SoTA sets)
    • G.3 (CHR authoring consumes operator/object inventory and claim sheets)
    • G.4 (CAL authoring consumes operator stubs, acceptance branch scaffolding)
    • G.5 (registry/dispatch consumes MethodFamily/GeneratorFamily cards)
    • G.10 (shipping cites the pack as payload)
    • G.11 (refresh orchestration can re‑invoke harvest via typed causes)
  • Relates to:

    • G.13 (interop surfaces when external indices are used)
    • F.18 (naming-side support wording when the question is label choice rather than synthesis geometry)

G.2:End


CHR Authoring for a CG‑Frame: Characteristics, Scales, Levels, Coordinates

Tag. Architectural pattern (CHR kit; publishes lawful measurement primitives; constrains CAL authoring and selector/dispatch use) Stage. design‑time (authoring & publication; enables admissible run-time consumption by G.4 / G.5) Primary output. CHR Pack@CG‑Frame — a notation‑independent, UTS‑published CHR bundle that provides: typed Characteristics/Scales/Levels/Coordinates, legality + guard surfaces, aggregation/comparison specs, RSCR hooks/tests, and provenance pins. Primary hooks. G.1 (declared CG-frame, which is the framing episteme), G.2 (SoTA synthesis inputs), A.19.CHR (CHRMechanismSuite boundary + pins), A.15.3 (SlotFillingsPlanItem baseline), A.18/C.16 (MM-CHR legality), F.0.1, F.1, F.9, F.17, and F.18 (source-local meaning, selected source editions, actual relations between local-sense cells, and bounded use and reliance), B.3 / B.3.4 (trust, freshness/decay), A.10 (provenance anchors/carriers), G.6 (EvidenceGraph/Path citation), optional C.18 and C.19 (QD/OEE wiring), G.11 (refresh orchestration). Non‑duplication note. Universal Part‑G invariants (bridge‑only crossings, tri‑state semantics, penalties→R_eff‑only, set‑return semantics, P2W split, typed RSCR triggers + alias docking, defaults with one governing definition, linkage discipline) are governed by G.Core. This pattern cites them via G.3:4.1 and delegates where needed.

Problem frame

A team is defining or evolving a CG‑Frame (via G.1) and has plural, competing SoTA traditions and constructs (via G.2). The team needs a admissibility-ready CHR publication that makes downstream work possible without hidden semantic drift:

  • CAL authoring (G.4) needs typed, admissible operands and guard/legality surfaces to build admissibility and acceptance rules (thresholds and policy cut‑offs remain governed by CAL).
  • Selector/dispatch (G.5) needs CHR‑typed quantities and explicit provenance pins so selection can remain set-returning and auditable under admissible orders.
  • Reuse beyond the defining source or use must name the exact characteristic and scale editions, bearer, scope and validity window, reference plane, evidence, and intended downstream use. Cite an F.9 relation only when it actually obtains between the named F.17 cells; any claim that relies on the relation for this use remains a separate F.18 use and reliance claim.

The resulting publication is a CHR Pack that is CG‑Frame‑scoped, notation‑independent, and UTS‑published, with explicit edition/policy pins sufficient for reproducibility and RSCR.

Problem

Without a disciplined CHR authoring layer, teams repeatedly produce “measurable slots” that are numerically manipulable but semantically unlawful:

  • Meaning leaks when the same token is reused after its referent or sense, bearer, scope, validity window, evidence basis, or intended use has changed.
  • Illicit arithmetic (e.g., averaging ordinals, mixing units, laundering polarity).
  • Hidden normalizations that silently change scale type, polarity, or admissible transforms.
  • Unreproducible comparisons (missing edition pins for methods/distances/policies; unclear reference plane).
  • Unscoped reuse (the characteristic or scale lacks an exact edition, bearer, scope and validity window, reference plane, evidence basis, or intended downstream use; any relation needed for reuse is left unstated).
  • Un-auditable aggregation (no explicit legality surface and guard surface; no proof hooks; unclear Γ‑fold governing-definition assignment).
  • Refresh chaos (changes in names/editions/policies do not map to typed RSCR causes).

Forces

ForceTension
Pluralism vs comparabilityPreserve tradition‑specific meaning ↔ enable admissible cross‑tradition use.
Expressiveness vs legalityModel rich measurement semantics ↔ block illegal operations “by construction”.
Portability vs honestyEncourage reuse ↔ forbid implicit crossings and hidden loss.
Ease of authoring vs auditabilityKeep authoring teachable ↔ require explicit pins, provenance, and tests.
Downstream flexibility vs upstream disciplineLet CAL/selector choose policies ↔ keep thresholds/policy cut‑offs out of CHR.

Solution — CHR authoring kit and publication surface

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G core invariants; citation/delegation hub)

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative; size‑controlled).

`GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨ CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted }, CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal, GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins },

// Pins strengthened for CHR authoring (delta over PinSets) CorePinsRequired := { // NOTE: the frame pin inherited from GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal denotes only the exact // declared CG-frame, which is the framing episteme here; it supplies no universal setting, scope, or reuse authority. // entityOfConcern, CNSpecRef.edition, and CGSpecRef.edition remain inherited; each card adds the exact use pins named below. UTSRowId[], // required: CHR terms are public ids (Name Cards plus public-id continuity records) PathId[]/PathSliceId[], // required: worked examples/tests and refresh anchoring cite paths ReferencePlane, // required: definitional claims are plane-scoped Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane policy-ids?, // iff crossings/plane moves are exercised in examples or imports ΓFoldRef.edition? // iff an explicit Γ-fold artefact is pinned (otherwise use DefaultId) // NOTE: method-/discipline-specific pins (e.g., DescriptorMapRef/DistanceDefRef/DHCMethodRef/InsertionPolicyRef) // are declared only inside Extensions (e.g., G.3:Ext.QD_OEE_Wiring) to keep core linkage universal. },

// consumed iff any published CHR.AggregationSpec relies on default Γ-fold (no explicit override pinned) DefaultsConsumed := { DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff },

RSCRTriggerKindIds := { RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.DefaultGoverningDefinitionChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent, RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit } ⟩`

(Nil‑elision + expansion rule are per G.Core:4.2. This pattern does not redefine the semantics of core conformance ids, trigger kinds, or defaults; it only declares applicability and required pins.)

Output surface: CHR Pack@CG‑Frame (normative)

CHR Pack@CG‑Frame is the CHR kit payload that downstream patterns cite and pin (it is not a “shadow spec” for CN/CG).

Minimum exported objects (kit surface):

  • CHR.Characteristic[]
  • CHR.Scale[]
  • CHR.Level[] (when the scale type requires explicit level sets / order structure)
  • CHR.Coordinate[] (encodings + legality annotations; never an implicit “upgrade” of measurement structure)
  • CHR.Guards (guard macro surface; semantics governed by cited definitions; see G.Core and A.18)
  • CHR.LegalityMatrix (admissible operations per scale type / unit / polarity regimes)
  • CHR.AggregationSpecs (typed aggregators/comparators + proof hooks + edition pins where applicable)
  • UTS publication bundle: Name Cards (twin labels), public-id continuity notes, and (when applicable) bridge and loss notes
  • RSCR artefacts: RSCRTestId[] + worked examples + provenance pins (ReferencePlane, Path/PathSlice, policy ids)

Mandatory provenance pins (conceptual, notation‑independent):

  • ReferencePlane
  • PathId/PathSliceId citations for worked examples/tests
  • R‑anchors (conceptual; KD‑CAL lanes when used) realised via PathId/PathSliceId and, where applicable, A.10 anchor/carrier refs
  • policy pins used by crossings or plane moves (when exercised)
  • edition pins for any referenced method or metric definitions that affect interpretation

CHR authoring chassis (S1–S8)

S1 — Charter the measurement scope (scope anchor). Identify the exact declared CG-frame (the framing episteme). For this CHR work, state the bearer or bearers and identify each as an entityOfConcern. Also state the scope, any applicable qualification and evaluation windows, ReferencePlane, evidence basis, intended downstream use, freshness or decay expectations, and any contested expression whose reuse may require an actual F.9 relation. Output a design-time MeasurementCharter and KindMap. If freshness/decay expectations are anything beyond an explicit “non‑decaying” declaration, wire them via G.3:Ext.DecayWiring (governing pattern: B.3.4) rather than encoding decay semantics in CHR prose. If assurance‑subtype lane tags are used (e.g., TA/VA/LA), declare the lane regime here so downstream evidence discipline can remain lane‑pure (taxonomy/semantics governed by B.3; evidence‑path representation & audit governed by G.6; this pattern only records wiring). Lane docking (wiring‑only; normative). If EvidenceLanes are used, the charter MUST:

  • enumerate the lane tags used (e.g., TA/VA/LA) and cite their governing pattern taxonomy (governed by B.3), plus the upstream provenance for their use when available (e.g., SoTAPaletteDescriptionId via G.3:Ext.SoTAPackInputs);
  • expose any lane‑dependent tolerances / proof requirements via explicit pins (policy‑id and/or edition‑pinned refs), not prose;
  • treat lane tags as provenance metadata (not Contexts): they MUST NOT be “bridged away” or silently mixed;
  • if any cross‑lane comparison/aggregation is claimed, it MUST be explicit and pinned to the governing acceptance/evidence policy (typically G.4) and auditable via evidence paths (G.6); otherwise downstream consumers treat it as illegal. Crossing semantics and penalty routing are cited via G.Core (do not restate).

S2 — Mint or reuse terms (UTS‑first). For each candidate characteristic, scale, level, or coordinate term: attempt reuse; otherwise mint via UTS Name Cards with twin labels and public-id continuity notes. When a term is imported across contexts, the import must be explicit and auditable (bridge and loss notes live with the crossing artefacts; CHR only cites them).

S3 — Define CharacteristicCard (the CHR unit of meaning). A CharacteristicCard is the minimum unit CHR publishes for downstream legality. It SHOULD include (field names are indicative; semantics governed by cited definitions):

CharacteristicCard := ⟨ UTSRowId, CharacteristicRef.edition, entityOfConcern, ClaimScope, ApplicableSliceRef[], QualificationWindow?, EvaluationWindow?, MeasurementMethodRef.edition?, MeasurementModelRef.edition?, EvidenceRef[], IntendedDownstreamUse, ReferencePlane, ObjectKind, Intent, Definition (typed), ObservableOf := ⟨instrument/protocol (A.10 anchors/carriers), uncertainty model, validity window⟩, EvidenceLanes? (KD‑CAL lanes; wiring only; semantics governed by G.4/G.6), ScaleRef.edition, Polarity ∈ {↑, ↓, ⊥}, Domain/Range, UnitSet, Bounds / zero semantics (as applicable), Freshness / half‑life (or explicit NonDecayingDecl; freshness/decay semantics governed by B.3.4), Missingness semantics (typed; include a classification/mapping when non‑trivial; downstream tri‑state handling is per G.Core), Stability/Reliability notes, RoleDecls? := RoleDecl[] (wiring‑only; each role declaration names its governing pattern + required pins; see G.3:4.5), QD.Role? ∈ {Q, D, QD-score} (interop alias for RoleDeclwithGoverningPatternId = C.18; see G.3:Ext.QD_OEE_Wiring), Micro‑examples (R‑anchors: Path/PathSlice cited; lane tags where applicable) ⟩

Where RoleDecl := ⟨ roleLabel, GoverningPatternId, EditionPins?, PolicyPins? ⟩ (wiring-only; the value of GoverningPatternId names the FPF pattern that governs the role declaration semantics).

Rules (CHR‑governed intent, semantics governed by cited definitions where indicated):

  • Scale/unit/polarity legality obligations cite MM‑CHR governing definitions (A.18 and C.16) and must be checkable by downstream patterns.
  • Missingness must be typed so downstream can apply tri‑state outcomes without silent coercion (tri‑state semantics are governed by G.Core).
  • If EvidenceLanes are recorded, they are only lane tags for downstream evidence discipline (taxonomy governed by B.3; audit surface: G.6; any cross‑lane policy is governed by G.4); this pattern does not introduce lane semantics or invent bridge‑like constructs.
  • If RoleDecls are used, each declaration MUST cite the FPF pattern that governs the declaration, for example C.18 or C.19, and surface the edition and policy pins required by that governing pattern; CHR does not define role semantics locally.
  • Role docking (normative, wiring-only): if any RoleDecl is present with GoverningPatternId = X, then G.3 MUST include (or explicitly cite) a corresponding GPatternExtension block whose governing definition is X (or whose Uses includes X) and that surfaces the required pins for that role family. Otherwise the role declaration is non-conformant (it is an undocked semantic fragment).
  • Freshness docking (normative, wiring-only): if a characteristic’s freshness/half-life is defined via a named decay model/policy (rather than a pure local statement), the relevant policy/ref MUST be pinned and cited through B.3.4 via G.3:Ext.DecayWiring.
  • If a characteristic is intended to be promoted into CG‑Spec, the linkage is explicit and edition‑pinned (wiring lives in an Extension; semantics governed by G.0).

S4 — Define ScaleCard and LevelCard (lawful measurement). Publish the scale type and admissible transforms, plus levels/orders when applicable. CHR does not invent new legality semantics; it cites MM‑CHR governing definitions and makes the legality surface concrete for the frame’s characteristics.

Typical distinctions that must be representable:

  • Nominal / categorical: equality + counting; transforms are permutations.
  • Ordinal: order‑preserving transforms; no arithmetic that presupposes intervals.
  • Interval: affine transforms; differences meaningful; means may be lawful if justified.
  • Ratio: positive scalar transforms; ratios meaningful; products/sums subject to unit discipline.
  • Count / rates: explicit exposure/timebase requirements; rate conversions must be explicit.
  • Cyclic: wrap‑around discipline + principal interval declaration.

S5 — Define CoordinatePolicy (encodings without hidden cardinalization). When a numeric coordinate/embedding is used for convenience or tooling, CHR MUST publish:

  • what invariants are preserved (order only / ratios / topology / wrap‑around),
  • what remains illegal,
  • what proof hooks are required if a structure with higher scale-type commitment is claimed.

A coordinate never silently upgrades a scale type; if an upgrade is claimed, the proof requirement is explicit and carried by MM-CHR governing definitions.

S6 — Publish legality + guard surfaces (Guard Macros + LegalityMatrix). CHR publishes a CHR.LegalityMatrix and a CHR.Guards surface that downstream operators can reference.

Guard macro names are allowed as authoring ergonomics, but their semantics MUST cite governing definitions (no “shadow semantics” in this pattern). Examples of macro intents (governing definitions in parentheses):

  • CSLC_PROOF_REQUIRED(x) (MM‑CHR legality governing definitions: A.18/C.16)
  • UNKNOWN_TRI_STATE(x) (tri‑state semantics governed by G.Core)
  • UNIT_CHECK(x) (MM‑CHR legality governing definitions)
  • RETURN_SET_FOR_PARTIAL_ORDERS() (set‑return semantics governed by G.Core)
  • METRIC_EDITION_REF(...) (edition‑pin discipline governed by G.Core; metric semantics governed by C.18/C.21 as applicable)

S7 — Publish AggregationSpecs (typed, admissible, reproducible). CHR may publish typed aggregation/comparison specs that are safe by construction and usable as building blocks by G.4 and G.5. For any published spec:

  • The legality regime is explicit (scale/unit/polarity constraints + required proof hooks).
  • If a contributor folding policy (Γ‑fold) is used and not explicitly overridden, cite DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex; do not restate the default here.
  • If method‑role declarations imply metric‑driven comparisons (e.g., QD roles), the relevant edition/policy pins are surfaced (wiring lives in an Extension; semantics governed by the referenced patterns).

S8 — Publish, test, and evolve (UTS + RSCR readiness). Publish the CHR pack and associated Name Cards to UTS. Attach:

  • RSCR tests that check legality and guard coverage and reject illegal ops,
  • worked examples with Path/PathSlice provenance,
  • refresh/decay notes and deprecations with lexical continuity.

This step prepares the RSCR loop but does not govern orchestration (governing definition: G.11).

Interfaces (normative)

InterfaceConsumesProduces
G.3-1 Charter_CHRexact declared CG-frame (the framing episteme), bearer or bearers identified as EntitiesOfConcern, scope and applicable windows, ReferencePlane, evidence basis, intended downstream use, and SoTA inputs (G.2)MeasurementCharter, KindMap
G.3-2 MintOrReuse_Termscandidate characteristic, scale, level, or coordinate expressions; their effective scheme, source-local sense, and intended CHR use; UTS registryreused or minted ids and Name Cards where public ids are needed; exact F.17 cell refs and F.9 relation refs only when an actual relation between local meanings is required for the stated reuse and obtains
G.3‑3 Define_CharacteristicMeasurementCharter, candidate semanticsCHR.Characteristic[] (CharacteristicCards)
G.3‑4 Define_ScaleLevelCharacteristicCard + MM‑CHR rulesCHR.Scale[], CHR.Level[]
G.3‑5 Define_CoordinatePolicyScale/Level + use‑case constraintsCHR.Coordinate[] + legality annotations
G.3‑6 Publish_GuardsAndLegalityScale/Level/Coordinate setCHR.Guards, CHR.LegalityMatrix
G.3‑7 Publish_AggregationSpecsCHR set + legality hooks + (optional) metric refsCHR.AggregationSpecs (+ proofs/refs + pins)
G.3‑8 Publish_CHRPackall CHR artefacts + tests/examplesCHR Pack@CG‑Frame + UTS rows + RSCR tests

Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

All blocks below are GPatternExtension modules (PatternScopeId-scoped; not new PatternIds). They store wiring only and cite governing patterns.

GPatternExtension: SuiteBoundaryLinkage

  • PatternScopeId: G.3:Ext.SuiteBoundaryLinkage

  • GPatternExtensionId: SuiteBoundaryLinkage

  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: A.19.CHR

  • Uses: {A.19.CHR, A.15.3}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • CHRMechanismSuiteDescriptionRef.edition? (when the suite description is cited as a reproducibility baseline)
    • CHRMechanismSuiteSlotFillingsPlanItem refs (when planned baseline binds CHR artefacts into WorkPlanning)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange}

  • Notes (wiring‑only): This module binds CHR authoring outputs to the P2W seam (SlotFillingsPlanItem); suite semantics and membership are governed by A.19.CHR.

GPatternExtension: SoTAPackInputs

  • PatternScopeId: G.3:Ext.SoTAPackInputs

  • GPatternExtensionId: SoTAPackInputs

  • GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: G.2

  • Uses: {G.2}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • ClaimSheetId[] / operator & object inventory refs (as cited inputs)
    • SoTAPaletteDescriptionId? (when palette/traces are cited; used to dock contested‑term inventory and (if present) lane tags/tolerances)
    • BridgeMatrixId? (when terms/constructs are imported across traditions)
    • UTSRowId[] drafts/aliases from synthesis
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.TokenizationOrNameChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit}

  • Notes (wiring‑only): SoTA pluralism inputs are governed by G.2; this module only specifies which synthesis artefacts are cited while authoring CHR.

GPatternExtension: CGSpecPromotionWiring

  • PatternScopeId: G.3:Ext.CGSpecPromotionWiring

  • GPatternExtensionId: CGSpecPromotionWiring

  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: G.0

  • Uses: {G.0}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • CGSpecRef.edition (when a characteristic is promoted/linked into CG‑Spec)
    • CHR.Characteristic.id pointers included in CG‑Spec.Characteristics := [...] (no shadow ids; CG‑Spec stores pointers, see G.0)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange}

  • Notes (wiring‑only): Promotion semantics and legality gate governing-definition assignment stays with G.0; CHR only pins and cites.

GPatternExtension: MMCHRLegalityWiring

  • PatternScopeId: G.3:Ext.MMCHRLegalityWiring

  • GPatternExtensionId: MMCHRLegalityWiring

  • GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: A.18

  • Uses: {A.17, A.18, C.16}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • CSLC legality proof anchors/carriers (ids/refs as defined by MM‑CHR governing definitions; cite A.18/C.16)
    • Unit coherence references (where units exist)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit}

  • Notes (wiring‑only): This module wires CHR artefacts to MM‑CHR legality proof obligations; legality semantics are governed by the referenced patterns.

GPatternExtension: DecayWiring

  • PatternScopeId: G.3:Ext.DecayWiring

  • GPatternExtensionId: DecayWiring

  • GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: B.3.4 (freshness/decay semantics)

  • Uses: {B.3.4, G.6}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • FreshnessWindowDeclRef (or equivalent window pin, as defined by the governing definition)
    • DecayPolicyIdRef? (policy-bound; if decay model is referenced by id)
    • PathSliceId[] (affected evidence carriers / examples that witness drift)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit}

  • Notes (wiring‑only): CHR does not define decay semantics; it only pins the defined by the governing pattern window/policy and ensures refresh can be triggered on decay events.

GPatternExtension: QD_OEE_Wiring

  • PatternScopeId: G.3:Ext.QD_OEE_Wiring

  • GPatternExtensionId: QD_OEE_Wiring

  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: C.18

  • Uses: {C.18, C.19}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • DescriptorMapRef.edition (if any Characteristic declares descriptor roles)
    • DistanceDefRef.edition (if any Characteristic declares distance roles)
    • DHCMethodRef.edition (if any Characteristic is used as Q / QD-score)
    • InsertionPolicyRef? (when archive insertion semantics are declared for reproducibility)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

  • Notes (wiring‑only): QD/OEE semantics are governed by C.18 and C.19. CHR only surfaces method‑role declarations (via RoleDecls or the interop alias QD.Role) and the edition/policy pins required for reproducible archive/front interpretation.

Archetypal Grounding

AG‑1 — ML fairness auditing (post‑2015 selective and set‑valued practice). System: a CG‑Frame for evaluating deployed classifiers across cohorts with explicit abstention/defer behavior. CHR authoring: publish DemographicParityGap and EqualizedOddsGap as Characteristics with:

  • explicit ReferencePlane (deployment population + sampling regime),
  • ObservableOf (audit protocol + uncertainty model + window),
  • interval scale (bounded; zero semantics explicit),
  • missingness semantics (cohort sparsity and label noise are typed),
  • legality surfaces and guard surfaces that forbid illicit cohort mixing and require explicit proof hooks for aggregation across cohorts.

Downstream: CAL acceptance binds thresholds and failure behavior; selector remains set‑returning under partial orders and may treat “defer/abstain” as a first‑class outcome (tri‑state semantics pinned through G.Core).

AG‑2 — Clinical diagnostics (post‑2015 evidence‑aware evaluation). System: a CG‑Frame for comparing diagnostic pipelines under evolving datasets and protocols. CHR authoring: publish Sensitivity and Specificity as ratio‑scale, dimensionless Characteristics on [0,1], with:

  • explicit ObservableOf (trial protocol, inclusion criteria, uncertainty model),
  • freshness/decay expectations (protocol drift is modelled as decay),
  • legality surfaces that forbid averaging incompatible ordinal labels (e.g., severity grades) and require explicit unit/exposure constraints for any derived rate.

Downstream: CAL acceptance governs thresholds and guard‑bands; evidence wiring is cited via Path/PathSlice to make refresh triggers actionable.

AG‑3 — Quality‑Diversity / Illumination (post‑2015 MAP‑Elites/CMA‑ME lineage). System: a CG‑Frame where selection returns archives/fronts rather than a single winner. CHR authoring: declare which Characteristics play Q/D/QD‑score roles and pin the metric definitions (descriptor map, distance definition, method editions) so archives are reproducible across runs and refresh can be triggered on edition changes. CHR does not scalarize partial orders; set‑return semantics are pinned through G.Core.

Bias‑Annotation

CHR authoring is where many biases become “baked in” as measurement choices. Typical risks:

  • Proxy bias: a convenient observable substitutes for the intended construct. Mitigation: require ObservableOf + ReferencePlane + micro‑examples; force explicit “what is being measured” rather than relying on labels.
  • Population and protocol shift: a characteristic’s meaning changes when the sampling regime or protocol changes. Mitigation: explicit validity windows and freshness/decay expectations; edition pins for protocol definitions; RSCR triggers on freshness/decay events and evidence surface edits.
  • Ordinal misuse bias: ordinal ratings treated as interval/ratio by convenience. Mitigation: publish scale type + admissible transforms; legality matrix + guard macros; reject coordinate upgrades without proof hooks.
  • Cross-tradition meaning bias: an imported expression erases its source-local meaning or makes a changed bearer, scope, window, reference plane, evidence basis, or intended use disappear. Mitigation: name those values, cite exact F.17 cells and an F.9 relation only when it obtains, and keep any downstream use and reliance explicit under F.18. Loss remains visible through the applicable G.Core penalty rule rather than silently altering Part F or Part G semantics.
  • Metric gaming bias (QD and evaluation): changing descriptors/distances changes what “diverse” means. Mitigation: edition‑pin metric definitions and make role declarations explicit (wiring via C.18 and C.19).

Conformance Checklist (normative)

ConformanceIdStatement
CC‑G3‑CoreRefG.3 is conformant only if the applicable G.Core obligations declared in G.3:4.1 are satisfied (effective expansion of profiles/sets + deltas; explicit pins; typed RSCR triggers; defaults with one governing definition).
CC‑G3‑01CHR Pack@CG‑Frame is published as a notation‑independent kit payload with the minimum exported objects listed in G.3:4.2.
CC-G3-02Every CHR.Characteristic names its exact characteristic and scale editions, its bearer as the entityOfConcern, claim scope and applicable slices, any applicable qualification and evaluation windows, ReferencePlane, method or model edition when it affects interpretation, evidence refs, intended downstream use, and a filled ObservableOf field (instrument or protocol, uncertainty model, and validity window).
CC‑G3‑03Every CHR.Characteristic declares its ScaleRef, Polarity, and UnitSet (or an explicit “unitless” declaration), plus bounds/zero semantics where applicable.
CC‑G3‑04Missingness is typed in the CHR artefacts such that downstream tri‑state handling is possible without silent coercion. (Tri‑state semantics are governed by G.Core; the typing obligation is CHR‑local.)
CC‑G3‑05CHR.Scale / CHR.Level artefacts encode the scale type and admissible transforms, and make illicit arithmetic checkable by downstream consumers.
CC‑G3‑06Any published CHR.Coordinate includes a CoordinatePolicy that states preserved invariants and explicit non‑entitlements; coordinates do not silently upgrade measurement structure.
CC‑G3‑07CHR.LegalityMatrix and CHR.Guards exist and are referenced by downstream operator authoring; semantics are governed by cited definitions (MM‑CHR and G.Core), not duplicated locally.
CC‑G3‑08CHR.AggregationSpecs are typed and legality‑constrained; where Γ‑fold is required and no explicit override is pinned, cite DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex.
CC‑G3‑09If any characteristic is intended for promotion into CG‑Spec, the linkage is explicit and edition‑pinned (no shadow ids). (Governing definition: G.0; wiring via G.3:Ext.CGSpecPromotionWiring.)
CC‑G3‑10UTS Name Cards exist for public ids minted or evolved by the CHR pack (twin labels plus public-id continuity notes). (Delegation target: CC‑GCORE‑UTS‑1 via CC‑G3‑CoreRef.)
CC‑G3‑11Worked examples and RSCR tests exist and cite PathId/PathSliceId; they cover illegal‑op refusal, unit and scale constraints, polarity invariants, and coordinate non‑entitlements.
CC‑G3‑12Thresholds/guard‑bands are not embedded in CHR artefacts; they remain governed by CAL acceptance clauses (G.4).
CC‑G3‑13When method‑role declarations are present (via RoleDecls and/or QD.Role alias), each declaration is docked to its governing pattern via a corresponding G.3:Ext.* module, and the edition and policy pins required by the governing pattern are surfaced to make downstream interpretation reproducible. (QD/OEE governing patterns: C.18 and C.19; wiring via G.3:Ext.QD_OEE_Wiring.)
CC‑G3‑14Evidence wired. Each CHR.Characteristic links to R‑anchors via PathId/PathSliceId (and, where applicable, A.10 anchor/carrier refs), so downstream evidence discipline (G.6) can audit legality and guard claims.
CC‑G3‑15An Archetypal Grounding section exists with at least two domain‑distinct examples that demonstrate lawful CHR typing/legality and the CHR↔CAL separation (notably: no thresholds in CHR).
CC‑G3‑16If EvidenceLanes are used, lane tags are declared with a citation to their governing pattern taxonomy (B.3), and any lane‑dependent tolerances/proof requirements are explicitly pinned (policy‑id / edition refs). Cross‑lane comparison/aggregation is illegal by default unless an explicit governing-pattern policy makes it lawful (typically G.4), and it must be auditable via evidence paths (G.6).
CC‑G3‑17If the CHR outputs are bound into the planned baseline / suite seam, the binding uses CHRMechanismSuiteSlotFillingsPlanItem as defined in A.19.CHR + A.15.3 (no local baseline variants; wiring via G.3:Ext.SuiteBoundaryLinkage).
CC‑G3‑18Freshness is explicit. Each CHR.Characteristic declares a validity window and either (i) an explicit NonDecayingDecl or (ii) a freshness/half‑life statement that is pinned to the governing pattern (B.3.4) when policy‑bound (G.3:Ext.DecayWiring). Changes in decay windows/policies participate in RSCR via canonical trigger kinds declared in G.3:4.1.

Common Anti‑Patterns and How to Avoid Them

  • Hidden cardinalization. Don’t treat ordinal encodings as interval/ratio; do publish coordinate policies that explicitly preserve order‑only invariants and forbid arithmetic upgrades.
  • Unit laundering. Don’t add or average quantities with incompatible units; do force explicit unit discipline and legality checks via MM‑CHR governing definitions.
  • Polarity drift. Don’t rely on “higher is better” implicitly; do publish polarity explicitly and make downstream use auditable.
  • Threshold leakage into CHR. Don’t embed policy cut‑offs in CHR; do keep thresholds in CAL acceptance artefacts.
  • Unpinned semantics. Don’t cite “the metric” or “the distance” without edition pins; do require edition‑pinned references when semantics affect interpretation.
  • Unscoped reuse. Don’t reuse a characteristic or scale beyond its defining source and use on token continuity alone. Name the exact editions, bearer, scope and applicable window, reference plane, evidence, and intended downstream use; cite F.9 only when an actual relation between the named local senses is needed and obtains.

Consequences

  • Legality becomes checkable. Downstream patterns can reject illegal operations and rely on explicit legality surfaces rather than implicit conventions.
  • Comparability without semantic flattening. Plural traditions remain representable because CHR preserves local meaning while making lawful relations explicit.
  • Reproducible downstream behavior. Edition/policy pins make “why did this change?” answerable and RSCR actionable.
  • Authoring overhead. The pattern shifts effort to up‑front authoring: explicit cards, pins, and tests are non‑optional when CHR becomes a public kit surface.

Rationale

CHR is the point where “numbers start moving” only if measurement semantics are stable enough to support lawful downstream reasoning. By making scale/unit/polarity explicit, publishing legality and guard surfaces, and requiring provenance pins, CHR authoring prevents downstream mechanisms from silently inventing their own legality assumptions.

Separating core invariants into G.Core prevents drift and ensures Part‑G‑wide properties (tri‑state, penalty routing, set‑return semantics, RSCR typing, Default Governing Definition Index) cite G.Core as their governing definition, while CHR remains responsible for CHR‑specific kit surfaces.

SoTA‑Echoing

This pattern aligns with post‑2015 best practice by:

  • treating abstention/defer and set‑valued outcomes as first‑class design objects (consistent with modern selective prediction and set‑valued reporting practice),
  • keeping multiobjective and archive‑based reasoning set‑returning rather than silently scalarizing (consistent with QD/illumination and open‑ended evaluation practice after 2015),
  • making evaluation semantics reproducible through explicit edition/policy pinning (aligned with the modern emphasis on reproducibility and “specifying the evaluation surface” rather than only reporting metrics),
  • modularizing method‑family specifics (QD/OEE, explore‑exploit) via explicit wiring and governing-definition assignment rather than embedding method semantics into universal measurement admissibility.

Relations

Builds on: G.Core, G.1, G.2, G.6 (EvidenceGraph / Path citation), A.19.CHR, A.15.3, A.17–A.18/C.16 (MM-CHR), F.0.1 (source-local meaning), F.1 (source selection), F.9 (actual relations between local-sense cells), F.17 (scheme-sense cells), F.18 (bounded use and reliance), B.3 / B.3.4, A.10, E.10, E.5.1–E.5.3. Uses (via Extensions): G.0 (promotion/linkage to CG‑Spec), optional C.18 and C.19 (QD/OEE wiring). Publishes to: G.4 (admissible operators plus legality and guard macros and freshness pins), G.5 (role declarations plus pins for reproducibility), UTS (Name Cards and public-id continuity notes), RSCR tests and hooks. Constrains: any CAL/LOG/selector usage that consumes CHR (must treat CHR artefacts as typed/legal surfaces, not as prose hints).

G.3:End

CAL Authoring for a CG-Frame: Operators, Acceptance Clauses, Evidence Wiring

Use this when. A team has typed characteristics and now needs to publish reusable operators, acceptance clauses, and legal compositions before any candidate is actually evaluated. The working object is one design-time CAL Pack@CG-Frame, not an evaluation run, verdict, selector outcome, assurance case, or decision.

First move. Write one plain acceptance statement for one task: “For subject x within ClaimScope S and evaluation window W, apply operator O to a C.16 measurement result for Characteristic K that argument declaration R admits. In the actual application, bind current result episteme E; clause A returns pass | fail | unknown under threshold or policy P and its currentness rule.” Then turn only the reusable nouns into stable CAL declarations. E belongs to the later application, not to reusable clause A.

Smallest viable CAL pack. Publish one charter for the exact CG frame, one typed operator card, one acceptance clause with ClaimScope, evaluation window, and unknown or failure behavior, one legal flow, one evidence and currentness profile, one proof-or-gap row, one worked declaration example, and a minimal editioned TaskMap that cites the exact charter, the C.22 TaskSignatureRef, and the declaration refs used by selection. Stop there when this pack answers the task; method-family extensions, archive surfaces, crossing records, and additional policy pins enter only when the case actually needs them.

What changes in practice. Thresholds and failure behavior stop hiding in code, illegal arithmetic becomes an authoring defect, and runtime workers can cite stable declarations without pretending that a card, flow, manifest, proof row, or stored evidence ref performed an evaluation.

Not this pattern. Use C.16 for the measurement result, A.19 for comparison or selection, A.13 and A.15.1 for each precise performer and independently admitted dated evaluation Work, F.6 only when exact assignment-bound attribution is current, A.6.1 for actual bindings, C.2.1 for the verdict episteme, A.10/G.6 for provenance, G.11 for currentness, B.3 for assurance, and C.11 for a decision. If the immediate question is whether a declared clause actually ran and what result obtained, go directly to the declaration-to-runtime boundary in §4.4a.

Problem frame

A CG‑Frame has:

  • one exact CG‑Frame with its EntityOfConcern, ReferencePlane, task, and assumption envelope,
  • a plurality of method traditions and claims (SoTA inputs), and
  • CHR‑typed measurement constructs (Characteristic/Scale/Coordinate + legality guard macros).

Before any run‑time selection, comparison, aggregation, or selected-set formation is executed downstream, the CG‑Frame needs an explicit, auditable CAL Pack that:

  1. defines what operators exist and what they are allowed to do over CHR types,
  2. externalizes fit-for-purpose acceptance as typed predicates whose use is bounded by an exact ClaimScope, evaluation window, and any separate qualification window that limits use, and
  3. binds these choices to an evidence wiring surface (lanes, provenance anchors, policy pins, and refresh triggers) so that downstream selection, logging, parity, and shipping can cite stable ids rather than re‑inventing semantics.

This pattern provides the design‑time authoring kit and the publication surface for CAL artifacts, while delegating Part‑G‑wide invariants to G.Core and CN-Spec and CG-Spec legality to CG‑Spec/CN‑Spec.

Problem

Teams repeatedly face drift and ambiguity in the CAL Pack that sits between “typed measurements exist” and “a selector/dispatcher runs”:

  • Illicit operations slip in (implicit cardinalization, unit laundering, ordinal arithmetic).
  • Acceptance is scattered (thresholds embedded in code or in CHR prose; predicates not typed; unknown handling inconsistent).
  • Evidence wiring is underspecified (which provenance anchors matter, what policy ids are in force, what is plane‑scoped, what changes must trigger refresh).
  • Cross-sense or cross-plane imports are silent (hidden reuse across distinct source-local meanings, ReferencePlanes, or editions without the obtaining relation, required crossing records, and loss accounting).
  • Tooling artifacts become semantics (vendor flags or implementation details substitute for a conceptual specification).

Forces

  • Expressiveness vs legality. CAL must allow useful comparisons/aggregations while staying lawful under CHR typing and legality gates.
  • Pluralism vs comparability. Multiple method traditions must coexist without forcing premature unification, yet remain cross‑citable and auditable.
  • Decision support vs auditability. CAL must support selection and selected-set formation while preserving explicit, reviewable assumptions and proofs.
  • Exploration vs assurance. CAL must support exploratory regimes (probing, novelty, open‑ended search) without letting un‑assured outputs silently become dominance claims.
  • Locality vs portability. Each CAL clause stays bounded by its declared ClaimScope, window, source meanings, and ReferencePlane; reuse beyond that boundary requires the exact relation and crossing records that the changed value calls for.

Solution — author the smallest lawful CAL pack

Practitioner authoring path C1–C9

Complete these actions in order; widen a step only when its stated input is needed by the current task.

  1. C1 — Charter the scope. Name the exact CG‑Frame, EntityOfConcern, ReferencePlane, task, CNSpecRef.edition, and CGSpecRef.edition. State the assumption envelope in ordinary language.
  2. C2 — Declare one typed operator. Give it a stable id, CHR-typed signature, preconditions, result kind, and failure behavior. This is an A.6.1 operation declaration, not evidence of an application.
  3. C3 — Declare one acceptance clause. Name the exact Characteristic and the A.6.1 argument declaration that admits the corresponding C.16 measurement-result episteme, then declare the predicate or threshold, ClaimScope, evaluation window, any separate qualification window that limits use, unknown handling, and the stated stop, degrade, or abstain behavior. Keep the exact current result episteme for the later application. If the clause claims statistical risk or coverage control, also name the loss, target, calibration population and window, sampling or exchangeability assumptions, declared treatment of shift, and the exact policy that states the guarantee.
  4. C4 — Compose only a legal flow. Cite the operators and gating clauses, preserve the lawful result kind, and keep a selected set when no lawful scalarization exists. A declared DAG is possible composition, not performed work.
  5. C5 — Name the minimum evidence/currentness need. Cite the exact A.10 source/provenance anchors and G.11 window needed to judge the clause. Do not turn an evidence profile, citation, or graph membership into a verdict or actual reliance.
  6. C6 — Add an extension only when the task needs one. Select its current subject pattern first, then pin only the descriptor, distance, insertion, exploration, branch, or path records that change the present CAL action. Otherwise omit the extension.
  7. C7 — Record proof or an explicit gap. For every operator, flow, or clause, cite the legality/monotonicity/boundedness justification actually required; when it is missing, publish the gap and the consequent degrade/abstain behavior.
  8. C8 — Exercise declaration behavior. Provide one worked authoring example and focused conformance tests for illegal operations, pass | fail | unknown, freshness, and failure behavior. The example and test remain declarations/test records unless separately grounded dated work is named.
  9. C9 — Publish and hand off. Mint stable ids and continuity notes, then emit the smallest immutable TaskMap edition. It cites the exact charter edition, the already constituted C.22 TaskSignatureRef, the task, and edition-bearing operator, flow, gating-clause, and evidence-profile refs; the cited evidence profiles carry the needed currentness pins. It neither constructs the TaskSignature nor copies clause thresholds. Use G.11 for change refs; G.4 defines no refresh rule or runtime occurrence or result.

The authoring path is complete when a cold reader can reconstruct the plain acceptance sentence from the published ids and can also say what still has to happen at runtime. The maintainer-facing manifests, schemas, interfaces, and optional extension blocks below make the same pack machine-citable; they do not add another practitioner sequence.

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G core invariants; citation/delegation hub)

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative). Canonical shape, Nil‑elision, and the Expansion rule are defined in G.Core.

`GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨ CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary },

CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal, GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins },

CorePinsRequired := { UTSRowId[], // CAL artefacts are public ids (Name Cards plus public-id continuity notes) ΓFoldRef.edition? // only when an explicit Γ‑fold override is pinned (otherwise use DefaultId) },

// consumed iff no explicit ΓFoldRef.edition override is pinned DefaultsConsumed := { DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff },

RSCRTriggerSetIds := { GCoreTriggerSetId.SoTAHarvestSynthesis }, RSCRTriggerKindIds := { // deltas (Expansion rule applies) RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.DefaultGoverningDefinitionChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit } ⟩`

By the G.Core Expansion rule, the effective conformance ids / trigger kinds / pin obligations for G.4 are the expansions of the referenced profiles/sets/pin‑sets plus the explicit deltas above.

Notes (normative intent, delegated semantics):

  • The semantics of tri‑state outcomes, penalty routing, set‑return discipline, crossing visibility, P2W split, typed RSCR causes, and the Default Governing Definition Index are governed in G.Core and are not redefined here.
  • EvidenceGraph/Path pins (when used) are declared only via G.4:Ext.EvidenceGraphWiring in G.4:4.5 (so G.Core linkage stays minimal and does not “pull in” G.6 by default).
  • Method‑specific pins (e.g., QD descriptor/distance/insert policy pins; open‑ended transfer rules pins) MUST appear only in Extensions blocks (see G.4:4.5) and MUST NOT introduce competing defaults.

CAL Pack@CG-Frame surface (kit governed by this pattern)

CAL Pack@CG-Frame is the CG‑Frame’s published CAL Pack. Minimally, it provides:

  • CAL.Charter — identification and assumption basis for this CAL pack:

    • cites the exact CGFrameId, EntityOfConcernRef, and ReferencePlane,
    • cites the governance and legality records (CNSpecRef, CGSpecRef) by edition,
    • records the assumption envelope on which the acceptance predicates rely without minting another governance or legality record.
  • TaskMap — the conditional G.4 handoff record to G.5 when CAL gates are current; one exact edition names the task, cites the already constituted C.22 TaskSignatureRef and exact charter edition, and cites the acceptance-clause, operator, flow, and evidence-profile refs that selection actually consumes. It does not constitute the TaskSignature or contain threshold values.

  • CAL.Operator[] — UTS‑published typed operation declarations governed by A.6.1; a card declares possible arguments, result kinds, and conditions but does not assert that an operation ran:

    • explicit signature over CHR types,
    • explicit preconditions/postconditions (incl. legality guard macros references),
    • explicit provenance/evidence hooks (by ids/pins, not by tool behavior).
  • CAL.Acceptance[] — typed predicate declarations whose use is bounded by the declared ClaimScope, evaluation window, and any separate qualification window; a clause declares how an actual application is judged but is not itself a verdict:

    • binds to CHR characteristic ids and to exact A.6.1 argument declarations for admissible C.16 measurement-result epistemes (and, when inducing numeric comparison or aggregation, to CG‑Spec.characteristic ids),
    • keeps the exact current result episteme in the later application binding rather than in the reusable clause,
    • exposes unknown handling and failure behavior via policy pins.

Each resultInputDeclarationRef resolves an A.6.1 ArgumentDeclaration whose meaning names the C.16 measurement-result episteme expected by the clause, whose exact ValueKind and binding designation rule are explicit, and whose admissibility conditions require the named Characteristic and result shape. A deliberately one-off clause may also cite an already existing episteme in fixedResultEpistemeRefs[]?; mark that clause one-off instead of presenting it as reusable.

  • CAL.Flow[] — legality‑checked declarations of possible operator composition; a declared DAG is not performed work:

    • declares result kind (scalar only when lawful; selected-set / set-result when partial orders remain partial orders),
    • records which acceptance clauses gate which flows.
  • CAL.EvidenceProfiles — evidence wiring surface:

    • lane tags (F/G/R) / provenance anchors / policy pins needed for SCR and audit surfaces,
    • explicit freshness/decay hooks (freshness window + decay/Γ_time selectors) as pinned policies/refs (not prose).
    • explicit ReferencePlane + penalty routing policy ids (Φ(CL), Ψ(CL^k), Φ_plane) as citable pins; any such policy family is justified in CAL.ProofLedger (monotone + bounded).
  • Optional CAL.NQD[] — QD/OEE‑related calculus surfaces when declared:

    • descriptor/distance/insertion artifacts are pinned by ids/editions,
    • semantics are governed by method‑specific governing definitions (e.g., C.18, C.19) and not redefined by CAL.
  • CAL.ProofLedger — a proof/justification ledger:

    • links legality, monotonicity, boundedness, and other soundness obligations to operator/flow/clause ids.
  • Publication artifacts:

    • UTS Name Cards (twin labels) for all public ids,
    • RSCR tests ids and Worked‑Examples ids,
    • deprecation notices and edition bump notes as public-id continuity records.

Boundary discipline (normative):

  • No shadow specs: CAL artefacts cite CN‑Spec/CG‑Spec and do not introduce competing “local specs” (delegated; see CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1 via CC‑G4‑CoreRef).
  • No shipping governance: CAL does not govern shipping; see CC-GCORE-SKP-1 via CC-G4-CoreRef.
  • No refresh governing-definition assignment: CAL does not govern refresh orchestration; it only publishes pins/payload for refresh (governing definition: G.11).

Minimal schema fragments (notation‑independent; fields for citation, not an implementation schema):

CAL.Charter :=
  ⟨ charterId, charterEdition, cgFrameId, entityOfConcernRef, referencePlaneRef,
    CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, assumptionEnvelope ⟩
CALCharterRef := <charterId, charterEdition>

TaskMap :=
  ⟨ taskMapId, taskMapEdition, charterRef := CALCharterRef,
    taskRef, taskSignatureRef := TaskSignatureRef,
    acceptanceClauseRefs[], operatorRefs[], flowRefs[], evidenceProfileRefs[] ⟩
TaskMapRef := <taskMapId, taskMapEdition>

CAL.Pack@CG-Frame :=
 ⟨ calPackId, charterRef, taskMapRef, operatorIds[], acceptanceClauseIds[], flowIds[],
 evidenceProfileIds[], proofLedgerId, nqdIds[]?,
    utsRowIds[], workedExampleIds[], rscrTestIds[], publicIdContinuityNoteIds[] ⟩

CAL.Operator :=
  ⟨ operatorId(UTS), signature(CHR-typed), preconditions[], postconditions[],
  evidenceProfileRefs[]?, failureBehaviorRef?, crossingRefs[]? ⟩

CAL.Acceptance :=
  ⟨ clauseId(UTS), characteristicRefs[], resultInputDeclarationRefs[],
    fixedResultEpistemeRefs[]?,              // deliberately one-off clause only
    cgSpecCharacteristicRefs[]?, predicateRef, claimScopeRef,
    evaluationWindow, qualificationWindow?, unknownHandlingRef,
    failureBehaviorRef, evidenceProfileRefs[]?, crossingRefs[]? ⟩

CAL.Flow :=
  ⟨ flowId(UTS), dag(operatorIds, edges), gateClauses(acceptanceClauseIds),
    resultKind, decisionAidPolicyRef? ⟩

CAL.EvidenceProfile :=
  ⟨ evidenceProfileId(UTS), lanes(F/G/R), anchors(A.10)[],
    freshnessPolicyPins[]?, penaltyPolicyPins[]?, ΓFoldRef.edition? ⟩

CALCharterRef and TaskMapRef each resolve one immutable edition. A changed charter, task, TaskSignature edition, clause, operator, flow, evidence profile, or edition-bearing cited list creates a new taskMapEdition; an old TaskMapRef continues to resolve its old values. The C.22 TaskSignature remains a separately constituted episteme. The map relates that exact signature to the CAL declarations used by selection but neither derives the signature nor duplicates their thresholds.

Interfaces (minimal I/O surface)

InterfaceConsumesProduces
G.4-1 Charterexact CGFrameId, EntityOfConcernRef, ReferencePlane, CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, assumption envelope, SoTA inputs, CHR Pack@CG-Frameone immutable CAL.Charter edition and its CALCharterRef
G.4-2 OperatorsCHR typing + SoTA operator inventoryCAL.Operator[] (UTS ids; typed signatures; refs to evidence profiles & guards)
G.4-3 Acceptancetask intent, exact Characteristic and A.6.1 result-input argument declarations, ClaimScope, evaluation window, any separate qualification window that limits use, policy pins, and CHR characteristics; exact result-episteme refs only for a clause explicitly marked one-offCAL.Acceptance[] (typed predicate or threshold; admissible result-input declarations; scope; evaluation and applicable qualification windows; freshness pins; unknown and failure behavior refs)
G.4-4 FlowsOperator cards + admissible aggregatorsCAL.Flow[] (legality‑checked compositions; declared result kind)
G.4-5 NQD SurfaceTask intent + policy pins + (optional) QD/OEE inputsCAL.NQD[] (descriptor/distance/insertion refs + edition pins; optional)
G.4-6 Publishall above, exact task, C.22 TaskSignatureRef, proofs, and examplesversioned CAL Pack@CG-Frame, exact CALCharterRef, and the smallest immutable TaskMap edition plus TaskMapRef, citing the task, matching TaskSignature, and acceptance-clause, operator, flow, and evidence-profile refs; also UTS entries, RSCR tests, Worked-Examples, and public-id continuity notes

Declaration-to-runtime evaluation boundary (normative)

A CAL pack is a reusable design-time declaration. A stored operator card, clause, flow, TaskMap, proof-ledger row, test, or evidence-profile reference establishes neither an actual participant nor performed evaluation. When a CAL declaration is applied, recover the runtime chain explicitly:

  1. Name one exact EvaluationMethod (U.Method). Its U.MethodDescription may state generic participants, parameters, effects, and evaluation conditions, but it carries no actual-participant slots and no intrinsic claim that a test, proof, or acceptance event occurred.
  2. Cite the exact CAL.Operator, CAL.Flow, and CAL.Acceptance declarations as A.6.1 operation semantics. Resolve the clause's resultInputDeclarationRef, then bind the exact current C.16 measurement-result episteme in this application and test it against the declaration's Characteristic and admissible result shape. Use the exact A.6.1 declaration and application bindings; do not infer them from a compatible signature, TaskMap, or stored reference.
  3. First recover every precise performer's A.13 core for the exact evaluation action, scope, working situation, and window, including the same obtaining assignment later used by any attribution. A.15.1 then independently admits one dated EvaluationWork : U.Work from its performance history, enacted Method, extent, and containing-System relation. Add F.6 afterward only when the receiving claim needs exact assignment-bound attribution through that same assignment. Recover the evaluated or affected referent, actual resources, and every concrete participant through its direct subject relation or an A.6.1 application binding. A compact attribution account may omit only an assignment identifier unused by its receiving claim; it omits no consumed fact. Ordinary activity not claimed as U.Work does not enter this branch.
  4. State the local result under its direct predicate and pattern. A CAL.Acceptance application yields its exact pass | fail | unknown verdict; use A.19 for comparison and selection results, C.16 for measurement results, and C.11 for a decision result. No generic evaluation-result or work-result field substitutes for these objects.
  5. When a durable assertion is needed, constitute one C.2.1 result episteme whose ClaimGraph states that local result, evaluated subject, interpretation basis, polarity or domain status, and uncertainty when current. The episteme is not the domain result and does not create it.
  6. Attach source recovery and provenance through A.10/G.6 and currentness through G.11. For an ordinary bounded use below B.3's material-reliance threshold, state the exact A.10 evidence-provenance path and local RelianceDisposition; enter B.3 only for an assurance claim or material reliance. A citation, ledger edge, evidence profile, disposition, or assurance record does not establish the work, participant, application, or local result it describes.
  7. A later selector, acceptance action, or decision is another governed occurrence. It relies on the result episteme through an exact premise, reference, decision-use, or operation-argument relation; mere storage, citation, or graph membership does not establish actual use.

This chain keeps declaration, execution, local result, result episteme, provenance, bounded reliance, currentness, acceptance, and decision independently recoverable.

Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

G.4 supports method‑family and discipline‑specific calculus variations exclusively via pattern‑scoped extensions.

GPatternExtension block: G.4:Ext.EvidenceGraphWiring

  • PatternScopeId: G.4:Ext.EvidenceGraphWiring
  • GPatternExtensionId: EvidenceGraphWiring
  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: G.6
  • Entry: use only when this CAL pack must cite a shared, addressable G.6 path or slice across more than one downstream consumer.
  • Stop: omit the block when a local A.10 source-to-use account is sufficient; remove it when no current clause, proof, or example cites the path.
  • Uses: {G.6}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):
    • EvidenceGraphId?
    • PathId[]/PathSliceId[]
    • UTSRowId[] (for cited artifacts)
  • RSCRTriggerSetIds:
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange}
  • Notes (wiring‑only): This block does not define EvidenceGraph semantics; it only fixes that CAL proofs/examples may cite evidence by Path ids.

GPatternExtension block: G.4:Ext.NQD

  • PatternScopeId: G.4:Ext.NQD
  • GPatternExtensionId: NQD
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.18
  • Entry: use only when the current task applies a C.18 quality-diversity/archive method and its descriptor, distance, insertion, or archive policy must be pinned for CAL use.
  • Stop: omit or retire the block when the task has no current archive/QD clause or when those refs no longer change a CAL action.
  • Uses: {C.18}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):
    • DescriptorMapRef.edition
    • DistanceDefRef.edition
    • InsertionPolicyRef
    • ArchiveRef?
    • TaskSignatureRef? (if activation is TaskSignature‑bound)
  • RSCRTriggerSetIds:
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}
  • Notes (wiring‑only): CAL does not redefine QD semantics; it only pins the descriptor, distance, and insertion records needed for reproducible archive behavior. Any archive/illumination summaries (e.g., coverage / QD‑score / occupancyEntropy / filledCells) are published as report‑only outputs unless an explicit CAL acceptance clause/policy authorizes promotion.

GPatternExtension block: G.4:Ext.EELog

  • PatternScopeId: G.4:Ext.EELog
  • GPatternExtensionId: EELog
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.19
  • Entry: use only when the current task has a C.19-governed exploration/exploitation budget or probe-accounting rule that changes a CAL clause or failure branch.
  • Stop: omit or retire the block when no current CAL action consumes those C.19 refs.
  • Uses: {C.19}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):
    • ExploreExploitBudgetPolicyRef
    • ProbeAccountingRef?
    • FailureBehaviorRef? (if probe/sandbox is policy‑bound)
  • RSCRTriggerSetIds:
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

GPatternExtension block: G.4:Ext.SoSLogBranches

  • PatternScopeId: G.4:Ext.SoSLogBranches
  • GPatternExtensionId: SoSLogBranches
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.23
  • Entry: use only when C.23-governed SoS-LOG branches currently explain a CAL degrade/abstain path.
  • Stop: omit or retire the block when those branch/rule ids no longer change a current CAL clause, flow, or explanation.
  • Uses: {C.23}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):
    • SoSLogRuleId[]
    • SoSLogBranchId[]
    • FailureBehaviorPolicyId
  • RSCRTriggerSetIds:
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta}
  • Notes (wiring‑only): This block only pins branch/rule ids for degrade/abstain explanation; it does not redefine rule semantics.

Archetypal Grounding

Tell. A CG‑Frame must choose and justify a set of candidate methods (possibly a selected set or archive) under explicit legality, evidence, and scope constraints. CHR provides the typed measurement basis; CAL declares auditable predicates and flows that separately grounded runtime work may apply.

Show 1 (bounded CAL pack skeleton). Use: R&D selected-set choice. The pack names the exact CG frame and EntityOfConcern, candidate-set ClaimScope, ReferencePlane, and evaluation window. CHR defines SafetyClass(ord↑), CostUSD_2026(ratio↓), Readiness(nominal).

  • CAL.Operator: DominatesPareto Signature over CHR types, precondition references CHR guard macros.
  • CAL.AcceptanceClause: AC_SafetyGate Reusable typed predicate for SafetyClass (and its levels), citing SafetyResultArgument-D1, the A.6.1 argument declaration that admits a C.16 measurement-result episteme for that Characteristic. Thresholds are valid for the stated ClaimScope and evaluation window; unknown handling uses tri-state pins. The clause names no current measurement-result episteme.
  • CAL.Flow: Flow_ParetoPortfolio Produces a selected-set result kind; gates by AC_SafetyGate and AC_Budget.
  • CAL.EvidenceProfile: EP_SafetyEvidence Declares anchor ids and freshness policy pins required for SCR.

When this CAL pack supplies selector gates, it publishes TaskMapRef=<SafetySelectionMap, E3>. That map cites CALCharterRef=<SafetyCALCharter, E2>, C.22 TaskSignatureRef=SafetyPortfolioTaskSignature-E4, the exact task, and edition-bearing refs AC_SafetyGate-E2, Flow_ParetoPortfolio-E1, DominatesPareto-E3, and EP_SafetyEvidence-E4; it contains no threshold values. Downstream G.5 consumes the exact TaskSignatureRef and this TaskMapRef together, verifies that the map cites the same signature, and resolves the charter and declarations through their refs. If the charter or a cited clause changes, G.4 publishes another TaskMap edition; selectors that still cite <SafetySelectionMap, E3> continue to replay the old boundary.

Show 2 (explicit cross-sense or ReferencePlane import). A SafetyClass result uses an expression with a different F.17 source-local meaning or comes from another ReferencePlane. CAL may author a clause using it only after the exact F.17 cells and obtaining F.9 relation are cited when meanings differ, and the applicable plane or edition crossing records are cited when those values differ. The clause keeps its declared ClaimScope and window; the import does not silently widen either.

Show 3 (one performed acceptance evaluation).

Before the candidate action is admitted as Work, A.13 recovers SafetyEvaluatorSystem-17 : U.System for exact action SafetyAcceptanceEvaluationAction-17. Its admitted SafetyEvaluatorBoundary-17 contains the evaluation controller, its active decision state, and the input/output channels through which it applies the clause; it excludes the CAL declarations, measurement-result episteme, candidate, assignment, and containing team System. The action's scope is SafetyAcceptanceClaimScope-17, its working situation is SafetyGateEvaluationSituation-17, and its window is 2026-07-30T09:00:00Z through 2026-07-30T09:20:00Z. It is directed by SafetyAcceptanceDecisionNorm-17: apply the current clause to admissible current inputs, return unknown rather than force a threshold verdict when uncertainty crosses the boundary, and reject an input whose declared result shape is incompatible. The relevant conditions are clause edition, result-shape admissibility, measurement currentness, and uncertainty relative to the threshold.

The local kind SafetyAcceptanceEvaluatorSystemRole is declared under A.2. Its membership criterion requires the stable work-facing contribution of safety-acceptance evaluation and goal-directed, condition-sensitive regulation under SafetyAcceptanceDecisionNorm-17: the holder must bind admissible inputs, choose the clause-defined verdict, and abstain or return unknown when the declared conditions require it. SafetyEvaluatorDecisionTrace-17 shows SafetyEvaluatorSystem-17 rejecting an incompatible result shape and returning unknown when the admissible uncertainty interval crosses the threshold; the system-boundary and runtime records show that those actions occurred within SafetyEvaluatorBoundary-17. A.10 evidence-use claims support the criterion facts, and the case independently classifies SafetyEvaluatorSystem-17 under SafetyAcceptanceEvaluatorSystemRole. Neither the candidate Work nor the assignment supplies that classification. No Grade, autonomy result, characteristic profile, or stronger assurance claim is consumed here.

The same A.13 core uses SafetyAcceptanceEvaluationAssignment, a directly declared U.SystemRoleAssignment species under A.2.1. The species defines holder, assigned-kind, and evaluation-candidate participant meanings; its predicate appoints the holder to evaluate that candidate under the applicable clause for the stated scope, situation, and window. SafetyAcceptanceEvaluationAssignment-17 obtains with SafetyEvaluatorSystem-17 as holder, SafetyAcceptanceEvaluatorSystemRole as assigned-kind value, and C-17 as evaluation candidate. Its maximal uninterrupted predicate-true interval covers the full stated window.

Only after that A.13 core is established does A.15.1 independently admit EvalWork-2026-07-30-17 : U.Work from its exact performance history, enacted SafetyAcceptanceMethod, temporal extent, and obtaining containing-System relation to independently admitted SafetyEvaluationTeamSystem-17. The actual A.6.1 application SafetyAcceptanceApplication-17 separately binds candidate C-17 and current C.16 measurement-result episteme SafetyMeasureResult-E17 to SafetyResultArgument-D1 while using unchanged reusable clause AC_SafetyGate. Neither the assignment nor an F.6 conclusion is an A.15.1 admission premise.

Because this worked case explicitly says that the Work was performed under an assignment, F.6 afterward establishes performedUnderAssignment(EvalWork-2026-07-30-17, SafetyAcceptanceEvaluationAssignment-17) through the same obtaining A.13 assignment. The direct case fact links that exact pair, holder equality holds, and the assignment interval covers the Work. A different overlapping assignment held by the same performer would not establish this attribution.

SafetyMeasureResult-E17 states the measured safety characteristic, scale, attributed value, uncertainty, model, calibration, and measurement Work; it is neither the raw detector output nor the acceptance verdict. The clause application obtains unknown because the uncertainty interval crosses the threshold. A later SafetyMeasureResult-E18 can bind through separately identified SafetyAcceptanceApplication-18 while AC_SafetyGate remains unchanged. A C.16 result for CostUSD_2026, a result with an incompatible declared shape, or raw detector output fails SafetyResultArgument-D1 before the predicate runs; it does not cause a new reusable clause edition. A separate C.2.1 episteme asserts that exact verdict and cites its provenance under A.10 and, when the EvidenceGraph extension is present, G.6; G.11 supplies currentness. A later C.11 result may record defer, and its claim uses the verdict episteme through an exact premise or decision-use relation. Any decision-making Work remains separate. The clause card, proof-ledger row, evidence edge, and decision record do not retroactively establish the measurement Work or the evaluation occurrence.

Bias-Annotation

CAL is where “what counts as acceptable” is encoded. Typical bias vectors include:

  • threshold‑selection bias (arbitrary floors masquerading as natural laws),
  • measurement bias amplified by illegitimate arithmetic or hidden scalarization,
  • survivorship bias in Worked‑Examples and probe telemetry,
  • Goodhart pressures when report‑only telemetry is accidentally treated as dominance.

The pattern mitigates these by requiring typed acceptance clauses, explicit policy pins, and an auditable ledger of proofs and justifications, while keeping cross-sense and ReferencePlane reuse explicit and placing penalties only in the explicit assurance lane.

Conformance Checklist (normative)

ConformanceIdStatement
CC‑G4‑CoreRefConformance with G.4 requires satisfying the effective G.Core obligations referenced by the GCoreLinkageManifest in G.4:4.1 (profiles, pin sets, consumed defaults, and trigger kinds).
CC‑G4‑01CAL Pack@CG-Frame is published as a notation-independent object with stable UTS ids (Name Cards with twin labels) for CAL.Charter, TaskMap, all operator, acceptance, flow, and evidence carriers, Worked-Examples, and public-id continuity notes, including deprecations and lexical-continuity notes. Tooling/vendor details remain non-normative.
CC‑G4‑02Each exact CALCharterRef = <charterId, charterEdition> resolves one immutable charter edition naming the exact CGFrameId, EntityOfConcernRef, ReferencePlane, CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, and assumption envelope on which the pack relies.
CC‑G4‑03Every CAL.Operator has an explicit CHR‑typed signature and explicit preconditions; any legality guard macros referenced are cited by id (no “implicit legality”).
CC‑G4‑04Every reusable CAL.Acceptance binds the exact Characteristic and exact A.6.1 resultInputDeclarationRef values that declare the admissible C.16 measurement-result episteme inputs; the exact current result episteme is bound only in an actual application. A clause marked one-off may additionally cite fixedResultEpistemeRefs[]?. Every clause also declares its predicate or threshold, ClaimScope, evaluation window, any separate qualification window that limits use, unknown handling, and failure behavior. A statistically risk-controlled clause also names its loss, target, calibration population and window, sampling or exchangeability assumptions, declared treatment of shift, and the exact policy that states or defines the guarantee. Inputs with distinct source-local meanings cite the exact F.17 cells and obtaining F.9 relation; cross-plane or cross-edition inputs cite their applicable crossing records. None of these declarations establishes performed evaluation or a verdict.
CC‑G4‑05If an acceptance clause, operator, or flow induces numeric comparison or aggregation, it cites the relevant CG‑Spec.characteristic ids and links to legality proof refs (CSLC) in the ProofLedger; otherwise it must be authored so that downstream can degrade or abstain rather than perform illegal operations.
CC‑G4‑06Every CAL.Flow declares its result kind and the set of gating acceptance clauses; any thinning/selection‑aid policies (e.g., ε‑front selection) are explicitly policy‑bound and do not silently replace the underlying result kind.
CC‑G4‑07Every CAL.EvidenceProfile declares: provenance anchors (A.10), evidence lanes (F/G/R), freshness/decay pins (incl. freshness window + decay/Γ_time selector refs), and any penalty routing policy pins (Φ(CL), Ψ(CL^k), Φ_plane) needed for run‑time SCR surfacing. It either pins an explicit ΓFoldRef.edition override or (if absent) cites DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff (via G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex). Penalty policies affect R_eff only and do not define dominance. Any referenced penalty policy family is justified in the ProofLedger (monotone + bounded).
CC‑G4‑08CAL.ProofLedger exists and is UTS‑citable; it links each operator/flow/clause to required proof/justification refs and records explicit degradation conditions when assumptions fail. If an explicit ΓFoldRef is pinned, it includes monotonicity + boundedness/boundary behavior proof refs for that fold.
CC‑G4‑09CAL publication includes RSCR tests and Worked‑Examples sufficient to detect illegality (incl. unit laundering / ordinal arithmetic), to exercise authored acceptance/flow behavior, and to validate the authored freshness envelope when it is part of admissibility; missing tests/examples are treated as an auditable gap, not as “assumed OK”.
CC‑G4‑10Each TaskMapRef = <taskMapId, taskMapEdition> resolves one immutable map edition containing the exact CALCharterRef, task, C.22 TaskSignatureRef, and edition-bearing acceptance-clause, operator, flow, and evidence-profile refs used by selection. Changing the charter, task, signature edition, or a cited component creates a new map edition. When G.4 gates are current, G.5 consumes this exact map alongside the same TaskSignatureRef; a mismatch or unresolved ref blocks that gated selector use. The map neither constructs the TaskSignature nor embeds thresholds or duplicates acceptance semantics.
CC‑G4‑11Any method/discipline specifics are placed under G.4:4.5 Extensions as GPatternExtension blocks (stable PatternScopeId, explicit governing definition, pins, and RSCR triggers); no extension introduces competing defaults or replaces G.Core invariants.
CC‑G4‑12CAL Pack@CG-Frame includes public-id continuity records for public ids: deprecations, edition bumps, and lexical-continuity notes. It exposes refresh payload pins, including editions, policies, UTS ids, and, when present, PathId and PathSliceId, sufficient for G.11 to plan RSCR without inferring semantics from prose.
CC‑G4‑13When G.4:Ext.NQD is present, CAL.NQD[] is present and is wired only via the declared subject pattern (C.18): at minimum it pins DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, and InsertionPolicyRef, and it treats archive/illumination summaries as report‑only unless explicitly promoted by a CAL acceptance clause/policy.
CC‑G4‑14CAL does not mint new universal types to encode “strategy/policy”. Strategy is expressed as authored flows + acceptance clauses + policy/task pins (and downstream registry/composition in G.5); any specialization is introduced only via GPatternExtension wiring blocks or cited subject patterns.
CC‑G4‑15Every runtime example keeps the reusable Method, MethodDescription, A.6.1 declaration, each precise performer's A.13 core, independently A.15.1-admitted dated U.Work, optional later F.6 assignment-bound attribution, actual bindings and direct participants, local result, and C.2.1 result episteme distinct. Any F.6 relation uses the same obtaining A.13 assignment. A compact account may omit only an unused assignment identifier and no consumed fact; ordinary activity outside U.Work does not enter this rule.
CC‑G4‑16Each performed acceptance or decision path names its exact local result, applies the relevant result pattern, and states the exact later-use relation. Provenance stays with A.10/G.6, currentness with G.11, assurance with B.3, and decisions with C.11; no universal evaluation-result, work-result, evidence-use, or criterion-participant relation is introduced.

Common Anti-Patterns and How to Avoid Them

  • Hidden thresholds. Avoid: embedding cutoffs in CHR prose or in operator descriptions. Prefer: CAL.AcceptanceClause with explicit ids and pins.

  • Untyped “score(x)”. Avoid: operators with implicit units and untracked legality assumptions. Prefer: explicit CHR‑typed operator signatures + cited legality checks.

  • Silent cross-sense or cross-plane reuse. Avoid: importing expressions with distinct source-local meanings, or values across ReferencePlanes or editions, without the obtaining relation and required crossing records. Prefer: cite the exact F.17 cells and F.9 relation when meanings differ, cite the applicable plane or edition crossing records, and keep each clause bounded by its stated ClaimScope and window.

  • Acceptance as implementation detail. Avoid: acceptance embedded in tool logic. Prefer: publish acceptance as citable CAL artifacts; downstream consumes ids.

  • Exploratory telemetry treated as dominance. Avoid: letting probe/illumination telemetry quietly become a dispatch criterion. Prefer: keep it report‑only unless an explicit policy‑bound acceptance clause authorizes promotion.

  • Declaration mistaken for execution. Avoid: treating a CAL card, TaskMap, proof-ledger row, worked example, or evidence edge as proof that an operator ran or a verdict obtained. Prefer: recover every precise performer's A.13 core, let A.15.1 independently admit the dated Work, and add F.6 only when exact assignment-bound attribution through the same obtaining assignment is current; recover actual direct bindings separately. Compact wording may omit only an unused assignment identifier and no consumed fact. Keep the domain-local result and any result episteme separate from both.

Consequences

  • CAL becomes a stable, citable CAL Pack: operator/acceptance semantics are explicit artifacts, not tacit code behavior.
  • Legality failures are surfaced as authoring defects (RSCR‑testable) rather than run‑time surprises.
  • Downstream patterns (G.5, G.8, G.9, G.10, G.11) can reference stable ids/pins without redefining acceptance or operator semantics.
  • Method pluralism is supported: multiple calculi can coexist as separate operator/flow/acceptance families, wired via Extensions rather than mixed into the core kit.

Rationale

CAL sits at the boundary where typed measurement becomes actionable choice. Making CAL a published, typed, and testable artifact reduces semantic drift and prevents “shadow legality gates” from emerging in tools or in downstream prose.

The design separates concerns:

  • CHR governs measurement typing and legality guard macros,
  • CG‑Spec and CN‑Spec govern the legality gate and governance card, respectively,
  • G.Core governs Part‑G invariants and trigger/default discipline,
  • G.4 governs the CAL kit: authoring objects, publication surface, and handoff manifest.

This yields modularity (one governing definition per invariant or default), auditability (pins/ids and proof refs), and extensibility (method families attach through explicit extension modules).

SoTA-Echoing

Source qualification was checked on 2026-07-30. The source identities below are immutable publications; the G.4 adoption decisions remain qualified through 2027-07-30 unless a governing neighbour adopts a successor earlier or a new result contradicts the named assumption boundary.

Exact source and source-use decisionVisible G.4 mutationRejected overreadSmallest source-change replay
Angelopoulos, Bates, Fisch, Lei, and Schuster, Conformal Risk Control, ICLR 2024adapt bounded monotone-loss risk control only for a CAL clause whose statistical assumptions are explicit.C3 and CC-G4-04 require loss, risk/coverage target, calibration population/window, exchangeability or declared shift treatment, and failure/abstain behavior before such a clause is published. Only an actual application under §4.4a supplies the required binding and verdict.“Conformal”, a calibration set, or a coverage target does not make a universal acceptance guarantee, authorize deployment, or establish that evaluation occurred.Reopen only C3, CC-G4-04, and the one worked clause/test that claims this guarantee when its assumptions or guarantee change.
Fontaine, Togelius, Nikolaidis, and Hoover, Covariance Matrix Adaptation for the Rapid Illumination of Behavior Space, GECCO 2020adapt only the need to pin descriptor, distance, insertion, archive, and reporting policy when G.4:Ext.NQD is actually used.C6, G.4:Ext.NQD, and CC-G4-13 keep QD method semantics in C.18 while making the CAL wiring reproducible.Archive occupancy, coverage, QD-score, or the presence of CMA-ME wiring is not dominance, acceptance, selection, or a runtime result.Reopen only C6, G.4:Ext.NQD, CC-G4-13, and its one NQD example/test if the adopted descriptor/archive contract changes.
Wang et al., Enhanced POET: Open-ended Reinforcement Learning through Unbounded Invention of Learning Challenges and their Solutions, ICML/PMLR 119 (2020)reject as a source of G.4 core or acceptance semantics; retain it only as an exact lineage reference for optional exploration wiring under the applicable pattern.C6 and CC-G4-11 require an exact current pattern and present-task entry and stop condition before any exploration extension is admitted; no POET-specific rule enters the CAL core.Open-ended generation, transfer, or progress telemetry does not become a CAL acceptance rule, task authority, or selected governor by citation.Reopen only C6, CC-G4-11, and the exact C.19/C.23 extension block if the applicable pattern explicitly adopts a changed POET-family rule set.

Distributionally robust and broad multi-objective families are discovery leads, not G.4 decision sources. Current comparison, partial-order, and selected-set law stays with A.18/A.19; a future external source enters this table only after it changes a present C1–C9 action, worked case, or conformance row. Source refresh is local to the row's named rule, example, and check.

Maintainer-facing architecture and publication inventory

G.4 is a design-time authoring pattern. It publishes a notation-independent CAL Pack@CG-Frame with a charter for the exact CG frame, EntityOfConcern, ReferencePlane, specification editions, and assumption envelope; stable operator, clause, and flow ids; evidence and currentness refs; proof-or-gap records; worked examples and tests; continuity notes; and a minimal TaskMap. It uses G.Core, G.0, and G.1G.3 for Part-G, CG-frame, SoTA, CHR, and legality disciplines; A.6.1 for declarations and actual bindings; A.13 and A.15.1 for precise performers and independently admitted runtime Work; F.6 only for a current assignment-bound attribution through the same obtaining assignment; C.2.1 for result epistemes; and A.10, G.11, B.3, and C.11 for provenance, currentness, assurance, and decisions. G.6 is used only when G.4:Ext.EvidenceGraphWiring is present. Method-specific semantics remain in the applicable extension pattern. The detailed manifests, schemas, and interfaces above are maintainer-facing citation surfaces for this one practitioner path, not a second workflow.

Relations

Builds on: G.Core (and the pattern template discipline in E.8).

Uses: G.1 (CG‑Frame Card), G.2 (SoTA Synthesis Pack), G.3 (CHR Pack), G.0 (CG‑Spec legality gate), A.19 (CN‑Spec plus direct comparison and selection patterns), A.18 (CSLC), A.2.6 (U.ClaimScope), A.6.1 (declarations and actual bindings), A.13 (precise performer core), A.15.1 (independent Work admission), A.2.1 (assignment species and occurrences), and F.6 only for exact assignment-bound attribution through the same obtaining assignment, C.2.1 (result epistemes), C.11 (decision results), A.10 (provenance and bounded reliance), B.3 (assurance), G.11 (currentness), and E.18, A.21, F.9, F.17, and E.17 (GateCrossing harness).

Uses (via Extensions): G.6 (EvidenceGraph/Path citation; when G.4:Ext.EvidenceGraphWiring is present), C.18 (NQD), C.19 (E/E‑LOG), C.23 (SoS‑LOG).

Used by: G.5 (selector/dispatcher), G.8 (SoS‑LOG bundles), G.9 (parity), G.10 (shipping), G.11 (refresh orchestration). Publishes to: UTS (public ids and public-id continuity records), RSCR (tests and trigger emissions), G.5 (handoff manifest), and, as cited payload, shipped packs governed by G.10.

Constrains: any run‑time LOG implementation that executes CAL operators/flows must treat CAL artifacts as citable specifications and must not re‑invent acceptance semantics.

G.4:End

Multi‑Method Dispatcher and MethodFamily Registry

Type: General (G) Status: Stable Normativity: Normative

Plain-name. Multi-method dispatcher and method-family registry.

Intent. Help an engineer use a dispatcher and registry for rival method families and state selector-facing set outcomes. The outcome distinction covers retained alternatives and members jointly included for one named use without collapsing plurality into one hidden scalar winner.

Primary working reader and object. An engineer or framework author who already has a set of identified candidates or members and must state the selector-facing result—outcome kind, members, ordering, named use when required, and basis pins—for a named downstream use, without also claiming a choice, Work, or publication occurrence that has not happened.

Use this when

When loop-engineering work retains several already identified candidates for downstream use—for example, loop candidates, harness variants, method families, workflow-store entries, or DPF framework candidates—or when several already identified values are all included for one named use, use G.5 only when the live claim is the selector-facing declaration of that set result. The declared result states the outcome kind, members or keyed member entries, ordering status, named use when applicable, and basis pins. It does not prove that any member improved, that work occurred, that a local choice has been made, or that the result is available to an audience.

Use Shortlist or RankedShortlist for alternatives retained for later choice. Use JointUseSet only when every named member is included for one bounded use. This joint-use branch consumes exact member identities under their own rules; it does not require MethodRef, a method-family registry row, or Method classification for framework editions or other non-Method values.

When an earlier choice or other current inclusion basis has already fixed the exact members, use G.5-6 DeclareSetResult with those member refs, the named use, inclusion conditions, ordering, and sufficient basis pins. This branch declares selector-facing result content without running method-family registration or G.5-3 Select; non-Method members never enter those method-family operations.

For ordinary method-family dispatch, open G.5 when two or more already admitted Methods are live under grounded selector rows for the same declared task and the current question is the selector-facing set result: which candidates remain admissible, whether the emitted result may truthfully order them, or whether it must be a shortlist, narrowed handoff, abstain, or escalation. If the live question is still one local choice among available options, first constitute the exact C.11 choice assertion under its predicate. Reuse already grounded method-family rows when they exist; do not rebuild a registry on every run. Create a new reusable row only when the grouping itself must recur, carry family-level policy, be versioned, or be published. Crossing, evidence/reliance, assurance, stable public identity, and actual publication are conditional branches, not an entry fee.

Before opening G.5 for Method dispatch, resolve every selectable MethodRef to an exact U.Method already admitted under A.3.1. A MethodFamilyId names the continuing selector-row lineage for one declared grouping; it does not by itself select an exact edition. MethodFamilyRowRef := <MethodFamilyId, rowEdition> designates one immutable row edition, which cites the exact Methods it groups and the independently established classification claim, membership relation, or local grouping criterion used for this selector. Neither the row, its label, a family card, a U.MethodDescription, an eligibility or maturity record, a policy, an evidence pin, a shortlist, nor a publication makes a candidate a Method or makes family membership obtain. Where no exact ontic-family or membership predicate is defined, keep the row as a project-local selector grouping under its declared criterion. If only labels, descriptions, cards, or unresolved references are available, state the blocker and use A.3.1, C.2.1, or the exact family-relation subject pattern only as a locator before selection.

Also say whether the current claim is only a reusable registry, selector, policy, template, or result-content declaration, or whether an actual selection and publication occurred. An actual selection first requires every precise performer's A.13 core and an independently A.15.1-admitted dated Work, plus the actual A.6.1 Select application with effective argument and SelectionSlot bindings under A.19.SelectorMechanism. Add F.6 only when the current selection claim also needs exact assignment-bound attribution through the same obtaining A.13 assignment. Any persisted result episteme, A.10 evidence-provenance relation, B.3 assurance claim, authorization, and E.24.PUB publication occurrence remain separate. A row, declaration, record, telemetry pin, or selected-set label supplies none of them by appearance.

  • several method families or generator families can admissibly act on the same declared task family or work target
  • you need one selector to return a Shortlist, RankedShortlist, JointUseSet, one SpecialistHandoff, one other narrowed handoff plan, or one abstain outcome without pretending that there is always one scalar winner or that all set results are alternatives
  • the declared result must carry enough basis pins for its named downstream use—for example, later comparison, handoff, or escalation—without changing its declared outcome kind or any applicable public selected-set label

What goes wrong if missed

  • rival families are compared under silent comparator drift, hidden baseline changes, or unspoken crossing costs
  • the selector hides one dogmatic winner even when only a partial order is admissible
  • selector-facing result content stays hidden inside C.11, C.19, or C.24, so the G.5 result no longer states which upstream choice, pool treatment, or enactment result it consumes and what set result it declares
  • exploration, open-ended, or specialization pressure leaks in as one architecture convenience rather than one explicit policy-bound choice

What this buys

  • one registry that keeps rival method families disjoint but dispatchable
  • one selector result form that uses the closed SelectorOutcomeKind rules in §4.4b and the closed SetResultFamily set when the result is set-shaped
  • one trace addressable by DRR and SCR records with explicit basis pins instead of one hidden selector rationale
  • one explicit selected-set result that states the outcome kind, applicable public label, retained members or keyed joint-use entries, ordering, named use where required, handoff content, and basis pins instead of leaving them implicit upstream

Registry and dispatch remain the primary selector question here; the explicit selected-set result closes that question without replacing registry or dispatch.

First-minute questions

  • What selector outcome kind is this result actually emitting: one set-result outcome such as Shortlist, RankedShortlist, or JointUseSet, one SpecialistHandoff or other narrowed handoff, or one abstain outcome?
  • Which members are being retained or excluded now?
  • Are these alternatives retained for later choice, or is every named member included for one bounded use?
  • For JointUseSet, what named use, unique member refs, inclusion conditions, and sufficient top-level basis pins make the result complete?
  • Does the result order the retained alternatives?
  • Which basis pins or policy pins must the declared result carry?
  • Which exact A.3.1 MethodRef values does every method-family row resolve to?
  • What independently governed classification, membership relation, or local grouping criterion justifies placing those Methods in that row for this selector use?
  • Is the current organization only a composition template, one B.1.5-qualified composite Method, or an independently selected A.22 Structure with all four identity discriminators?
  • Is this only selector declaration or result content, or is an actual selection claimed with each precise performer's A.13 core, independently admitted dated Work, actual Select application and bindings, conditional exact F.6 attribution when consumed, and separately governed result and publication objects?
  • Does any consumed Method, claim, or selector criterion use expressions with distinct F.17 source-local meanings? If so, which cells are related, where does the F.9 Bridge obtain, what use, direction, correspondence, target, and polarity does the separate crossing claim state, and where is the matching A.10 or B.3 reliance result?
  • Which stronger branch is actually current—a new reusable registry row, crossing, evidence/reliance, assurance, stable public identity, or actual publication—and which can remain unopened?

First output

The first useful output from this dispatcher and registry question is one declared SelectorOutcome admitted by the closed SelectorOutcomeKind set in §4.4b. For SetResultOutcome, use the closed SetResultFamily rule to distinguish Shortlist, RankedShortlist, and JointUseSet; for another outcome kind, state its admitted handoff, abstain, or escalation content. In every case, state the applicable members or keyed member entries, ordering, named use and inclusion conditions when applicable, and basis pins in one place.

For an ordinary run over already grounded rows, that selector-facing result content is enough. The basis pins may be direct references to the declared grouping, eligibility, and comparison basis, and the same compact record may carry the DRR/SCR-addressable audit refs required by S3. Do not require a fresh registry build, CrossingAllowance, evidence graph, assurance claim, stable public id, separate audit package, or E.24.PUB occurrence unless the current use actually needs that stronger object or claim.

Here a selector outcome means complete selector-facing result content. A stable public designator is an additional field only when a named use needs it. Neither the result content nor its designator is evidence that selection Work or an actual Select application occurred, and neither is an E.24.PUB availability occurrence. Claim actual publication only through the exact selected C.2.1 episteme edition, audience declaration, bounded-use declaration, publication form, presentation carrier, and obtaining EpistemePublicationRelation; rendering or uploading Work remains another occurrence.

If that first output cannot yet be stated honestly, the G.5 result is incomplete.

G.5 keeps the dispatcher and registry object set here and leaves universal Part-G invariants to G.Core; method-specific and generator-specific semantics stay in their named source patterns and arrive here only through explicit pins.

When C.11 has already emitted one local choice result, C.19 one pool-policy result, or C.24 one enactment-facing next action, G.5 applies when the question becomes declaring selector-facing result content for retained alternatives, all-member joint use, or a narrowed handoff rather than one more explanation of why the upstream result looked reasonable. The G.5 result states its outcome kind, applicable public label, membership form, and basis pins directly.

The G.5 result is incomplete if its outcome kind, applicable public label, retained members or keyed joint-use member entries, ordering, named use where required, handoff content, abstain or escalation condition, or basis pins are still only implicit in upstream notes.

When a framework needs a selector-facing result for a selected pattern set, use G.5 only to declare that result: scope, selection or inclusion conditions, included pattern refs, excluded candidate refs when relevant, and basis pins. Use JointUseSet only when every exact ref is included for the named use; otherwise retain shortlist semantics. Add a stable public identity and its UTS obligation only when a named use needs them. If audience availability is current, use E.17 for a source-backed face and return to source and E.24.PUB for the publication occurrence and availability. This selected-set result does not define pattern-use relations, architecture decisions, or framework edition dependencies.

When exact framework editions are the members, preserve their existing edition identities and use E.4.PFR for any direct dependency or compatibility claim. G.5 creates no MethodRef, method-family row, publication occurrence, access claim, or actual selection Work for those editions.

Minimum ordinary slice and bounded non-use

Situation. A pump-maintenance team has two already admitted A.3.1 Methods, ThresholdTrendReviewMethod-E2 and SpectralResidualReviewMethod-E1, behind the exact project-local selector rows <ThresholdTrendReview-local, R3> and <SpectralResidualReview-local, R2>. These are MethodFamilyRowRef values: each fixes its row edition, exact MethodRef[], and declared grouping basis PumpTriageCandidateGrouping-E1. The same TaskSignatureRef=PumpVibrationTriage-T1 and effective reference scheme apply to both. The task signature requires a 24-hour series input and a 30-minute review budget, and both declared Method interfaces meet those constraints. No G.4 CAL gate is current in this ordinary case, so TaskMapRef is absent. No admitted comparator justifies ordering one above the other. The live G.5 question is now how to surface that admissible set, not which pump action a decision-maker should choose.

The minimum truthful result is:

GroundedCandidateRows = [
  { methodFamilyRowRef = <ThresholdTrendReview-local, R3>,
    MethodRef = [ThresholdTrendReviewMethod-E2],
    groupingBasis = PumpTriageCandidateGrouping-E1 },
  { methodFamilyRowRef = <SpectralResidualReview-local, R2>,
    MethodRef = [SpectralResidualReviewMethod-E1],
    groupingBasis = PumpTriageCandidateGrouping-E1 }
]

SelectorOutcome(

  selectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome,
  setResultFamily = Shortlist,
  members = [<ThresholdTrendReview-local, R3>, <SpectralResidualReview-local, R2>],
  ordering = unordered,
  basisPins = [<ThresholdTrendReview-local, R3>,
               <SpectralResidualReview-local, R2>,
               PumpTriageEligibility-E1],
  auditRefs = [DRR-PumpTriage-01, SCR-PumpTriage-01],

  nextUse = maintenance_method_handoff

)

This is a positive [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5) slice because the exact Methods, immutable row-edition refs, grouping bases, task, eligibility basis, survivors, order status, compact audit refs and next use are explicit. It needs no fresh registry row or public ShortlistId; the same local senses make F.9 crossing apparatus irrelevant; no reliance or assurance claim is being made; and no E.24.PUB availability occurrence is asserted. The record also stops before claiming dated selection Work or an actual Select application. Open those branches only if a later claim actually needs them.

What changes in practice. The team stops leaving the retained pair implicit in a comparison note and stops saying “the spectral method is best.” It emits one unordered Shortlist that another receiver can cite, with the exact survivors and basis visible, while making no local-choice, actual-use, or winning-method claim. A later receiver can request one missing comparator, use the bounded handoff, or open its separately governed decision question without rewriting either Method or inventing a winner.

Near misses and non-use. Do not use [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5) merely because several names appear in one list.

  • If the candidates are only labels, descriptions, cards, or unresolved references, require A.3.1 and C.2.1 before dispatch.
  • If the current question is one local choice among already available options, use [C.11](/generated/patterns/C.11); if it is the policy for retaining or retiring live candidate lines, use [C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19); if it is enactment planning after choice, use [C.24](/generated/patterns/C.24) for the plan and the applicable A.15/A.6 patterns for actual Work and operation applications.
  • If the current object is only a composition sketch, keep the S4 template; use B.1.5 only for a qualified composite Method and A.22 only for an independently selected Structure.
  • If no rival candidate set, selector result, narrowed handoff, abstain, or escalation is current, do not open [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5).
  • Open F.9, A.10, B.3, stable registry or UTS identity, and E.24.PUB only for an actual crossing, relied-on evidence, assurance claim, reusable identity, or audience-availability claim respectively; their absence does not invalidate the smaller same-scheme selector result.

Problem frame

The exact CG‑Frame card from G.1 and SoTA Synthesis Pack@CG‑Frame from G.2 name the frame, EntityOfConcernRef, ReferencePlane, source rows, and rival internally coherent method families (and sometimes generator families) that may address the same declared task.

At the same time, the typed slot, scale, and coordinate definitions from G.3 and G.4 yield admissible calculi and acceptance clauses - enough to formulate eligibility, assurance, and admissibility constraints, but not enough to pick "the method" without collapsing plurality.

You need a notation‑independent way to:

  1. register method families and generator families as auditable, versioned entries,
  2. select, compose, or fall back among them at run time for a concrete task instance,
  3. declare stable selected-set results, including retained-alternative and all-member results, and publish stable identities to UTS when required, and
  4. emit RSCR‑relevant triggers and pins without inventing new “shadow specs”.

Problem

How to design a general, auditable dispatcher that:

  • preserves pluralism (families from competing Traditions stay disjoint) while remaining dispatchable (selection is possible and explainable);

  • does not embed algorithmic dogma in the core selector kernel;

  • when expressions carry distinct F.17 source-local meanings, requires the complete crossing path—exact local senses, an obtaining F.9 Bridge, a separate bounded-use proposition, and the appropriate reliance or assurance branch—while treating pins as audit references rather than as the crossing facts;

  • produces set-valued outcomes when only partial orders are admissible or when every named member is included for one bounded use, without confusing those meanings; when exact non-Method members already have a current inclusion basis, it declares that result without routing them through method-family selection;

  • cleanly separates:

    • selector object set and components (registry, selector boundary, and result-declaration records),
    • universal Part‑G invariants (carried by G.Core),
    • method-specific and generator-specific semantics (carried only through Extensions blocks).

Forces

  • Pluralism vs. forced totalisation. Many selection regimes are inherently partial-order; forcing a scalar winner often creates inadmissible semantics.

  • Evidence realism vs. hard gates. Eligibility and acceptance frequently depend on incomplete evidence; selection must remain auditable under tri-state unknowns.

  • Reuse vs. leakage. Reuse across distinct source-local meanings remains valuable, but it starts from exact F.17 cells and an obtaining F.9 Bridge, then keeps the proposed use, direction, rule, tolerated loss, reliance or assurance, and actual selector use separate. Bridge, CL, loss, registry, bundle, or policy pins cannot silently re-ground semantics.

  • Exploration vs. exploitation. Dispatch sometimes must probe alternatives under explicit policy envelopes and risk envelopes, but probing must not become an implicit fourth status.

  • Evolvability vs. churn. Registries evolve (new families, deprecations, edition bumps); continuity must not be broken by “rename by meaning”.

Solution

Causal method dispatch declarations

When method dispatch compares causal uses, each compared Method declares its causal question/rung and whether it is being used as an observational predictor, intervention optimizer, counterfactual strategy, causal fairness estimator, causal-RL policy, or simulation-only Method.

MethodFamily.causalUseDispatchSpec?:
  causalUseQuestionRef?: CausalUseQuestionRef
  targetCausalityLadderRung: CausalityLadderRung
  causalUseClaimKind: CausalUseClaimKind
  causalActionPolicyClass?: CausalActionPolicyClass
  causalSupportComponentRefs?: CausalSupportComponentRefs
  causalUseSupportResultRef?: CausalUseSupportResultRef
  causalMethodUseClassification:
    observationalPredictor |
    interventionOptimizer |
    counterfactualStrategy |
    causalFairnessEstimator |
    causalRLPolicy |
    simulationOnlyMethod
  supportedUse
  unsupportedUse

CausalUseQuestionRef identifies the question content used by C.28; it is not a durable root U-kind. causalMethodUseClassification describes the Method's proposed selector-facing use and supplies no system-role assignment, responsibility, authority, or causal certification.

A simulation-only Method cites simulationResultRef inside its support components and states bounded model use plus unsupported realized/interventional use. G.5 declares the dispatch result; C.28 supplies the causal-support result. A selector may still abstain even when a C.28 result is supported.

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G core invariants; Default Governing Definition Index citation)

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative; size-controlled via profiles and sets). Effective obligations, pins, and triggers are computed by union expansion of the referenced ids (per G.Core:4.2.1). Profile and set expansion is combined with explicit deltas; Nil‑elision applies.

  • CoreConformanceProfileIds :=

    • GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase
    • GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard
    • GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted
    • GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary
  • CorePinSetIds :=

    • GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal
    • GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins (crossing‑aware use; pins from this set may be intentionally strengthened (optional→required) via CorePinsRequired)
  • CorePinsRequired := (delta over PinSets; pins and refs are id-only; prefer strengthening optional-to-required over restating pins already covered by PinSets)

    • TaskSignatureRef (the C.22 TaskSignature edition; see G.5:4.2, S2)

    • TaskMapRef? (exact G.4 map edition, only when this selection uses G.4 CAL gates)

    • MethodFamilyRowRef[] (exact <MethodFamilyId, rowEdition> values in scope)

    • MethodRef[] (exact A.3.1 Methods resolved from every method-bearing registry row in scope)

    • SelectedStructureRef[]? (exact independently selected A.22 Structures consumed only when their organization changes this selector use)

    • GeneratorFamilyRowRef[]? (exact <GeneratorFamilyId, rowEdition> values when generator families are in scope)

    • PathId[] (audit citations for “why” and for evidence)

    • PathSliceId[] (audit citations for “why” and for evidence)

    • UTSRowId[] (published identities for selected families, registered families, and selector policy records)

    • FailureBehaviorPolicyId? (only when degrade or abstain behavior is explicitly policy‑bound)

    • SoSLogBranchId? (only when degrade or abstain behavior is explicitly policy‑bound)

  • DefaultsConsumed :=

    • DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff
    • DefaultId.PortfolioMode
    • DefaultId.DominanceRegime
  • RSCRTriggerSetIds :=

    • GCoreTriggerSetId.RefreshOrchestration (payload pins: TaskSignatureRef, TaskMapRef?, CGSpecRef.edition, CNSpecRef.edition, MethodFamilyRowRef[], GeneratorFamilyRowRef[]?, AcceptanceClauseId[]?, SoSLogBranchId?, FailureBehaviorPolicyId?, DescriptorMapRef.edition?, DistanceDefRef.edition?, TransferRulesRef.edition?, InsertionPolicyRef?, PathId, PathSliceId, SCRId, DRRId, RSCRTestId[])

Dispatcher and Registry object set (notation‑independent)

G.5 defines the object-set components below. Their purpose is to make dispatch possible and auditable without embedding any method-family semantics in the selector kernel.

S1 — MethodFamily Registry (design‑time; per CG‑Frame). A registry row represents a family, not a single implementation. Minimal fields (conceptual, notationally independent):

  • Identity and continuity: MethodFamilyId names the continuing row lineage; rowEdition names one immutable edition; MethodFamilyRowRef := <MethodFamilyId, rowEdition> designates that edition. Lineage and Tradition notes and UTSRowId remain descriptive or publication values.
  • Exact method members: non-empty MethodRef[], each resolving to one U.Method already admitted under A.3.1.
  • Grouping basis: exact claim, criterion, or direct relation reference that justifies this row's grouping for the current selector use; if no ontic family or membership relation is directly governed, the basis is explicitly project-local and creates none.

One exact row edition fixes its method members, grouping basis, and every selection-changing pin. Changing any of those values creates a new rowEdition; retain the MethodFamilyId only while the declared grouping remains the same continuing row lineage. Old MethodFamilyRowRef values continue to resolve their old editions. Add task, eligibility, policy, scheme, source, ClaimScope, validity, or intended-use pins only when they change selection or a named receiver needs them; none replaces the members or grouping basis.

  • EligibilityStandardRef: a typed predicate record (tri‑state per G.Core), expressed in CHR and CAL terms and pinned to the relevant editions.
  • AssuranceProfileRef: evidence‑lane expectations and assurance-lane pins (SCR‑addressable).
  • AdmissibilityBindings: explicit references to the single governance card and admissibility gate (CNSpecRef, CGSpecRef) and to any required admissibility constraints, for example scale and unit admissibility via CSLC.
  • EvidencePins: citations to G.6 (PathId, PathSliceId) for claims or guarantees where such claims are asserted.
  • CrossingAllowance: references to the exact F.17 endpoint senses, one obtaining F.9 Bridge, the separate C.2.1 bounded-use proposition, and the current A.10 or B.3 reliance basis, plus CL or observed-loss evidence when material, only when expressions with distinct recovered source-local meanings are actually related for this selector use. These are audit references; the field makes none of the referenced facts obtain.

For an actual crossing, first resolve both exact F.17 SchemeSenseCell endpoints and establish the two-participant F.9 Bridge under its own predicate profile. Then identify a separate C.2.1 episteme whose exact EntityOfConcern is that Bridge and whose ClaimGraph states the proposed use u, direction d, use-specific rule r, tolerated loss t, and polarity. For ordinary reliance require the matching current A.10 evidence-provenance relation and local RelianceDisposition; when an assurance claim or B.3 material-reliance threshold is current, use B.3's separate assurance branch instead. Observed loss and CL are evidence, defeater or assurance-policy material, not Bridge participants or permission. Authorization and the actual Select application remain with their subject patterns. A Bridge id, CrossingAllowance, registry row, policy pin, CrossingBundle, DRR or SCR entry cannot substitute for any step.

  • PolicyHooksRef?: optional pointers to policy records (not defined here; wired via Extensions).

Here “a registry row represents a family” means that the row is the auditable selector-facing record for one declared grouping. The family id preserves that row lineage; the row ref selects one immutable edition for replay. Neither value identifies the grouped Methods, makes a membership relation obtain, or turns a common label, shared description, lineage note, eligibility rule, maturity card, evidence record, or policy into a method-family fact. Changing a row edition changes the registry artifact; it changes a Method or a separate family relation only when that object's direct identity rule or the relation's predicate independently says so.

S1′ — GeneratorFamily Registry (design‑time; optional; per CG‑Frame). A registry row for families that generate tasks and environments, and may co-evolve solver families. G.5 carries the registry-entry shape, not the generator semantics:

  • Identity and continuity: GeneratorFamilyId names the continuing row lineage; rowEdition names one immutable edition; GeneratorFamilyRowRef := <GeneratorFamilyId, rowEdition> designates that edition. UTSRowId remains its publication value.
  • Exact generator members: non-empty references, each resolving to a generator already identified under its subject pattern.
  • Grouping basis: the independently established classification, membership relation, or explicit project-local criterion that groups those generators for this selector.
  • GeneratorSignatureRef: conceptual input and output semantics plus budget semantics.
  • EnvironmentValidityRegionRef?: pinned constraints for generated environments or tasks.
  • TransferRulesRef.edition?: required when the Open-Ended mode is enabled (semantics come from the cited extension refs).
  • CouplerRefs?: exact MethodFamilyRowRef[] values that may be coupled with this generator-row edition.

Changing generator members, grouping basis, or another selection-changing pin creates a new generator rowEdition; old GeneratorFamilyRowRef values continue to resolve their old editions.

S2 — C.22 TaskSignature input and conditional G.4 map. C.22 constitutes the TaskSignature episteme and defines its edition rule. G.5 consumes its TaskSignatureRef and does not reconstruct it from a task, CAL pack, or map. Its function here is pinning and auditability, not over-specification.

When this selector actually uses G.4 CAL gates, it also consumes one exact TaskMapRef. Resolve that immutable map edition, require its taskSignatureRef to equal the C.22 TaskSignatureRef supplied to this selector, and follow its exact CALCharterRef and edition-bearing clause, operator, flow, and evidence-profile refs. The map supplies no TaskSignature field and no threshold value. If no G.4 gate is current, omit TaskMapRef; an ordinary selector does not need a CAL pack merely to return a truthful bounded result.

For the G.4 safety example, G.5 receives TaskSignatureRef=SafetyPortfolioTaskSignature-E4 and TaskMapRef=<SafetySelectionMap, E3>. The map resolves CALCharterRef=<SafetyCALCharter, E2> and the cited gate declarations. A different signature ref or an unresolved charter or component blocks only that gated selector use.

S3 — Selection kernel boundary (run‑time; policy‑governed). A notation‑independent selector that:

  • consumes TaskSignatureRef, exact method- or generator-family row refs, pinned spec refs, and an exact matching TaskMapRef only when G.4 CAL gates are current,
  • applies eligibility and assurance gating (tri-state),
  • computes an admissible (possibly partial) order,
  • returns one declared selector outcome over the exact Method candidates admitted through this kernel: most often Shortlist or RankedShortlist, and JointUseSet only when every returned Method candidate is included for one named use; otherwise it returns one SpecialistHandoff, one other narrowed handoff, one abstain outcome, or one escalation outcome (per DefaultId.PortfolioMode and explicit overrides),
  • emits audit records with pins addressable by DRR and SCR records.

When TaskMapRef is present, resolve its exact immutable G.4 map edition before applying any cited gate. Its taskSignatureRef must match this selector's C.22 TaskSignatureRef; its CALCharterRef must recover the CG frame, EntityOfConcern, ReferencePlane, specification editions, and assumption envelope; and each cited clause, operator, flow, and evidence profile must resolve at its exact edition. Carry the exact map ref among the result basis and refresh pins. Do not copy thresholds or acceptance semantics into G.5.

For every MethodFamilyRowRef consumed here, resolve the exact immutable row edition and then its A.3.1 MethodRef[], grouping basis, and selection-changing pins before admitting the candidate. Apply the same rule to GeneratorFamilyRowRef. The selector may compare or return exact row refs as auditable selector-facing addresses, but row selection neither creates its members nor proves that every listed member belongs, is admissible, is selected, or will be enacted. An unresolved Method reference or missing grouping basis blocks that row's method-bearing use; it is not repaired by a label, description, UTS identity, policy, or evidence pin.

When a selector consumes an organization among Methods, cite an exact SelectedStructureRef only after A.22 has independently identified the U.Structure from exact constituents, exact already-obtaining relation occurrences, applied constraints, and one named use frame. G.5 neither supplies those discriminators nor selects the Structure by listing it. If the organization instead constitutes one composite Method, consume the exact A.3.1 Method only after B.1.5 has qualified that candidate from its independent parts and whole-forming basis.

S3 states reusable selector behavior. It does not itself perform selection. For an actual selector use, first recover every precise performer's A.13 core for the exact selection action, scope, working situation, and window, including the same obtaining assignment later used by any exact attribution. A.15.1 then independently admits the dated selector Work from its exact performance history, enacted Method, temporal extent, and containing-System relation. State the actual A.6.1 Select application, its effective argument bindings, and the A.19 SelectionSlot binding that carries the selected set by value. Add F.6 afterward only when the receiving claim needs exact assignment-bound attribution through the same obtaining A.13 assignment. The declaration, planned pins, registry rows, policy, assignment, F.6 relation, and CandidateSet type create none of the A.13, Work-admission, application, or result facts.

A compact selector account may omit only an assignment identifier unused by its receiving claim; it omits no criterion, classification, assignment, Work-admission, or attribution fact that the claim consumes. A root-family reference, the same holder, overlapping times, or silence in the receiving text establishes or removes neither the assignment nor F.6 attribution. Ordinary selector discussion not admitted as U.Work does not enter this branch.

S3.A — TaskFamilySpecializationProfile@Context (run‑time; conditional). When the real selector question is acquisition of usable specialization on a declared task family, the selector may emit one TaskFamilySpecializationProfile@Context for each candidate, one SpecialistHandoff, or one narrowed handoff plan. Here profile means one selector-time comparison record for bounded specialization, not a new U-kind and not a generic narrative profile. G.5 carries this selector-time specialization question here; it does not redefine the adaptation-signature field vocabulary from C.22.1.

The profile should therefore cite one AdaptationSignatureRef or equivalent pinned field set carrying the declared TaskFamilyRef or TaskSignature, the work-measure threshold target, prior exposure declaration, time-to-threshold, budget-to-threshold, post-threshold efficiency when relevant, any declared transfer or retention claim, any downside cost or downside on adjacent tasks, and any specialization-entry baseline, specialization-entry evidence, or stepping-stone evidence item that materially affects comparison.

Admission rule for SpecialistHandoff: use that handoff kind only when the truthful declared result is one heterogeneous handoff bundle whose members occupy different specialization positions that still need to travel together. Do not use it when a SetResultOutcome with Shortlist, RankedShortlist, or JointUseSet, or a HandoffOutcome with another admitted handoff kind, already states the result more precisely.

When the declared task family is heterogeneous, the selector may return one SpecialistHandoff, one other narrowed handoff plan, or one SetResultOutcome with an admitted SetResultFamily that preserves rival specialists rather than collapsing them into a fake single winner. Low-human-overlap candidates remain admissible only when the profile, evidence basis, and policy constraints are explicit.

S4 — Composition and fallbacks templates (design‑time). A library of composition shapes—preconditioner -> solver -> verifier, cascades, and meta-selectors—remains available as design-time templates, admissibility-checked and pinned. A template is a description or policy-bound arrangement for possible composition; its existence, diagram order, registry placement, or selection does not create a Method, methodPartOf occurrence, obtaining relation, or selected Structure.

If exact A.3.1 Methods, exact B.1.5 methodPartOf occurrences, all other required whole-forming claims and constraints, whole semantics, interface boundary, and reidentification rule qualify one already identified candidate as a composite U.Method, consume that exact Method through the B.1.5 branch. If independently identified Methods and already-obtaining relations are instead organized for one use without constituting one Method, consume an independently selected A.22 U.Structure only after its exact constituents, selected obtaining relation occurrences, applied constraints, and named selection-use frame are present. MethodRelationStructure may remain a local readable designator for that actually selected Structure; it is not a U-kind, relation kind, Method holon, registry-row identity, or generic @BoundedContext object.

A C.2.1 episteme may describe either governed object. A.3.2 applies only when the episteme's exact EntityOfConcern is one already admitted Method and its claims substantively describe that Method; an episteme whose exact concern is the selected Structure is not thereby a U.MethodDescription. Concrete strategy semantics stay in the referenced method families; G.5 only carries the composition template, selector relation, registry row, exact consumed Method or Structure reference, or selected-set result. None of those G.5 artifacts supplies the B.1.5 or A.22 construction facts.

Algebraic, graph, matrix, embedding, or neural selector notation remains a mathematical or representation lens when that representation is current; use C.29 for its correspondence and preserved-or-lost structure rather than reading notation as composition or selection.

S5 — Result, public identity, and telemetry record boundary (run-time). A standard result-content boundary emits:

  • DRR (decision rationale) and SCR (evidence and confidence citation) with explicit pins,
  • declared selector and selected-set records produced either by method-family G.5-3 Select or by the already-grounded-member G.5-6 DeclareSetResult branch,
  • telemetry pins to refresh orchestration (G.11), without governing orchestration.

S5 governs the selector-facing record boundary, not truth or actuality by record existence. A DRR, SCR, selected-set record, shortlist id, telemetry event, refresh cue, policy pin, or result label does not create dated Work, an actual operation application, the selected-set binding, a domain result, an evidence-provenance relation, assurance, authorization, or publication availability. Persist a selector-result claim as its own C.2.1 episteme when another use must rely on it; connect evidence through A.10, assurance through B.3, authorization through its direct governor, and actual availability through E.24.PUB only when each relation independently obtains.

When the current question is selector-facing set-result declaration rather than one generic registry trace, Shortlist names retained alternatives, RankedShortlist names those alternatives when the result orders them, JointUseSet names all members included for one named use, and ChoiceSet stays one mathematical gloss rather than a public result kind. ShortlistId is specific to a shortlist result; use a generic publicId for another result only when one stable public identity is needed.

S6 — Governance and evolution declaration boundary (design-time). Versioning, deprecation, and registry evolution discipline (UTS publication; continuity), without minting new Part‑G‑wide types.

Selector head and narrower selector families

Selection and dispatch stay one generic selector head. Narrower selector families may refine it, but they do not redefine the universal invariants pinned through G.Core, do not add hidden mandatory inputs beyond pinned policy or edition refs, and do not mutate SlotKinds.

Method- and generator-specific pressures such as QD archives, open-ended declared sets, explore and exploit lenses, or preference comparators do not become part of the selector head. They arrive only through explicit extension declarations and the pins those extensions require.

Selector Relation Fields

Selector relationConsumesProduces
G.5-1 RegisterFamilyone continuing MethodFamilyId; non-empty already admitted A.3.1 MethodRef[]; a reference to one independently established classification or membership relation, or an explicit project-local grouping criterion; new immutable row edition; CHR and CAL pins (from G.3 and G.4); CNSpecRef.edition; CGSpecRef.edition; optional G.2 family card; and task, scheme, source, ClaimScope, validity, or intended-use pins only when they change this selectionOne immutable MethodFamily registry row and its MethodFamilyRowRef = <MethodFamilyId, rowEdition>, fixing MethodRef[], GroupingBasisRefOrCriterion, EligibilityStandardRef, AssuranceProfileRef, UTSRowId, and the applicable pinned refs. The G.2 card and the CHR, CAL, specification, and use pins are metadata or evidence inputs and cannot supply either the Methods or the grouping fact.
G.5-2 RegisterGeneratorFamilyone continuing GeneratorFamilyId; non-empty exact generator refs resolved under their subject patterns; exact independently established classification, membership relation, or explicit project-local grouping criterion; new immutable row edition; optional G.2 generator-family cards; and pinned refs, including TransferRulesRef.edition when applicable and separate task, scheme, source, ClaimScope, validity, or intended-use pins when action-changingOne immutable GeneratorFamily registry row and its GeneratorFamilyRowRef = <GeneratorFamilyId, rowEdition>, fixing the generator refs, grouping basis, GeneratorSignatureRef, UTSRowId, and applicable pinned refs. Cards, labels, policies, and pins create neither a generator nor its family membership.
G.5-3 SelectTaskSignatureRef; exact matching TaskMapRef when G.4 CAL gates are current; exact MethodFamilyRowRef[] in scope whose immutable editions resolve to non-empty exact A.3.1 MethodRef[] and exact grouping bases; optional exact GeneratorFamilyRowRef[]; pinned CNSpecRef and CGSpecRef editions; policy refs if any; audit citation pins (PathId and PathSliceId)CandidateSet (set-returning), declared selector result with PortfolioMode recorded, exact row refs and any current TaskMapRef among the result basis pins, and DRR and SCR pins; if no admissible candidate exists: return CandidateSet = EMPTY plus an escalation hint (ActionHint) and the pins required to plan next steps (P2W split applies)
G.5-4 ComposeCandidateSet, composition template refs, pinned admissibility constraintsComposite strategy template (template-level; admissibility-checked; pinned)
G.5-5 Telemetryrun outcomes, citations, and policy or edition pinsrefresh cues (typed RSCR causes and payload pins), parity deltas (if parity harness is in use), telemetry pins (selector-side; orchestration governing definition is G.11)
G.5-6 DeclareSetResultone exact SetResultFamily; exact already identified memberRef[]; namedUse for JointUseSet; ordering; inclusion or selection conditions; and sufficient basisPins to the already current choice, pool treatment, accepted decision, or other governed inclusion basisone SelectorOutcome with SelectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome and the exact membership form required by that family. For JointUseSet, it emits keyed unique memberEntries, ordering = unordered, the named use, inclusion conditions, and basis pins without a method-family row or Select pass.

RegisterFamily produces only the registry row described in S1. It does not produce any A.3.1 Method or independently governed membership fact. Select may address candidates through those rows only after their exact Methods and grouping bases resolve; its returned candidate or selected-set value does not retroactively ground a row member.

Compose produces only the pinned template named in its output column. It neither qualifies one composite Method under B.1.5 nor selects one A.22 Structure. When a later selector use consumes either governed object, the exact Method or Structure reference is an independently grounded input rather than a result inferred from this template.

DeclareSetResult begins only after its exact members and inclusion or selection basis are current. An upstream C.11 ChoiceResult, C.19 pool treatment, accepted decision, or another governed basis may appear among basisPins; the G.5 branch does not repeat or perform that decision. It declares the selector-facing set-result content and stops. It creates no member identity or relation, method-family row, Select application, dated selection Work, persisted C.2.1 result episteme, assurance or authority claim, or E.24.PUB availability occurrence.

Worked selector slice

  • A catalyst-search team is choosing among three method families for the same declared TaskSignature and C.22.1 adaptation signature.

  • The shared profile pins one work-measure threshold target, one freshness window, one prior-exposure declaration, and one adaptation budget. One family reaches threshold quickly but carries high downside on adjacent tasks. One family is slower but transfers cleanly. One family never clears MinimalEvidence and must abstain.

  • An admissible G.5 result therefore declares a set-return shortlist or a narrowed handoff plan, with DRR and SCR records citing why the third family was excluded and why the first two remain non-dominated. The selector does not invent one scalar winner and does not hide the specialization profile in auxiliary side notes.

  • If the project also claims that this selection actually occurred, A.13 first recovers CatalystSelectorSystem-17 : U.System for exact action CatalystFamilySelectionAction-17. CatalystSelectorBoundary-17 contains the deployed selector runtime, its effective policy state, and its registry/evidence interfaces; it excludes the method-family rows, TaskMap, result records, assignment, and containing team System. The action applies the effective selector to the three candidate families and returns the retained set. Its scope is CatalystFamilySelectionClaimScope-17, its working situation is CatalystSearchSelectionSituation-17, and its window is 2026-07-30T10:00:00Z through 2026-07-30T10:08:00Z. CatalystSelectionAdmissibilityNorm-17 directs the selector to exclude candidates that fail MinimalEvidence, preserve admissible non-dominated alternatives, and abstain rather than manufacture a scalar winner. Relevant conditions include the exact CatalystTaskSignature-17, current row and map editions, eligibility evidence, comparison policy, and adaptation-signature values.

  • A.2 declares local agential kind CatalystMethodSelectorSystemRole. Its membership criterion requires the stable work-facing contribution of method-family selection and goal-directed, condition-sensitive regulation under CatalystSelectionAdmissibilityNorm-17: the holder must apply the current gates, preserve the admissible set-return semantics, and abstain or escalate when no candidate qualifies. CatalystSelectorDecisionTrace-17 shows CatalystSelectorSystem-17 excluding the third family for failed MinimalEvidence, retaining the first two as non-dominated, and emitting no scalar winner. A.10 evidence-use claims connect that trace and the boundary/runtime records to the criterion. The case independently classifies CatalystSelectorSystem-17 under CatalystMethodSelectorSystemRole; neither the assignment nor the candidate Work supplies the classification. No Grade, autonomy result, characteristic profile, or stronger assurance claim is consumed.

  • The same A.13 core uses CatalystSelectorAssignment, a directly declared species under U.SystemRoleAssignment. The species declares holder, assigned-kind, and task-signature participant meanings and the assignment predicate. CatalystSelectorAssignment-17 obtains with CatalystSelectorSystem-17, CatalystMethodSelectorSystemRole, and CatalystTaskSignature-17 as its exact participant values; its maximal uninterrupted predicate-true interval covers the stated scope, situation, and window.

  • Only after that core is established does A.15.1 independently admit CatalystSelectionWork-17 : U.Work from the exact selection-action history, enacted CatalystFamilySelectionMethod, temporal extent, and obtaining containing-System relation to independently admitted CatalystSearchTeamSystem. Actual application CatalystSelectApplication-17 separately carries its effective candidate, criteria, and A.19 SelectionSlot bindings. Neither the assignment nor F.6 is an A.15.1 admission premise.

  • Because this account explicitly attributes the Work under CatalystSelectorAssignment-17, F.6 afterward establishes performedUnderAssignment(CatalystSelectionWork-17, CatalystSelectorAssignment-17) through that same obtaining A.13 assignment. The direct case fact links the exact pair, holder equality holds, and the assignment interval covers the Work. A different overlapping assignment held by the same System would not establish this attribution. A short result may omit the assignment identifier only after every fact consumed by the attribution remains recoverable.

  • A persisted shortlist assertion is a separate C.2.1 episteme; its DRR or SCR references do not by themselves prove the exclusion facts, warrant the result, authorize downstream action, or make that episteme available to an audience.

  • When one upstream C.19 pass has already narrowed the live pool to one internal retained subset over registered families, G.5-6 DeclareSetResult may declare that result as one Shortlist with one ShortlistId and explicit basis pins only when selector-facing result declaration is now the question. Until that declaration occurs, the internal retained subset is not yet one G.5 shortlist result.

  • When one upstream C.11 pass has already fixed one local choice over one declared source set, C.19 has fixed one retained pool treatment, an accepted decision has fixed all-member inclusion, or C.24 has produced one enactment-facing narrowed handoff, use G.5-6 DeclareSetResult when selector-facing set-result content is now the question. Until that declaration occurs, the ChoiceResult, PoolPolicyResult, accepted inclusion basis, CallPlan, or CheckpointReturn is not itself that G.5 result. Non-Method members do not pass through RegisterFamily or G.5-3 Select.

Declared selected-set result and closure rule

When the current question is selector-facing result declaration, state one explicit selected-set result rather than leave it implicit in a selector trace, comparison note, or local choice.

For method dispatch, that result closes selector work over grounded rows. For a JointUseSet, it records already identified members that are all included for one named use. It does not replace registry maintenance, comparison rules, the upstream choice or inclusion basis, or the patterns that identify the members and their relations.

The admissible selector outcome families here are:

  • SelectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome, whose closed SetResultFamily value set is Shortlist when alternatives are retained for later choice and the result does not order them, RankedShortlist when the result orders those retained alternatives, and JointUseSet when every named member participates in one named use;
  • SelectorOutcomeKind = HandoffOutcome, with HandoffKind = SpecialistHandoff or one other narrowed handoff plan when heterogeneity is the truthful downstream result;
  • SelectorOutcomeKind = AbstainOutcome when no admissible candidate exists and the truthful result is one abstain; and
  • SelectorOutcomeKind = EscalationOutcome when no admissible candidate exists and the truthful result is one escalation.

G.5-3 Select may emit this family only over the exact Method candidates admitted through its kernel; G.5-6 DeclareSetResult emits it from exact already identified members and a current inclusion basis. Neither branch performs an upstream choice, makes a member relation obtain, or proves actual selection Work.

A JointUseSet uses this bounded representation:

  • namedUse states the one joint use;
  • memberEntries contains one keyed entry per included member;
  • every entry has one exact memberRef; the membership result adds no per-member contribution or basis field;
  • each exact memberRef occurs at most once, and entry order has no semantic effect;
  • if a serialization also emits top-level members, it is only the unique set projection of memberRef values from memberEntries, never a second maintained list;
  • ordering, inclusion conditions, and sufficient top-level basisPins remain explicit; and
  • candidate-pool membership and excluded candidates stay separate from emitted joint-use membership.

Exact content, claims about a member's use or contribution, and direct relations keep their own governed records. When one supports the membership result, cite that existing record among basisPins; memberEntries creates neither the cited content nor a new contribution relation.

For framework use, memberRef may name an exact already identified edition under its existing identity rules. Do not populate MethodRef, create a registry row, or classify that edition as a Method merely to emit the result.

Every outcome still states its SelectorOutcomeKind, public result kind when applicable, members, keyed entries, handoff content, or blocking condition, ordering, and sufficient basis pins. A handoff also states its next downstream use boundary.

A compact retained-alternative result may look like:

SelectorOutcome(
  selectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome,
  setResultFamily = Shortlist,
  members = [family_A, family_C],
  shortlistId = shortlist_17,
  ordering = unordered,
  basisPins = [pathSlice_41, scr_22],
  nextUse = downstream_comparison
)

A compact joint-use result may look like:

SelectorOutcome(
  selectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome,
  setResultFamily = JointUseSet,
  namedUse = cohort_review,
  memberEntries = [
    { memberRef = Core@C },
    { memberRef = Domain@D },
    { memberRef = Local@L }
  ],
  ordering = unordered,
  inclusionConditions = [all_three_editions_required_for_cohort_review],
  basisPins = [choice_result_12, edition_basis_7]
)

Close with Shortlist or RankedShortlist when the result retains alternatives. Close with JointUseSet only when every member is included for the named use and its keyed membership can be stated truthfully. Close with a handoff, abstain, or escalation outcome when that is the actual result. If the result omits its result family, members or member entries, ordering, named use where required, or basis pins, it is not a complete [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5) result.

Public labels over archive, front, and style source sets

When a selector consumes a declared ExplorationArchive, Archive, Front, or Q-front, keep that object as a source-set family or source-set reference; it is not the emitted G.5 outcome. The emitted result states one admitted SelectorOutcomeKind and, for a set result, one admitted SetResultFamily. StyleShortlist and TraditionShortlist may be public domain labels over an admitted set-result family after their term bridges and cultural meaning are clear; they do not extend either closed set.

SelectedSetResultLabelLine@Context:
  selectorOutcomeKind:
  setResultFamily?:
  sourceSetFamily:
  publicSelectedSetLabel?:
  namedUse?:
  memberEntries?:
  membersOrHandoff?:
  derivedViewKind?:
  basePaletteOrArchiveRef?:
  ordering:
  basisPins:
  nextUse:

Earlier records may keep membersOrHandoff. Read it as members for Shortlist or RankedShortlist and as handoffContent for a HandoffOutcome. It cannot replace keyed memberEntries in a JointUseSet; if it also lists joint-use members for compatibility, that list is only the unique set projection of the entry keys.

sourceSetFamily may name a declared Front, Q-front, ExplorationArchive, Archive, current pool subset, or derived tradition view. For retained alternatives, publicSelectedSetLabel normally names Shortlist or RankedShortlist and may use a domain label such as StyleShortlist or TraditionShortlist only when the term bridge is already clear. JointUseSet is not a shortlist label: it names an all-member result and therefore uses namedUse plus keyed memberEntries. G.5 does not create the archive, compute the comparison, govern the pool policy, decide the cultural-evolution case, establish member identity or relations, or repair the term bridge. Use [C.18](/generated/patterns/C.18), [A.19.CPM](/generated/patterns/A.19.CPM), [C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19), [C.36](/generated/patterns/C.36), [F.17](/generated/patterns/F.17), [F.18](/generated/patterns/F.18), and [F.9](/generated/patterns/F.9) for those distinct questions.

Result-declaration quick card

The smallest useful G.5 result card usually states:

  • selectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome | HandoffOutcome | AbstainOutcome | EscalationOutcome
  • setResultFamily = Shortlist | RankedShortlist | JointUseSet when selectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome
  • members = ... for Shortlist or RankedShortlist
  • namedUse = ... and keyed memberEntries = ... for JointUseSet
  • handoffKind = SpecialistHandoff | NarrowedHandoff and handoffContent = ... when selectorOutcomeKind = HandoffOutcome
  • ordering = ranked | unordered | not applicable
  • publicId = ... when one public identity is emitted
  • the applicable inclusion conditions and basisPins = ...
  • nextUse = downstream comparison | specialist handoff | escalation | none

A short retained-alternative card may read:

selectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome
setResultFamily = Shortlist
members = [family_A, family_C]
ordering = unordered
shortlistId = shortlist_17
basisPins = [pathSlice_41, scr_22]
nextUse = downstream_comparison

A short all-member card may read:

selectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome
setResultFamily = JointUseSet
namedUse = cohort_review
memberEntries = [
  { memberRef = Core@C },
  { memberRef = Domain@D },
  { memberRef = Local@L }
]
ordering = unordered
inclusionConditions = [all_named_editions_required]
basisPins = [choice_result_12, edition_basis_7]
nextUse = cohort_material_preparation

If the card does not state the result kind, applicable members or keyed member entries, whether order belongs to the result, the named use for joint inclusion, and the basis pins, it does not yet state a complete [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5) result.

Derived tradition-view result stays derived over one declared palette

  • If selector work consumes one declared source set such as Front, Archive, or one source-set composition through one derived tradition view such as TraditionFront or TraditionArchive, treat that derived view as one interpretation view over one declared SoTAPaletteDescription, not as the default meaning of Tradition or of the palette itself.
  • When SelectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome, close with Shortlist or RankedShortlist for retained alternatives and with JointUseSet for all-member use; when SelectorOutcomeKind = HandoffOutcome, close with one SpecialistHandoff or another narrowed handoff. The derived tradition view disciplines the source, not the emitted outcome family.
  • When such a derived tradition view is active, state SourceSetFamily, use DerivedViewKind when the distinction matters to interpretation or later shipping, use SourceSetComposition only when several source-set families were genuinely composed, and keep BasePaletteRef=SoTAPaletteDescriptionId recoverable alongside the emitted result.
  • If the derivation depends on one declared Q or one reachability or coverage rule, cite that declared basis directly in DRR and SCR records or equivalent basis pins rather than leaving the derivation implicit.
  • If no derived tradition view is active, stay with the declared palette, front, archive, or shortlist families already named by the selector record.

Worked result-declaration closure slice

Four short contrasts keep the result-declaration closure rule practical.

Several alternatives survive, and the result does not order them. When the selector retains more than one admissible family for later choice and the declared result does not order them, G.5 should close as one Shortlist over the registered surviving rows:

Shortlist(
  members = [family_A, family_C],
  shortlistId = shortlist_17,
  ordering = unordered,
  basisPins = [pathSlice_41, scr_22],
  nextUse = downstream_comparison
)

The result orders the retained alternatives. When one ordered public handoff is required, [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5) should say so directly instead of leaving order implicit:

RankedShortlist(
  members = [family_B, family_A],
  shortlistId = shortlist_23,
  ordering = ranked,
  basisPins = [pathSlice_77, scr_44],
  nextUse = specialist_handoff
)

Every named member is included for one use. A cohort needs three already identified framework editions together. The result is not a shortlist of alternatives:

JointUseSet(
  namedUse = cohort_review,
  memberEntries = [
    { memberRef = Core@C },
    { memberRef = Domain@D },
    { memberRef = Local@L }
  ],
  ordering = unordered,
  inclusionConditions = [all_three_editions_required_for_cohort_review],
  basisPins = [choice_result_12, edition_basis_7]
)

The edition refs keep their existing identities; G.5 creates no Method, registry row, dependency, compatibility, publication, access, content, claim, or contribution relation. Any content or claim that supports inclusion remains in its own governed record and may be cited among the top-level basisPins.

No admissible candidate survives. When no family clears the pinned admissibility or evidence gates, [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5) should close as one abstain or escalation result rather than as one empty shortlist pretending to be progress:

Abstain(
  blockingPins = [cg_min_evidence, crossing_bundle_missing],
  basisPins = [pathSlice_91, scr_61],
  nextUse = escalation
)

The practical distinction is simple: an internal retained subset can exist upstream without yet being a public selector result. When the current question is to state that result for downstream use, [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5) requires the result family, applicable members or keyed member entries, ordering, named use where required, and basis pins directly in the result.

Most selector-side use can stop after G.5:4.4d. The blocks below are extension declarations used only when the corresponding mode is actually active.

All blocks below are extension declarations: they declare Uses and required pins, but do not redefine semantics already defined in the referenced patterns.

GPatternExtension block: G.5:Ext.EELog

  • PatternScopeId: G.5:Ext.EELog

  • GPatternExtensionId: EELog

  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: [C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19)

  • Uses: {[C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19)}

  • and ⊑⁺:

  • Required pins, edition pins, and policy pins (minimum):

    • EELensPolicyRef (or equivalent lens or policy id carried by [C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19))
    • RiskBudgetRef?
    • ProbeAccountingRef?
    • FailureBehaviorPolicyId? (if degrade behavior is governed by policy)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

  • Notes (extension discipline; semantics cited):

    • This block activates exploration and exploitation-governed dispatch.
    • Post‑2015 examples that typically land here: modern bandit‑style or Bayesian selection under explicit risk budgets; adaptive evaluation and probing regimes; safe‑exploration variants where “abstain” or “degrade” is policy-bound.

GPatternExtension block: G.5:Ext.SoSLOG

  • PatternScopeId: G.5:Ext.SoSLOG

  • GPatternExtensionId: SoSLOG

  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: [C.23](/generated/patterns/C.23)

  • Uses: {[C.23](/generated/patterns/C.23)}

  • and ⊑⁺:

  • Required pins, edition pins, and policy pins (minimum):

    • SoSLogRuleId[]
    • SoSLogBranchId[] (including escalation branches, if used)
    • FailureBehaviorPolicyId (if degrade behavior is made explicit)
    • MaturityRungId[]? (when maturity ladders are used as gates; semantics come from [C.23](/generated/patterns/C.23))
    • AdmissibilityLedgerRef? (when selector consumes admissibility rows rather than recomputing thresholds)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidencePathOrSourceRelationEdit}

  • Notes (extension discipline; semantics cited):

    • This block pins dispatch decisions to explicit rule and branch ids, enabling auditable “why” without inventing a fourth acceptance status.

GPatternExtension block: G.5:Ext.NQD

  • PatternScopeId: G.5:Ext.NQD

  • GPatternExtensionId: NQD

  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: [C.18](/generated/patterns/C.18)

  • Uses: {[C.18](/generated/patterns/C.18), [C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19)}

  • and ⊑⁺:

  • Required pins, edition pins, and policy pins (minimum):

    • DescriptorMapRef.edition
    • DistanceDefRef.edition
    • InsertionPolicyRef
    • TaskSignatureRef (when QD is enabled via TaskSignature flags or traits)
    • active fields from C.21's DHC replay basis (only when this telemetry consumes a C.21 DHC coordinate; carry exactly the fields that coordinate used)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

  • Notes (extension discipline; semantics cited):

    • G.5 core remains QD‑agnostic; QD semantics are governed by [C.18](/generated/patterns/C.18).
    • Post-2015 families that typically use this extension declaration: MAP-Elites-class QD including later archive-centric refinements, CMA-ME-class hybrids, modern illumination and coverage telemetry regimes where admissibility and edition pinning matter.

GPatternExtension block: G.5:Ext.OpenEndedFamilyWiring

  • PatternScopeId: G.5:Ext.OpenEndedFamilyWiring

  • GPatternExtensionId: OpenEndedFamilyWiring

  • GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: [G.2](/generated/patterns/G.2)

  • Uses: {[G.2](/generated/patterns/G.2), [C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19), [C.23](/generated/patterns/C.23)}

  • and ⊑⁺:

  • Required pins, edition pins, and policy pins (minimum):

    • GeneratorFamilyRowRef[]
    • TransferRulesRef.edition (mandatory when Open‑Ended is enabled)
    • EnvironmentValidityRegionRef?
    • CoEvoCouplerRef[]?
    • SoSLogBranchId[]? (when validity of generated tasks is gated by explicit branches)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

  • Notes (extension discipline; semantics cited):

    • This block enables declared sets of {Environment, MethodFamily} pairs without redefining generator semantics in G.5.
    • Post‑2015 examples typically referenced via [G.2](/generated/patterns/G.2) family cards: POET‑class and later open‑ended and co‑evolutionary regimes, including enhanced variants where transfer policies and validity gates must be edition‑pinned.

Selector-facing outcome kinds

  • SelectionSlot returns one selector outcome, not one forced single winner.
  • The emitted result should declare its SelectorOutcomeKind.
  • SetResultFamily is required only when SelectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome.
  • HandoffKind is required only when SelectorOutcomeKind = HandoffOutcome; SpecialistHandoff is one handoff kind, not one set-result family head.
  • Front names the non-dominated source set under the declared DominanceSet.
  • Archive names the retained exploration archive under the declared retention policy.
  • Shortlist names alternatives retained for later choice and does not order them.
  • RankedShortlist names an ordered result over such retained alternatives.
  • JointUseSet names a result whose every keyed member is included for one named use; it is not a shortlist and has no semantic entry order.
  • ShortlistId is the emitted public token when a stable shortlist identity must be carried or cited; another set result may use its own generic publicId when a stable public identity is actually needed.
  • ChoiceSet may be used only as a mathematical set gloss when the set object itself is under analysis; it does not replace Shortlist, RankedShortlist, or JointUseSet as the public result kind.
  • PortfolioMode states how the selector operated; it does not rename the emitted set result.
  • The default PortfolioMode=Archive means that an unspecified selector or generator operating mode must preserve retained exploration evidence rather than pretending one current front or selected set has already been emitted. It does not make every returned object an Archive, override SetResultFamily, or change the declared DominanceSet.
  • If one selector consumes both a front and an archive, say so explicitly rather than blurring them into one generic portfolio.
  • If one selector consumes one derived tradition view, keep that derived view explicit rather than silently treating it as the default meaning of Tradition.
  • SetResultFamily, SourceSetFamily, SourceSetComposition, SubjectKind, DerivedViewKind, BasePaletteRef, PromotionPolicy, and RetentionIntent=steppingStone are declaration fields, refs, or policy pins around the returned outcome; they are not additional emitted set results.
  • SourceSetFamily names the immediate declared source-set family.
  • SourceSetComposition is used only when the selector genuinely consumed more than one source-set family such as Front and Archive.
  • If that source set is one derived tradition view, keep the base palette recoverable alongside it.
  • DerivedViewKind may name which derived tradition view is active when that distinction matters to interpretation or later publication.
  • DerivedViewKind does not replace SourceSetFamily, SetResultFamily, or the emitted result kind.
  • BasePaletteRef is one cited ref or id, not one kind.
  • If one selected result comes from one declared source set, state that SourceSetFamily rather than asking the reader to infer it from one mode flag.
  • PromotionPolicy is required when tie-break or telemetry signals are promoted into dominance.
  • The selector may consume one declared source set and one declared choice lens without trying to explain the whole reason why another probe was worth its cost.
  • When CostToProbe, ValueOfInformation, ValueOfComputation, explore_share, a direct graduation condition, or sequencing pressure matters, keep it explicit in the surrounding choice doctrine instead of smuggling them into set-result declaration fields.
  • A JointUseSet uses keyed memberEntries; every exact memberRef is unique, no per-member contribution or basis field is added, and any top-level members is only the derived unique set projection of those keys.
  • Well-formedness constraint: every exact framework-edition or other non-Method memberRef resolves under its existing identity; joint-use membership adds no MethodRef value or registry row for that member.
  • Candidate-pool and excluded-candidate records remain separate from the emitted JointUseSet; actual choice and selection Work remain with C.11 and the applicable A.6/A.15 occurrence patterns.
  • Selector-facing results should name the set-result kind, source-set kind when applicable, derived-view declaration when needed, membership form, and promotion or default declaration.
  • Those selector-facing field values should use controlled tokens, cited ids, or already-declared head labels rather than selector-local prose values.

Archetypal Grounding

Tell (archetype). The selector-bearing System must choose among rival families without lying about measurement admissibility, crossings, or evidence. The result Episteme keeps the comparison basis, audit pins, and refresh conditions recoverable. When the current result instead includes several already identified members together, the same result-content boundary must not disguise that all-member meaning as retained alternatives.

Show 1 (multi-Tradition dispatch; unordered shortlist). A CG-Frame includes multiple decision-theoretic families with different admissibility assumptions. Evidence for some CHR traits is incomplete. System registers families (S1), then runs Select (S3) on a pinned TaskSignatureRef. Eligibility is tri-state; some families abstain due to missing minimal-evidence pins. Among remaining candidates, only a partial order is admissible, so the selector emits one Shortlist with explicit basisPins instead of inventing one scalar winner. No shadow acceptance logic appears in the selector; it consumes pinned acceptance and admissibility records.

Show 2 (specialist handoff; ranked result). A bounded-specialization comparison keeps two method families live, but downstream handoff now requires one ordered public result rather than one merely unordered retained set. The admissible G.5 result is therefore one RankedShortlist with explicit ordering, ShortlistId, and handoff-facing nextUse, so the result makes its ordering explicit.

Show 3 (no admissible survivor; abstain or escalation). A frame fails one admissibility gate and one minimal-evidence gate at the same time. The truthful G.5 result is one abstain or escalation result that names the blocking pins and the next downstream use boundary, not one empty shortlist that leaves downstream users unsure whether selection silently failed or admissibly stopped.

Show 4 (complementary framework editions; unordered joint use). A training cohort needs Core@C, Domain@D, and Local@L together. The editions are already identified under their own edition rules; they are not Method candidates or registry rows. An accepted cohort decision supplies the exact members and basis. G.5-6 DeclareSetResult emits one unordered JointUseSet with one keyed entry per edition, the named cohort-review use, inclusion conditions, and sufficient top-level basis pins. Direct dependencies and pairwise compatibility claims remain with E.4.PFR; publication and access remain with E.17/E.24.PUB and the applicable access-carrier pattern. The G.5 result declares membership but does not perform the choice, make those neighboring claims obtain, or create a contribution relation.

Bias-Annotation

Potential biases and failure modes this pattern explicitly guards against:

  • Monoculture bias (single Tradition dominance by default). Mitigation: registry requires explicit eligibility and assurance records; selection is set‑returning under partial orders; method‑specific policies stay explicit pins rather than hard-coded defaults.

  • Hidden scalarisation bias. Mitigation: set-return semantics is pinned through G.Core; dominance regimes are explicit and each default cites one declared governing definition.

  • “Tool equals method” bias. Mitigation: notation independence and prohibition of tool keywords in core registry and eligibility fields; tool choices are outside the core.

  • Cross-sense leakage bias. Mitigation: when expressions have distinct source-local meanings, require exact F.17 endpoint senses, an obtaining F.9 Bridge, a separate C.2.1 bounded-use proposition, and the matching A.10 or B.3 reliance branch; keep loss and CL visible where material. Crossing pins and bundles remain audit or publication references and cannot make an implicit crossing admissible.

  • Survivorship bias in refresh. Mitigation: RSCR triggers are typed and id-based; freshness, decay, and telemetry deltas are first‑class causes with canonical ids.

Conformance Checklist (normative)

ConformanceIdStatement
CC‑G5‑CoreRefCore conformance bridge. G.5 is conformant only if the effective G.Core obligations referenced by G.5:4.1 (GCoreLinkageManifest) are satisfied (after profile and set expansion plus explicit deltas).
CC‑G5.0Core standards SHALL remain notation‑independent; vendor or tool keywords are forbidden in registry, eligibility, assurance, or selector‑kernel obligations (E.5.*).
CC‑G5.1Every MethodFamily SHALL declare an EligibilityStandardRef using CHR and CAL terms (typed; edition‑pinned where applicable). Standards SHALL NOT rely on tool‑specific keywords.
CC-G5.2Selection SHALL be a pure function of TaskSignatureRef, exact method- and generator-family row refs, any conditionally current exact TaskMapRef, and pinned policy or edition refs; side effects are limited to emitting DRR and SCR pins, telemetry triggers, and RSCR triggers (no hidden mutation of constraint-bearing spec refs).
CC‑G5.3Delegated (ID‑continuity) plus F.9 use boundary. When a selector use relates expressions with distinct F.17 source-local meanings, it MUST resolve the exact cells, an obtaining F.9 Bridge, a separate C.2.1 <u,d,r,t,polarity> proposition, and the matching A.10 or B.3 reliance branch. G.Core crossing visibility and penalty-assignment semantics still apply. Delegation targets: CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1, CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1. Pins alone MUST NOT establish the Bridge, use, reliance, or actual selector application.
CC‑G5.4Default rule for DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff. The selector MUST default to the weakest‑link rule for R_eff and record contributors in SCR; it MAY use an alternative Γ‑fold only when provided by an explicitly pinned policy or profile with proof obligations satisfied (monotonicity; boundary behavior).
CC-G5.5Ordinal scales MUST NOT be averaged or subtracted; any aggregation or comparison must respect CHR scale typing and admissibility constraints, including CSLC where applicable.
CC‑G5.6Method and generator family identities SHALL be published to UTS with the required naming discipline (twin labels where applicable; deprecations follow lexical continuity rules). (Core conformance applies; G.5 adds the registry‑specific publication obligation.)
CC‑G5.7Conditional. If G.5:Ext.EELog is present, exploration MUST be budgeted under the pinned exploration and exploitation log policy; probe outcomes MUST feed refresh through canonical RSCR trigger kinds.
CC‑G5.8CG‑Frame gate enforced. Selection rejects or abstains from candidates that do not meet the pinned CG‑Spec.MinimalEvidence requirements for the characteristics they cite.
CC-G5.9Delegated (ID-continuity). Set-return semantics are pinned through G.Core. Delegation target: CC-GCORE-SET-1. Candidate ordering MUST be admissible over typed traits and admissibility constraints. If only a partial order is available, selection MUST return one declared selector outcome, for example one SetResultOutcome with Shortlist or RankedShortlist, one HandoffOutcome with SpecialistHandoff, or another pinned outcome result, with no forced totalisation via inadmissible scalarisation.
CC-G5.10SCR completeness. SCR MUST enumerate Gamma-fold contributors when used, referenced constraint-bearing spec editions, the evidence citations (PathId and PathSliceId) used in gating and rationale, and MinimalEvidence gating verdicts by lane and carrier when such gating is relied upon.
CC‑G5.11Delegated (ID‑continuity). Tri‑state eligibility and acceptance semantics plus unknown handling are pinned through G.Core. Delegation target: CC‑GCORE‑GUARD‑1. (Includes the rule that degrade(...) is expressed through a pinned FailureBehavior or SoS‑LOG branch id, not as a fourth status.)
CC-G5.12Applicability of a selected method set. A selected method-set result MUST state the exact task, exact row refs or other exact members, grouping and selection basis, truthful outcome kind, ordering, selection or inclusion conditions, and the named next use. Add ClaimScope, selected A.2.6 slices, a validity or evaluation window, source or scheme editions, intended-use restrictions, counterexamples, evidence pins, and transfer or change conditions only when they change eligibility, selection, applicability, or a receiver's justified reliance. Omitting any such action-changing value fails this check and reopens the affected result; values that change no current action stay out. Coverage, descriptors, and distance may guide a named search for omissions but MUST NOT establish broader applicability. Apply E.24.UK or A.8 only to a separate claim about a durable kind or kernel placement; neither claim widens the selected set's applicability.
CC‑G5.13Conditional. If the selector consumes admissibility or maturity records (e.g., through G.5:Ext.SoSLOG), it MUST NOT recompute thresholds; it consumes pinned admissibility ledger rows and cites clause and rung ids in audit pins.
CC‑G5.14Φ(CL) and Φ_plane discipline. If crossing or plane penalties are applied, the active penalty policy ids (e.g., Φ(CL), Φ_plane) MUST be explicit in audit pins, and the pinned policies MUST satisfy the monotone and bounded requirements asserted by their cited constraint-bearing spec refs and be published through those same cited spec refs (e.g., CG‑Spec). SCR MUST record the policy id in use; penalty assignment semantics remain pinned through G.Core.
CC-G5.15Unit and scale admissibility MUST be established via CSLC (A.18) before any aggregation or Gamma-fold; unit and scale mismatches are a fail-fast defect.
CC‑G5.16Hidden thresholds are forbidden. Thresholds live in explicitly pinned acceptance or eligibility policy records, not in selector prose, LOG shells, or code.
CC‑G5.17ReferencePlane MUST be declared (pinned) for any claim that is used in dispatch, and the selector’s audit records must cite it (including plane‑crossing pins when applicable).
CC-G5.18Numeric comparisons and aggregations used by dispatch MUST cite an admissible, edition-pinned comparator or spec publication (as provided by the constraint-bearing spec refs); inadmissible mixes of scale types are forbidden.
CC-G5.19Conditional (QD). If G.5:Ext.NQD is present, the required QD telemetry triple (quality, diversity, and QD summary) MUST be computable and ready for emission under the pinned descriptor and distance definitions and archive policy, without redefining their semantics in G.5. If actual publication is current, use E.17 for a source-backed face and return to source and E.24.PUB for the publication occurrence and audience availability.
CC‑G5.20Conditional (QD). QD and illumination summaries are treated as telemetry unless explicitly promoted by a pinned acceptance or policy record; the selector must record the promoting policy id in audit pins.
CC-G5.21Conditional (Archive and QD). Any use of archives MUST declare InsertionPolicyRef and pin the required editions for reproducibility, including descriptor and distance definitions and any method editions they depend on.
CC‑G5.22Conditional (QD). Twin‑naming discipline for descriptor vs plain space (if used) must be respected (distinct objects; no aliasing).
CC-G5.23Default rule for DefaultId.PortfolioMode. The selector MUST expose PortfolioMode with values Pareto or Archive, with default = Archive, and echo it in DRR and SCR records and declared selector results when not explicitly overridden by pinned policy or TaskSignature. The default is a retention and evidence-preservation policy, not a public selected-set label, not a dominance default, and not a substitute for SetResultFamily. Epsilon-fronts are allowed as local decision aids under CG-Spec when explicitly pinned.
CC-G5.23aParity-run publication. If parity harness is in use, a selector or generator MUST publish a parity run and ParityCard to UTS (see G.9). This obligation remains mandatory irrespective of dominance policy or PortfolioMode policy.
CC‑G5.24Conditional (Open‑Ended). If G.5:Ext.OpenEndedFamilyWiring is present, the selector MUST return declared sets of {Environment, MethodFamily} pairs as set‑valued outcomes under explicit pins.
CC‑G5.25Conditional (Open‑Ended). In Open‑Ended mode, TransferRulesRef.edition is mandatory and MUST be visible to telemetry and RSCR triggers.
CC-G5.26Conditional (Archive and QD). Within any archive niche or cell, ordering and tie-breaks MUST remain admissible over compatible scales; inadmissible mixed-scale weighted sums are forbidden.
CC‑G5.27If the selector cites any GateCrossing, the corresponding CrossingBundle publication MUST be present and conformant; missing or non‑conformant CrossingBundle blocks downstream consumption. The bundle packages already governed crossing evidence for that named use; it MUST NOT create the F.17 endpoints, F.9 Bridge, bounded-use proposition, A.10/B.3 reliance, gate decision, authorization, or actual selector use.
CC‑G5.28Default rule for DefaultId.DominanceRegime. DominanceRegime SHALL default to ParetoOnly. Any inclusion of additional telemetry dimensions into dominance (e.g., illumination) requires an explicitly pinned acceptance or policy record and must be recorded in audit pins. Parity‑run publication (CC‑G5.23a) remains mandatory irrespective of dominance policy.
CC-G5.29Conditional (QD and Open-Ended). Any telemetry event that materially changes an archive state or retained-set state MUST log PathSliceId, the active policy id, and the active editions of the relevant definition pins (DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, and TransferRulesRef.edition when applicable) and expose them to RSCR triggers.
CC‑G5.30No Strategy minting. Within G.5, “strategy” is a policy‑bound composition template; the pattern SHALL NOT mint a durable U-kind named Strategy (E.10 and E.24.UK discipline). If a stable reference is needed, publish composition and policy ids (e.g., UTS entries) rather than minting a universal kind.
CC-G5.31Strategy hint on non-admissible sets. If selection yields CandidateSet = EMPTY, the selector SHALL emit an explicit escalation hint (ActionHint) that is compatible with DRR and SCR records and auditable: include at minimum the top three blocking constraints as cited ids and pins, and where applicable include the relevant edition pins, for example TransferRulesRef.edition in Open-Ended mode, to guide exploration under explicitly pinned lenses such as the exploration and exploitation log policy.
CC‑G5.32Parity‑run publication and admissible roll-ups. If parity harness is in use, parity publication is required per CC‑G5.23a (ID‑continuity). Any scalar roll-up or summary view MUST be admissible under CG‑Spec (no mixed‑scale sums), and published views must preserve set‑return semantics (no single‑score leaderboards as authoritative outputs without an explicit, admissible comparator publication).
CC‑G5.33Conditional (bounded specialization). When the selection question is acquisition of usable specialization on a declared TaskFamilyRef or TaskSignature, selector outputs SHALL either emit TaskFamilySpecializationProfile@Context or cite equivalent pins carrying the C.22.1 adaptation-signature fields needed for comparison: work-measure threshold target, prior exposure declaration, time-to-threshold, budget-to-threshold, post-threshold efficiency when relevant, and any declared transfer, retention, downside, or specialization-entry notes.
CC‑G5.34Selected-set result kind. When SelectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome, the public result kind MUST be explicit. Use Shortlist for unordered alternatives retained for later choice, RankedShortlist only when the result orders those alternatives, and JointUseSet only when every named member is included for one named use. ChoiceSet MUST NOT silently replace the public result kind.
CC‑G5.34aSelector outcome typing. Declared selector results MUST state SelectorOutcomeKind. SetResultFamily is required only when SelectorOutcomeKind = SetResultOutcome; HandoffKind is required only when SelectorOutcomeKind = HandoffOutcome. Non-set outcomes MUST NOT masquerade as one public selected-set label.
CC‑G5.35Result-content closure. Any declared selector result MUST state the SelectorOutcomeKind, applicable public result kind, retained members or keyed joint-use entries, ordering, named use and inclusion conditions when required, and basis pins directly in the emitted result rather than relying on upstream C.11, C.19, or C.24 notes.
CC‑G5.36Neighboring-pattern boundary. If the current question is still local choice among already-available options, pool policy over still-live candidate lines, or enactment planning after choice, a G.5 use MUST consume the result produced by applying C.11, C.19, or C.24 rather than restating those patterns as if declaring selector-facing content decided the upstream matter.
CC‑G5.37Derived tradition-view result discipline. If the selector emits one result through a derived tradition view such as TraditionFront or TraditionArchive, it MUST keep the declared base SourceSetFamily explicit, keep SoTAPaletteDescription recoverable through BasePaletteRef, and MUST NOT let the derived view become the default meaning of Tradition, TraditionPalette, or the base palette.
CC‑G5.38Causal method dispatch declarations. If method selection involves causal methods, each compared method MUST declare causalMethodUseClassification as observational predictor, intervention optimizer, counterfactual strategy, causal fairness estimator, causal-RL policy, or simulation-only method, and MUST carry causalUseSupportResultRef and the cited result's verdict when it consumes C.28 causal-use support rather than treating method dispatch as causal certification.
CC-G5.39Registry grounding, edition, and grouping boundary. Every consumed method-family row MUST be addressed by one exact MethodFamilyRowRef whose immutable edition resolves its non-empty MethodRef[] to exact A.3.1 Methods; every consumed generator-family row MUST use one exact GeneratorFamilyRowRef and resolve non-empty exact generator refs under their subject patterns. Each row edition cites the independently established classification, membership relation, or explicit project-local grouping criterion used by this selector. A row, id, label, description, family card, eligibility or maturity record, policy, evidence pin, shortlist, or publication MUST NOT create a member or membership fact. Missing grounding or an unresolved row edition blocks that row's family use.
CC-G5.40Composition and selected-structure boundary. A composition shape MUST remain a template unless one already identified A.3.1 Method separately passes B.1.5's complete composite-method qualification. An organization that does not constitute one Method MUST be consumed as an A.22 U.Structure only after all four A.22 identity discriminators are present. A template, A.3.2 description, registry row, selector outcome, diagram, label, or notation MUST NOT create either governed object or its underlying relations.
CC-G5.41Declaration, actuality, performer, result and publication boundary. A registry, selector, policy, template, shortlist, DRR, SCR, telemetry or publication-content declaration MUST NOT be treated as an A.13 performer core, dated Work, F.6 attribution, actual A.6.1 Select application or binding, domain-result truth, C.2.1 result episteme, A.10 evidence relation, B.3 assurance claim, authorization, or E.24.PUB publication occurrence. Every claimed precise performer MUST first have the A.13 core; A.15.1 MUST admit the Work independently; F.6 enters only for a current exact assignment-bound attribution through the same obtaining assignment. Every other claimed actual object or relation MUST be recovered under its subject pattern; missing actuality blocks only that stronger claim.
CC-G5.42Crossing completeness. A selector use that relates expressions with distinct source-local meanings MUST NOT proceed from Bridge, CL, loss, registry, policy, CrossingAllowance, GateCrossing, CrossingBundle, DRR, or SCR pins alone. It requires exact F.17 endpoint senses, an obtaining F.9 Bridge, a separate C.2.1 bounded-use proposition, and the matching A.10 reliance disposition or B.3 assurance branch; authorization and the actual selector application remain separate.
CC-G5.43Ordinary-use proportionality. A bounded selector run over already grounded rows MUST be usable from the exact task, immutable row-edition refs, Methods and grouping bases, declared eligibility or comparison basis, truthful outcome, members, ordering status, basis refs and next use. It MUST NOT demand a fresh registry build, crossing branch, A.10 reliance claim, B.3 assurance claim, stable public identity, or E.24.PUB occurrence unless that stronger object or claim is current. Missing conditional apparatus blocks only the stronger claim.
CC-G5.44Joint-use membership integrity. A declared selector-result record with SetResultFamily = JointUseSet MUST name one bounded use, set ordering = unordered, and use keyed memberEntries with each exact memberRef present at most once. Entry order has no semantic effect; the result MUST NOT add an undefined per-member contribution or basis field; and any top-level members MUST be only the unique set projection of the entry keys, never an independently maintained list. Exact supporting content or claims remain in their own records and may be cited only among sufficient top-level basisPins.
CC-G5.45Joint-use ontic and actuality boundary. A declared selector-result record with SetResultFamily = JointUseSet is well formed only if every exact framework-edition or other non-Method memberRef resolves under its existing identity and the record adds no MethodRef value or registry row merely for membership. Candidate-pool and excluded-candidate records, direct member relations, local choice, actual selection Work, publication availability, and access remain separate.
CC-G5.46Operation-path integrity. A JointUseSet over non-Method members MUST be emitted through G.5-6 DeclareSetResult from exact already identified memberRef values and a current inclusion basis; it MUST NOT use RegisterFamily or G.5-3 Select. DeclareSetResult MUST NOT be treated as the upstream choice, an actual Select application, dated Work, persisted result episteme, or E.24.PUB availability occurrence.
CC-G5.47G.4 TaskMap receiving boundary. TaskMapRef is required only when this selector uses G.4 CAL gates. Its immutable map edition MUST cite the same C.22 TaskSignatureRef supplied to selection, resolve one exact CALCharterRef and every cited clause, operator, flow, and evidence profile at its exact edition, and travel in result-basis and refresh pins. A mismatch or unresolved ref blocks that gated use. The map MUST NOT construct the TaskSignature, copy thresholds, duplicate acceptance semantics, or become mandatory for an ordinary selector with no G.4 gate.

Common Anti-Patterns and How to Avoid Them

  • Anti‑pattern: “Selector as a shadow spec.” Symptom: local acceptance or admissibility rules appear in selector prose or code, diverging from CN, CG, and CAL. Avoid: govern constraint semantics through CNSpecRef and CGSpecRef plus pinned CAL records; keep G.5 core as a boundary.

  • Anti‑pattern: “Implicit crossings.” Symptom: reuse across distinct source-local meanings is claimed from a shared label, Bridge or CL pin, registry row, policy, DRR or SCR line, GateCrossing, or CrossingBundle without the required relation, use, and reliance facts. Avoid: resolve the exact F.17 endpoint senses; establish the F.9 Bridge; state the separate C.2.1 <u,d,r,t,polarity> claim; require the matching A.10 disposition or B.3 assurance branch; and keep authorization and actual selector use separate. Materialize or cite a bundle only when its named downstream use requires that durable package.

  • Anti‑pattern: “Hidden scalarisation.” Symptom: partial orders are flattened into single winners “for convenience”. Avoid: return declared sets; make dominance regimes explicit; keep telemetry report‑only unless promoted by explicit policy.

  • Anti‑pattern: “Method specifics in the selector head.” Symptom: QD, OEE, or preference models become mandatory for basic dispatch. Avoid: keep them in G.5:Ext.* blocks with explicit pins and Uses.

  • Anti‑pattern: “Churn by meaning.” Symptom: a continuing family id silently resolves different members, grouping basis, or selection pins after a row changes. Avoid: keep the lineage id only for the continuing declared grouping, publish a new immutable row edition, and carry its exact row ref through selection, result basis, refresh, and deprecation notices.

  • Anti‑pattern: “Result declaration hidden in upstream reasoning.” Symptom: the retained alternatives or all-member result exist only as one implication inside C.11, C.19, or C.24, while G.5 never names the declared result kind. Avoid: declare the selected-set result directly, with its result kind, applicable members or keyed entries, ordering, named use where required, and basis pins instead of leaving it implicit upstream.

  • Anti-pattern: “Shortlist used for complementary members.” Symptom: every named member is needed for one use, but the result calls them alternatives in a Shortlist. Avoid: use JointUseSet, name the joint use, and key one entry per exact member; keep direct member relations and actual selection separate.

  • Anti‑pattern: “Declared result missing required content.” Symptom: a Shortlist, JointUseSet, narrowed handoff, or abstain result is named, but the emitted result still omits its members or keyed member entries, ordering, named use where required, or basis pins. Avoid: state the result kind, retained members or keyed joint-use entries, ordering, named use where required, abstain or escalation condition, and basis pins directly in G.5.

Consequences

  • Auditable plurality. Multiple Traditions can co-exist without forced semantic flattening; dispatch remains explainable and evidence-pinned.
  • Core stability. Universal invariants are pinned through G.Core; method innovation and generator innovation do not churn the selector head.
  • Evolvability. Registries allow growth, retirement, and refresh with typed RSCR causes and explicit payload pins.
  • Composability. Strategy templates and fallbacks remain admissibility-checked and portable across implementations.
  • Recoverable result content. Selected-set results can travel downstream as explicit shortlist-family, joint-use, handoff, abstain, or escalation results rather than one hidden implication inside upstream reasoning.

Rationale

  • Why registries? Dispatch requires stable, auditable family objects with explicit eligibility and assurance records; otherwise selection collapses into ad-hoc tooling.
  • Why separation via Extensions? QD, OEE, preference-learning, and similar families are fast-moving and method-specific; making them part of the selector head would force a universal semantics and violate strict distinction.
  • Why set-return? Partial orders are common and often the only admissible representation under heterogeneous scales; set-return preserves semantics and makes tie criteria explicit.
  • Why explicit defaults with one declared source? Defaults are unavoidable; single-source indexing prevents competing defaults from silently diverging across patterns.
  • Why selected-set result declaration here? Once the current question is to state retained alternatives or an all-member result for downstream use, the selector should declare that result directly instead of leaving it implicit in local choice, pool-policy, or enactment notes written for other purposes.
  • Why JointUseSet? A shortlist preserves alternatives for later choice; an all-member result says that removing one member changes the result for the named use. G.5 mints JointUseSet only as a local SetResultFamily value and reuses the existing outcome schema and member identities. G.5-3 Select may emit it only over exact Method candidates admitted through that kernel; G.5-6 DeclareSetResult covers exact already grounded members without retyping them as Methods. Neither branch mints a new U-kind, Method kind, relation kind, or registry kind. CoUseSet is less plain, ComplementarySet would imply a relation among the members, and Bundle would misname a package form.

SoTA-Echoing

This pattern is designed to carry extension declarations for, not redefine, post-2015 SoTA families through Uses plus edition and policy pins:

  • Quality-Diversity survey currentness (2026 DOI 10.1016/j.swevo.2025.102240, ScienceDirect S2210650225003979). Survey support keeps, for example, approaches, applications, archives, diversity use, and challenges visible, but it does not replace FPF rules. If the current result is the archive or front relation itself, stop at C.18. If a later selector consumes that archive or front and uses G.5 to declare its result, keep the archive or front as the source set and emit only an admitted SelectorOutcomeKind, with an admitted SetResultFamily for a set result; state the ordering and basis pins directly instead of letting survey taxonomy rename the result.

  • QD-as-MOO and archive-centric QD lines. Current QD work can produce fronts and archives under declared descriptor, distance, dominance, and comparator editions. C.18 and A.19.CPM carry those meanings. Use G.5 only when a later selector-facing declaration is current. The G.5 record cites the front or archive as its source and states one admitted selector outcome.

  • Complementary portfolio and ensemble construction (Kostovska et al., 2023, PMLR 224:11/1–17; Chen et al., 2024, PMLR 235:7568–7585). Current algorithm-portfolio work selects a diverse, representative, non-redundant portfolio for a named downstream selection task, while submodels in a complementary ensemble have different contributions in combined use. G.5 adopts only the result distinction: a JointUseSet states the named use, keyed members, inclusion conditions, and sufficient top-level basis pins. It does not import portfolio or ensemble semantics, imply that members are Methods, or establish compatibility, contribution, co-enactment, or actual selection Work.

  • Cultural and style selected-set labels. Music, dance, and cultural-market source rows motivate labels such as StyleShortlist or TraditionShortlist only after term bridges and cultural-evolution case meaning are clear. Such a label remains a recoverable public label over an admitted SetResultFamily; it is not another outcome family. Keep DerivedViewKind, BasePaletteRef, and SourceSetFamily visible. G.5 does not define style, tradition, canon, or platform semantics.

  • Quality-Diversity and illumination (post-2015 refinements). Archive-centric QD families fit naturally as G.5:Ext.NQD extension declarations with explicit descriptor, distance, and insertion pins. The practical implication is to emit one admitted selector outcome and, for a set result, to say whether its family is Shortlist, RankedShortlist, or JointUseSet.

  • Open-Endedness (post-2015 line; POET arXiv:1901.01753, AlphaEvolve arXiv:2506.13131). POET-class and later open-ended or co-evolutionary families use generator registries plus TransferRulesRef.edition pins. The practical implication is to keep pair-valued or retained members explicit inside the applicable admitted set-result family rather than silently squeezing them into one false single-family winner.

  • Algorithm selection and meta-selection (Thompson sampling tutorial arXiv:1707.02038; Bayesian optimization tutorial arXiv:1807.02811). Modern selection under uncertainty, robust evaluation, and policy-driven probing use explicit policy records and typed telemetry pins, rather than hard-coded scoring rules. The practical safeguard is that the result label and basis pins must still remain explicit after those policies have acted.

  • Budgeted specialist acquisition (current agentic-search source-pack pressure via G.2). Current agentic search lines compete on time or budget to threshold plus truthful selected-set return when heterogeneous specialists remain non-dominated. Treat those rows as source-pack pressure until cited by G.2; G.5 keeps specialization profiles and set-return semantics explicit instead of forcing one static breadth winner.

  • Preference-learning comparators. Interactive and learned-preference regimes are treated as comparator or policy records with explicit editions when they are actually declared.

SoTA here is treated as best-known practice for a declared goal and constraint regime, not whatever is currently popular. Evidence-source clarification: peer-reviewed source references carry the most direct citation strength for typed comparison, budget-to-threshold, and truthful selected-set return. Faster-moving workshop, poster, or frontier-exploration lines remain explicit source references for specialization-entry or open-ended pressure, not silently equal evidence for every selector claim.

Relations

Builds on (normative): G.Core (core invariants + linkage discipline).

Uses (conceptual dependencies; cited via pins and ids):

  • Specification refs required by this result: A.19 (CN‑Spec), G.0 (CG‑Spec). Use A.2.6 only when a U.ClaimScope or selected U.ContextSlice changes selection, applicability, or a receiver's justified reliance; validity and evaluation windows and intended-use restrictions follow the same conditional boundary.

  • Method identity and family grouping: A.3.1 for every exact selectable U.Method; A.3.2 only for the same C.2.1 episteme that substantively describes one already admitted Method; and C.2.1 or the defining declaration or pattern for the family relation cited by a registry row. G.5 creates none of those source facts.

  • Method composition and selected organization: B.1.5 for the complete composite-Method qualification, A.22 for an independently selected organization that does not constitute one Method, and C.29 for algebraic, graph, matrix, embedding, neural, or other representation-lens use. G.5 consumes exact resulting references and does not construct them.

  • Upstream object sets: G.1 (CG‑Frame Card), G.2 (SoTA Pack), G.3 (CHR Pack), and G.4 (CAL Pack). C.22 alone constitutes the TaskSignature. When G.4 CAL gates are current, G.5 additionally consumes the exact TaskMapRef that relates that same TaskSignatureRef to one exact charter and the cited CAL declarations; otherwise the map is absent.

  • Evidence and crossings: G.6 for EvidenceGraph citations; F.17 for exact local senses; F.9 for the direct Bridge; C.2.1 for the separate bounded-use proposition; and A.10 or B.3 for reliance or assurance. Add a CrossingBundle under E.18 or a GateCheck under A.21 only when that named downstream use requires one. A G.7 calibration artifact remains a cited policy or evidence input; it does not define the Bridge, bounded use, reliance, or selector actuality.

  • Planning and enactment boundary: A.15.2 identifies the U.WorkPlan used as plannedBaselineRef; A.15.3 defines any planned-filling rows kept inside that WorkPlan. G.5 does not redefine them.

  • Actual selector use and result availability: A.19.SelectorMechanism and A.6.1 for the actual Select application and bindings; A.13 for every precise performer's local-kind criterion, classification, same obtaining assignment, scope, situation, window, and evidence; A.15.1 for independent Work admission; A.2.1 for the assignment species and occurrence; and F.6 only for a current exact assignment-bound attribution. C.2.1 governs any persisted result episteme; A.10 and B.3 govern evidence reliance and assurance; the direct authority pattern governs authorization; and E.24.PUB governs an actual publication occurrence. A root-family assignment reference, temporal overlap, or omission from short wording supplies no attribution and removes no world-side fact. G.5 declarations and records create none of those neighboring facts.

  • Joint-use members outside Method dispatch: the direct identity pattern identifies every memberRef; C.11 supplies a local choice result when one is current; another accepted decision or governed inclusion basis may establish all-member inclusion; E.4.PFR states framework-edition dependency or pairwise compatibility separately; G.11 supplies currentness; and E.17/E.24.PUB plus the applicable access-carrier pattern supply exposure and source return. G.5-6 DeclareSetResult consumes the exact members and sufficient basis pins and emits only the selector-facing membership result.

  • Causal-use method dispatch: C.28 when method selection involves causal effect, counterfactual comparison, causal fairness, causal policy, causal RL, or simulation-only causal-use claims.

  • Optional Method or generator extensions through G.5:Ext.*: C.18, C.19, C.23, plus extension-bearing patterns whose exact Part G admission relation is established when they add extra selector pins.

  • Mathematical-lens use: apply C.29 when a selector input depends on a mathematical object or mapping whose use is not yet recoverable—for example, a comparator, distance, descriptor geometry, embedding, normalization, surrogate model, learned representation, QD archive descriptor, model-family label, or model-selection basis. Recover that object's mapping mode, preserved or lost structure, and stop condition. The recorded result is a C.29 lens-use result; non-exhaustive examples include no lens use, a lens-candidate note, a one-line note, a mini-card, a full card, or a note naming the applicable pattern for the stated selector use. That result does not declare a selector result or its supporting records, such as the selected set, selector policy, registry row, shortlist, ranked shortlist, or selector evidence pins; use G.5 for those objects and cite the exact references used.

Provides to: downstream uses such as G.6 audit citations, RSCR emission records with typed triggers and payload pins, and packs shipped through G.10. When a named use needs stable public identity, publish the required family ids, selector policy records, or selected-set identities—such as ShortlistId—to UTS under the applicable identity rule.

Coordinates with: C.11 for local choice results; E.4.PFR for direct framework-edition dependency and pairwise compatibility claims; G.11 for edition currentness; E.17 for a source-backed publication face and return to source; E.24.PUB for a publication occurrence and audience availability; C.19 for pool-policy records; C.32.P2S when a selected-set result declaration feeds architecture problem-to-structure carry-through; C.35 when a generated or discovered structure-bearing output is not yet a selector-facing result; C.24 for enactment-facing next-action records; and C.18 when a Front or Q-front is the source set for a G.5 use.

A Q-front stays a C.18 source set; it is not the emitted G.5 outcome or a SetResultFamily. The G.5 result states one admitted SelectorOutcomeKind; a set result also states Shortlist, RankedShortlist, or JointUseSet, and any public selected-set label resolves to that family.

Architecture discovery boundary: when a generated or discovered structure-bearing output is only a representation or carrier—for example, a description, query result, graph, cluster, or search trace—use C.35 before G.5. Use G.5 only when the live claim is declaration of selected-set result content with selector-policy and selected-set identity; stable public identity and actual publication remain conditional neighboring branches.

G.5:End

Evidence Graph and Provenance Ledger: Citable Evidence-Provenance Paths

Type: Evidence and provenance pattern Status: Stable Normativity: Normative where conformance rows say so; examples and SoTA rows are informative guidance.

Problem Frame

Use this pattern when a later user must cite, replay, audit, or refresh a path through several already established objects and relations rather than repeat their complete source account.

Use it when the working question is:

  • which admitted dated Work occurrences and A.13-qualified actual performer Systems must remain addressable, together with already-established F.6 attribution refs only when the selected path expressly consumes precise assignment-bound attribution, and any local system-role kind or assignment identifier that the path separately uses;
  • which direct participation or binding facts, produced entities, domain results, result epistemes, outcomes, source publications, carriers, and provenance relations must remain addressable;
  • which exact direct relations connect those objects, which pattern defines or constrains each relation, and whether each relation is already established as obtaining;
  • which bounded context, reference plane, time window, bridge, edition, policy, source-currentness result, or reliance boundary limits the cited path;
  • which downstream work and exact use relation may cite the path; and
  • what stronger conclusion, assurance, permission, acceptance, gate passage, or decision the path does not carry.

Primary EntityOfConcern. The primary EntityOfConcern is an addressable provenance representation: one EvidenceGraph, its PathId or PathSliceId, and any ledger entry that makes the path replayable. G.6 governs path identity, slicing, citation, and local refresh. It does not create the represented work, participation, production, result, episteme, outcome, source, currentness, reliance, or representation correspondence.

First useful move. Name the relied-on claim or bounded use, then list the exact object refs and direct relation refs needed to replay it. For every relation record its direct governor and obtaining claim. Only then draw the path. Keep an unresolved relation as a gap; do not turn it into a graph edge asserted as obtaining.

What goes wrong if missed. A tidy graph makes an unperformed method look like Work, a co-listed System or entity look like a participant or Work performer, a carrier look like a produced result, a measurement or verdict look like generic evidence, or a provenance edge look like the world-side relation itself.

What this buys. Downstream work can cite one stable path while a reviewer can still recover the exact work, participants, products, subject results, result epistemes, sources, direct relations, currentness, and bounded use that the path represents.

Not this pattern when. Use A.2.4 for the first evidence-use or status-use classification, A.10 for source recovery and bounded reliance, A.15.1 and F.6 for performed Work and its attribution, A.2.1 only when an assignment occurrence itself is current, A.6.1 for actual operation bindings, A.15.PROD when production or inception is current, the exact domain pattern for its local result, C.2.1 for the result episteme, G.11 for currentness, C.29 for representation correspondence, and B.3 for assurance. If only one local source-to-use statement is needed, stay in A.10.

Here path means a path in a descriptive provenance graph. It is not an action route, method, workflow, transformation flow, universal evidence relation, or generic work-result relation.

Problem

Large projects often need to cite a chain that crosses measurement, evaluation, aggregation, production, publication, and later use. The chain becomes unsafe when the graph is allowed to supply facts missing from the governed objects.

The common failures are:

  1. Edge-to-fact inversion. A drawn edge is treated as proof that work, participation, production, measurement, evaluation, or use occurred.
  2. Generic relation fallback. Labels such as verifiedBy, validatedBy, measuredBy, producedByWork, or evidences replace the exact direct relation and its governor.
  3. Result collapse. Subject result, result episteme, carrier, outcome, assurance, and later decision become one generic result node.
  4. Declaration-to-runtime collapse. A MethodDescription, operation signature, policy, clause, or plan is read as an actual run and its bindings.
  5. Hidden crossing. A path silently crosses context, reference plane, edition, source order, or currentness window.
  6. Refresh fanout. One changed source or relation forces a global rerun because the smallest affected path slice cannot be found.

Forces

ForceTension this pattern resolves
Compact citation versus subject patternshipOne path is easy to cite, but each represented fact and relation must remain with its exact governor.
Graph readability versus ontic forceNodes and edges make a chain legible; their presence cannot make any represented relation obtain.
Result continuity versus result collapseA path may connect measurement, evaluation, aggregation, and decision while preserving every local result and result episteme.
Reusable declaration versus performed occurrenceMethods, descriptions, policies, and clauses may be cited, but dated work and actual bindings remain separate.
Cross-context reuse versus hidden lossBridges, editions, time windows, source order, and currentness remain visible at the path slice that depends on them.
Refresh locality versus stale relianceStable addresses let one changed object or direct relation reopen only the affected path or slice.

Solution — cite independently governed objects and relations

Create an EvidenceGraph only after the relied-on claim or bounded use and its supporting objects have been recovered. The graph is a declarative, addressable representation. Each node record cites one independently governed object; each asserted edge record cites one independently established direct relation. PathId, PathSliceId, and the provenance ledger add citation and refresh locality, not world-side facts.

Subject-pattern map

Represented claim or objectSubject pattern before G.6 represents it
Reusable method, generic participants, parameters, effects, and conditionsexact U.Method; A.3.2 for its U.MethodDescription
Independently admitted dated Work and its exact actual performer refs; optional obtaining F.6 relation and assignment occurrence refs when the path expressly consumes attribution; enactment, resources, and direct participation or binding factsA.13 for each exact actual performer and A.15.1 for independent Work admission; F.6 and A.2.1 only when the path represents precise assignment-bound attribution; the exact direct participation or resource relation; and A.6.1 for operation-application bindings
Production or inception of an entity or epistemeone exact local A.15.PROD claim when its entry condition is met, or a direct subject predicate under its own pattern
Measurement result and its measurement-specific basisC.16
Acceptance-clause application or other runtime evaluation resultG.4 or the exact formal, conformance, diagnostic, causal, comparison, selection, gate, or decision governor
Work-resource aggregation resultB.1.6
Durable episteme that states a local resultC.2.1; it remains distinct from the domain result
Outcome, later action, acceptance, gate passage, permission, or decisionits exact work and domain governor, including C.11 or A.21 when applicable
Source publication, carrier, copy, extraction, or publication occurrenceE.17 family plus the exact source relation and the declaration or pattern that defines it
Representation correspondenceC.29
Bridge, congruence, loss, or cross-context transferF.9
Transformation-flow structure distinct from performed workE.18 and E.18.2
First evidence/status use, provenance and bounded reliance, currentness, or assuranceA.2.4, A.10, G.11, or B.3 respectively

G.6 does not substitute for any row. If the subject pattern or relation cannot be recovered, the path records an unresolved gap and cannot present that edge as obtaining.

Do not add a local U.EvidenceRole or turn proof, measurement, benchmark, source, or status labels into system-role kinds. For any claim that a producer, verifier, laboratory, issuer, or maintainer participates, recover the exact direct relation, the participants it declares, and the place each actual participant fills. Other nearby facts—for example, a local system-role kind, assignment, Work occurrence, responsibility, authority, or permission—are separate and may be cited only when they independently obtain; none establishes participation. Do not infer that a passive laboratory or produced entity performs Work merely because the path cites it.

Work recovery and compact citation. Before G.6 represents dated U.Work, its subject account must already recover each exact actual performer through A.13 and admit that Work independently under A.15.1. Include an assignment occurrence and obtaining F.6 relation only when the graph path or receiving use expressly consumes precise assignment-bound attribution; any present attribution must use the same obtaining A.13 assignment. If a required Work or performer ref is absent, record a Work gap. If an expressly consumed F.6 ref is absent or unresolved, retain the Work node and record an attribution gap rather than suppressing the Work. G.6 neither re-admits the Work nor retests assignment species, occurrence identity, holder, classification, predicate duration, or interval coverage. Merely listing an assignment beside Work establishes no relation between them.

EvidenceGraph as a representation

An EvidenceGraph is a typed directed graph used for provenance citation and replay. It may project a dependency-closed slice of independently governed objects and relations. It is not a holarchy, work plan, method, transformation flow, result algebra, or proof that its contents obtain.

Minimal graph fields:

EvidenceGraph:
  EvidenceGraphId
  ReliedOnClaimOrBoundedUseRef
  BoundedContext
  ReferencePlane
  RepresentedNodeRecords
  RepresentedRelationEdgeRecords
  TimeWindowOrPolicy
  SourceCurrentnessRefs
  BridgeOrLossRefs
  EditionOrPolicyRefs
  GraphPathAddressingRule
  C29RepresentationRefs

A node record is a projection, not a new universal object kind:

RepresentedNodeRecord:
  GraphNodeId
  RepresentedObjectRef
  ObjectKindAsGoverned
  SubjectPatternLocator
  ContextEditionOrTimeQualification?
  RepresentationRef

The node set may cite exact Work occurrences and their A.13-qualified actual performer Systems. It may also cite local system-role kinds, assignment occurrences whose identities the path uses, obtaining F.6 relations when precise attribution is expressly consumed, direct participation and binding facts, produced entities, subject results, result epistemes, outcomes, sources, carriers, currentness results, reliance dispositions, and later Work. Every cited Work occurrence uses the independently established performer and A.15.1 Work refs described in §4.1; F.6 refs are optional and never discover the performer. Co-listing creates no relation among these objects.

An asserted edge is also a projection:

RepresentedRelationEdgeRecord:
  GraphEdgeId
  DirectRelationRef
  DirectRelationKindRef
  ActualParticipantRefs
  SubjectPatternLocator
  ObtainingClaimRef
  ContextEditionOrTimeQualification?
  RepresentationRef

Before the edge enters a relied-on path, the exact direct relation must already be established under its governor. The participant refs in the edge must match that relation; adjacency, direction, shared identifiers, timestamps, source order, or visual layout cannot supply them. RepresentationRef points outward to the applicable C.29 correspondence when that correspondence is current.

G.6 defines no fallback core edge vocabulary. Legacy or display labels such as verifiedBy, validatedBy, measuredBy, producedByWork, derivedFrom, usesMethodDescription, citesSource, or evidences are navigation prompts only. Replace each with the exact formal, measurement, work, production, publication, representation, provenance, temporal, status-use, premise, reference, argument, or other direct relation before asserting the edge as obtaining.

PathId and PathSliceId

A PathId identifies one claim-local path inside an EvidenceGraph. A PathSliceId identifies the same path under a declared time window, reference plane, bounded context, edition, bridge, policy, or selected object/relation subset.

Use this compact record:

PathCitationRecord:
  ReliedOnClaimOrBoundedUseRef
  EvidenceGraphRef
  PathId
  PathSliceId
  BoundedContext
  ReferencePlane
  RepresentedObjectRefs
  RepresentedDirectRelationRefs
  SubjectPatternLocators
  SourcePublicationAndCarrierRefs
  C29RepresentationRefs
  TimeWindowOrFreshnessPolicy
  SourceCurrentnessRefs
  BridgeOrLossRefs
  EditionOrPolicyRefs
  DownstreamWorkRef?
  ExactDownstreamUseRelationRef?
  A10RelianceDispositionRef?
  NotCarried
  UnresolvedRelationGaps
  ReopenTrigger

NotCarried names every stronger use that the path does not establish: Work occurrence, participation, production, claim truth, assurance, approval, permission, gate passage, release, causal identification, benchmark superiority, acceptance, or decision. Actual downstream use requires one independently admitted dated Work ref, its A.13-qualified performer refs, and one exact premise, reference, operation-argument, decision-use, or other direct relation. Add attribution refs only when that downstream use expressly consumes precise assignment-bound attribution; path availability or citation is not actual use.

Provenance ledger

A ProvenanceLedger is a citable replay index over PathCitationRecord entries. It is not a work-progress log, result registry, review-comment log, process-status log, or ontic source.

ProvenanceLedger:
  LedgerId
  EvidenceGraphRef
  PathCitationRecords
  RepresentedObjectIndex
  RepresentedDirectRelationIndex
  SourceOrderPolicy
  CurrentnessPolicy
  PrivacyOrDisclosureBoundary
  RefreshScopeRule

The ledger may cite work, participants, produced entities, domain results, result epistemes, outcomes, sources, transformations, representation correspondences, provenance, and later uses. A row establishes none of them. Use a ledger when several downstream consumers need the same path family; do not create one merely because a local A.10 account is easy to write.

Refresh and source return

Reopen the smallest affected PathId, PathSliceId, node projection, or relation-edge projection when any cited object, direct relation, governor, source, bridge, representation correspondence, edition, policy, time window, currentness result, or reliance boundary changes.

If the direct relation no longer obtains or its proof becomes unavailable, remove it from the relied-on path or mark the exact unresolved gap. Do not preserve the edge from graph history, infer a replacement relation, rerun unrelated paths, or certify a new downstream result through refresh alone.

Declarative representation discipline

EvidenceGraph, PathId, PathSliceId, and ProvenanceLedger tell a reader which already governed account is being cited. They do not tell a worker what to do and they do not reconstruct missing world-side facts.

Current phrase or artifactRequired recovery before G.6 representation
method, protocol, algorithm, clause, or policyexact reusable declaration; when the path cites dated Work, recover it separately under §4.1; when it cites actual operation bindings, recover them under A.6.1
work trace, run, test, audit, measurement, or evaluationindependently admitted dated Work ref and A.13-qualified actual performer refs under §4.1; enacted Method, resources, exact direct participation facts, and A.6.1 binding facts remain separate; expose an assignment occurrence and obtaining F.6 relation only when the path expressly consumes precise assignment-bound attribution
produced carrier, model, report, or epistemeexact produced entity and either its subject-specific direct production relation, when the subject pattern declares one, or the one local A.15.PROD production-work or inception claim that the current use needs
reading, score, verdict, estimate, aggregate, diagnosis, or outcomeexact domain result and direct governor; distinct C.2.1 episteme when durably stated
publication, view, export, or graph renderingexact source/publication relation and C.29 representation correspondence when current
evidence, provenance, currentness, reliance, or assuranceA.2.4/A.10, G.11, and B.3 under their separate entry conditions
later acceptance, gate, release, or decisionseparate dated Work admitted under §4.1, local result, and exact later-use relation

Extension wiring without core drift

Selector, benchmark, assurance, refresh, or telemetry patterns may require additional pins in PathCitationRecord. They may cite PathId or PathSliceId, but they do not mint a universal edge, result, evidence, or criterion-participant relation. Any added graph record still names the exact represented object or direct relation and its governor.

G.5 may cite a path for selector explanation, G.9 for benchmark replication, G.11 for local refresh, and B.3 for an assurance input. Their selection, benchmark, currentness, and assurance results remain their own.

Archetypal Grounding

Measurement, acceptance, and decision

C.16 dated measurement work binds the pressure measurand, detector, calibration, model, input quantities, and uncertainty propagation and obtains a pressure measurement result. A distinct C.2.1 episteme states that result. Later G.4 EvaluationWork applies one declared acceptance clause through exact A.6.1 bindings and obtains unknown; another C.2.1 episteme states that verdict. Later C.11 decision work uses the verdict episteme through an exact premise relation and defers.

G.6 may give this chain one PathId only after the measurement, work, binding, result, episteme, clause-application, premise, and decision relations are independently established. Its nodes keep raw detector output, indication, actual pressure, measurement result, verdict, and decision distinct. Its edges cite the exact relations; none produces the work, verdict, or decision.

Resource aggregation

An engine programme has several C.16 resource measurements, dated test-run work occurrences, exact phase and overlap relations, and a shared warm-up allocation rule. B.1.6 dated aggregation work applies ProgrammeResourcePolicy-v3 and obtains a typed resource vector with propagated uncertainty; a distinct C.2.1 episteme states it.

The G.6 path cites every measurement result and episteme, the work-set and overlap relations, the edition-pinned policy, aggregation work, aggregation result, sources, and representation refs. The ledger does not make epoch labels into work parts, allocate the warm-up energy, perform uncertainty propagation, or turn the aggregate into an emissions verdict.

Produced model and benchmark use

Dated training work has exact actual bindings and, when an inception or completion claim is current, one local A.15.PROD claim. Separate benchmark-evaluation work applies its declared method and dataset edition and obtains a result under the benchmark's direct governor; a C.2.1 episteme states that result. A source publication and model card expose selected claims under E.17/C.29 relations. G.11 supplies currentness when later use depends on edition or freshness.

A G.6 PathSliceId may cite that dependency chain for replication. The graph does not infer training from the model's presence, participation from a roster, evaluation from the protocol, superiority from the score, or deployment permission from the model card.

Dashboard status cue

A dashboard cell shows Ready. F.10 governs the status-use classification; A.10 recovers the source, query work, provenance, currentness, bounded reliance, and rival explanation. G.6 is entered only when a downstream audit or release package needs a stable path through those already established relations. The visible cue, graph path, and ledger row establish neither gate passage nor release.

Bias-Annotation

BiasGuard
Graph-authority biasA node or edge represents an object or direct relation only after its governor establishes it.
Generic-edge biasReject fallback verifiedBy, validatedBy, measuredBy, producedByWork, and evidences relations; recover the exact direct relation.
Result-node biasKeep subject result, result episteme, carrier, outcome, assurance, and later action distinct.
Declaration-runtime biasA method, description, policy, clause, signature, or plan establishes no occurrence or actual binding.
Provenance-as-truth biasOrigin and history support only their named bounded claim; provenance is not truth, safety, approval, or assurance.
Path-as-workflow biasGraph path identity supports citation and refresh; actual work and transformation flow retain their subject patterns.
Ledger-process biasThe ledger contains replayable provenance records, not campaign status, review proof, or work-progress notes.

Conformance Checklist

IDCheckRepair if missing
CC-G6-01 Exact useIs one relied-on claim or bounded downstream use named?Name it, or stay in local A.10 source recovery.
CC-G6-02 Object projectionDoes every node cite an exact independently governed object, kind, governor, qualification, and representation ref?Recover the object or record an unresolved gap; do not mint a graph-only world object.
CC-G6-03 Relation prerequisiteDoes every asserted edge cite one exact direct relation, its actual participants, governor, obtaining claim, and context?Establish the direct relation first or remove the edge from the relied-on path.
CC-G6-04 No fallback edgeAre legacy or display labels prevented from acting as universal relations?Replace each with the exact formal, measurement, work, production, publication, representation, provenance, temporal, status-use, or later-use relation.
CC-G6-05 Work boundaryDoes each represented Work cite one independently admitted A.15.1 Work ref and its A.13-qualified actual performer refs? Are assignment occurrence and F.6 refs included only when the path expressly consumes precise assignment-bound attribution, with a missing attribution recorded as a gap rather than loss of the Work node? Are Method, MethodDescription, resources, direct participation, and A.6.1 bindings still separate?Use A.13 and A.15.1 for the already-established performer and Work. Cite A.2.1/F.6 only for an expressly consumed attribution, A.6.1 for actual operation bindings, and the exact direct relation for every other participant claim.
CC-G6-06 Result boundaryAre produced entity, subject result, result episteme, carrier, outcome, assurance, and later action distinct and independently identified under exact predicates?Handle each through the exact predicates and assertions located in A.15.PROD, the domain result pattern, C.2.1, E.17/C.29, B.3, or the later-action source.
CC-G6-07 Source and representationAre source publication, carrier, copy/transform chain, and C.29 correspondence explicit when current?Recover those relations before treating the graph rendering as source truth.
CC-G6-08 Time and crossingAre bounded context, plane, window, bridge/loss, edition, policy, source order, and G.11 currentness visible where they limit use?Add the exact refs or narrow/block the path slice.
CC-G6-09 Provenance and useAre A.2.4/A.10 evidence/status use, A.10 provenance/reliance, downstream work, and exact use relation separate?Recover the direct use; path citation or membership is not actual reliance.
CC-G6-10 Ledger boundaryDoes the ledger merely index already established objects and relations, with NotCarried, gaps, and local reopen triggers?Remove process status, generic result fields, and fact-creating language.

Common Anti-Patterns and How to Avoid Them

Anti-patternWhy it failsRepair
Edge as factDrawing or storing an edge is mistaken for an obtaining relation.Establish the exact direct relation under its governor, then cite it through a representation record.
Universal evidence edgeverifiedBy, validatedBy, measuredBy, producedByWork, or evidences absorbs several relation families.Replace the label with the exact formal, measurement, work, production, source, use, or other direct relation.
MethodDescription as run traceGeneric declarations acquire actual participants, time, or results by graph membership.Cite one independently admitted dated Work ref and its A.13-qualified actual performer refs through §4.1. Keep Method enactment, resources, direct participation, and A.6.1 bindings separate; expose an assignment occurrence and F.6 relation only when the path expressly consumes precise assignment-bound attribution.
Generic result nodeMeasurement, evaluation, aggregation, episteme, outcome, and decision collapse.Keep each local result under its domain governor and each durable assertion under C.2.1.
Provenance as result or assuranceA path or ledger row is read as truth, currentness, safety, permission, or acceptance.Use A.10, G.11, and B.3 under their entry conditions, and state the exact local result under its applicable predicate and pattern.
Citation as actual useA downstream record cites a path and is assumed to have used it.Ground dated downstream work and one exact premise, reference, argument, or decision-use relation.
Workflow overreadA declarative path becomes a method or action route.Handle Work under A.15.1 and transformation-flow structure under E.18; limit G.6 to representation and citation.
Global refreshOne changed source or relation reopens every graph.Reopen only the affected path, slice, node projection, or relation-edge projection.

Consequences

Benefits:

  • downstream records cite evidence-provenance paths without copying evidence tables;
  • source, bridge, policy, edition, and time changes reopen the smallest path slice;
  • evidence, assurance, causal use, status, gate, work, and publication claims stay in their subject patterns;
  • provenance becomes replayable and privacy-minimizable through scoped refs.

Costs:

  • path identity, node typing, and source-currentness refs add overhead;
  • graph paths can look like routes unless declarative representation discipline is kept visible;
  • users must resist treating one complete path as a complete downstream decision.

Rationale

A.10 recovers one relied-on claim, its source/provenance account, and bounded reliance. G.6 adds stable graph-path identity, slicing, shared citation, and path-local refresh when several downstream consumers need the same dependency-closed representation.

That representational gain does not justify a second ontology of evidence edges. Work, participants, products, subject results, result epistemes, outcomes, sources, provenance, currentness, and later uses already have direct governors. G.6 therefore projects their exact refs and direct relations, and C.29 governs the representation correspondence when current. This makes a complex chain readable without allowing graph topology to create facts.

The ledger is likewise an index over established provenance, not a result store or process log. Missing relation evidence remains a visible gap; it is never repaired by drawing a more persuasive path.

SoTA-Echoing

Source qualification was checked against the publishers' current surfaces on 2026-07-30. These decisions remain qualified through 2027-07-30 unless a new Recommendation, specification edition, maintenance status, or replacement changes the adopted contract earlier. Internal FPF neighbour authority stays in Relations; it is not presented as an external source decision.

Exact source and source-use decisionVisible G.6 mutationRejected overreadSmallest source-change replay
W3C PROV-O, Recommendation 30 April 2013adapt qualified provenance descriptions and stable entity/activity/agent references only as a representation discipline for exact FPF objects and direct relations.RepresentedNodeRecord, RepresentedRelationEdgeRecord, the measurement-to-decision case, and CC-G6-02/03 require every node and edge to cite an independently governed object or obtaining relation with its governor and qualification.A PROV-shaped class, activity, agent, qualified association, or derivation does not establish FPF work, participation, production, result, truth, currentness, or later use.Reopen only §4.2's node/edge rules, the measurement-to-decision path, and CC-G6-02/03 if PROV-O's qualified-relation contract changes.
C2PA Content Credentials Technical Specification 2.4, April 2026adapt asset/manifest identity, claim generator, assertions, ingredients/actions, signature validation, trust policy, and specification version for claim-bound content provenance.PathCitationRecord carries source publication/carrier, C.29 representation, edition/policy, currentness, and NotCarried; the produced-model case and CC-G6-07/08 retain the exact content carrier, transform chain, trust regime, and version.A valid manifest, visible Content Credential, ingredient chain, or authenticity mark does not establish truth of the represented world state, authorship beyond its exact assertion, work, safety, permission, or adequacy.Reopen only those PathCitationRecord source/version fields, the produced-model carrier slice, and CC-G6-07/08 when C2PA changes manifest/assertion identity, validation, trust, or version semantics.
SLSA specification v1.2 with in-toto Attestation Framework v1.2 and Statement/v1adapt artifact subject, predicate type, producing context, inputs, authenticated envelope, verifier expectation, and versioned attestation separation.The produced-model/benchmark path names training work, produced model edition, dataset/method edition, benchmark work/result, source inputs, publication/carrier, verifier context, and currentness; CC-G6-07/08 keep those refs replayable without one generic attestation edge.A signed statement, provenance predicate, SLSA level, or verification summary does not prove an uncited build/work/result relation, benchmark superiority, runtime safety, release approval, gate passage, or assurance.Reopen only the attestation-bearing fields of that path slice, the produced-model/benchmark case, and CC-G6-07/08 when the adopted SLSA provenance/verification contract or in-toto Statement/v1 semantics change.
W3C Verifiable Credentials Data Model 2.0, Recommendation 15 May 2025adapt credential subject, issuer, holder, verifier, status, context, and validity separation for a path that cites an independently governed credential/status use.PathCitationRecord separates source/carrier/currentness refs, downstream work, exact use relation, A.10 reliance disposition, and NotCarried; the dashboard-status case and CC-G6-09 require the status cue, query/use work, verifier or relying context, and actual reliance to remain distinct.A valid credential, successful proof check, holder presentation, status value, or graph membership does not become claim truth, authorization, permission, gate passage, release, actual reliance, or assurance.Reopen only those credential/status/use fields, the dashboard-status path, and CC-G6-09 if VC 2.0 or its adopted status/validity contract changes.
Pineau et al., Improving Reproducibility in Machine Learning Research, JMLR 22(164), 2021, and Mitchell et al., Model Cards for Model Reporting, FAT* 2019adapt exact method, dataset, metric, evaluation condition, version, limitation, and run-evidence disclosure as inputs to a replayable benchmark path.The produced-model/benchmark case, dependency-closed PathSliceId, and CC-G6-02/07/08 keep model edition, training/evaluation work, dataset and method editions, local result, result episteme, source carrier, limitations, and currentness separately addressable.A reproducibility checklist, model card, disclosed score, or limitation does not establish that training or evaluation occurred, that the reported result is current, that one model is superior, or that deployment is permitted.Reopen only the model/benchmark slice fields, that worked case, and CC-G6-02/07/08 if the adopted reproducibility or reporting contract changes.
ISO/IEC/IEEE 15026-2:2022, Systems and software assurance — Part 2: Assurance caseadapt the separation between cited evidence and the structure, maintenance, and evaluation of an assurance case.NotCarried names assurance explicitly, the subject-pattern map and §4.7 handle assurance under B.3, and CC-G6-10 permits the ledger to index evidence paths without becoming an assurance result.A complete-looking evidence path, ledger entry, confidence label, or signed carrier is not an assurance claim, safety result, readiness result, compliance result, or release confidence.Reopen only NotCarried, the B.3 extension boundary, one assurance-input path, and CC-G6-10 if the adopted assurance-case evidence or maintenance boundary changes.

Source refresh is local: replay the changed row's named record fields, rule or case, and checklist rows first. Widen only when that replay contradicts another current G.6 locus; a changed source cannot by itself create a represented object, obtaining relation, work occurrence, result, currentness, reliance, assurance, permission, or decision.

Relations

  • Builds on: A.10 for source recovery, provenance, bounded reliance, and graph-edge discipline; A.2.4 for first-use evidence/status classification; C.2.1 for claim and result epistemes; C.29 for representation correspondence.
  • Coordinates with: A.13 and A.15.1 for already-established exact actual performers and Work; F.6 and A.2.1 only when the receiving path expressly consumes precise assignment-bound attribution; A.6.1 for actual operation bindings; the exact pattern for each participation relation; A.15.PROD for production or inception when current; C.16 for measurement results; G.4 for runtime evaluation results; B.1.6 for work-resource aggregation results; C.28 for causal use; F.10 for status use; F.9 for bridge and loss; E.18 and E.18.2 for transformation-flow structure; G.11 for currentness; B.3 for assurance; E.17 for publication; and the pattern that defines each exact formal, diagnostic, conformance, comparison, selection, acceptance, gate, permission, commitment, or decision claim cited by a path.
  • Used by: selector, benchmark, replication, audit, refresh, assurance, maturity, and release patterns that need stable provenance-path citation, including G.5, G.9, and G.11.
  • Does not govern: any represented work occurrence, participation, production, local result, result episteme, outcome, source publication, representation correspondence, currentness result, assurance, later use, or stronger conclusion named in NotCarried.

G.6:End

Cross‑Tradition Bridge Calibration Kit (BridgeMatrix → BridgeCards + BCT/Sentinels)

Tag. Architectural pattern Stage. design‑time (calibration + publication) + run‑time (sentinel‑driven telemetry emission; orchestration governed by G.11) Primary output. A bridge calibration kit that turns G.2’s BridgeMatrix rows into F.9 BridgeCards and publishes: a BridgeCalibrationTable (BCT) + CalibrationLedger + RegressionSet + SentinelSet, plus UTS‑visible crossing rows and RSCR‑ready sentinel triggers scoped to PathSliceId / PatternScopeId. Primary hooks. G.Core (Part‑G invariants + RSCR trigger catalogue + Default Governing Definition Index), G.2 (BridgeMatrix), F.9 (BridgeCard + CL/CL^k), F.3/F.7 (SenseCell anchoring; row bottleneck discipline), E.18/A.21 (GateCrossing + CrossingBundle checks), G.6 (PathId/PathSliceId citation surface), G.5 (downstream consumer for eligibility/selection), G.11 (refresh orchestration consumer), B.3 (assurance lanes + penalty policies), C.21 (DHC accounts such as AlignmentDensity), C.18 and C.19 (QD/OEE pins when relevant), C.23 (SoS‑LOG clauses as explainability gates for cross‑Tradition choices), G.4 (Acceptance hooks/thresholds when bridges are used as selector gates), E.10 (LEX / strict distinction discipline). Working‑Model first. Prefer a minimal, auditable calibration procedure and worked micro‑cases; escalate to heavier harnesses only where risk warrants (per E.8). Non‑duplication note. Universal Part‑G invariants (no shadow specs; Bridge‑only crossings; penalty routing to R_eff only; P2W split; typed/id‑based RSCR causes; defaults with one governing definition; Δ‑discipline) are governed by G.Core and are cited via CC‑GCORE‑*. This pattern defines only the bridge calibration kit and its surfaces.

Problem frame

SoTA synthesis (G.2) can legitimately preserve pluralism by exporting a BridgeMatrix: a Tradition×Tradition inventory of “comparable constructs” with preliminary notes (candidate correspondences, likely losses, tentative levels). Downstream patterns (CHR/CAL/selector/logging/shipping) cannot consume this safely unless cross‑Context reuse is:

  • materialised as explicit bridge artefacts (not implied by prose),
  • calibrated with a small, auditable procedure (so CL/CL^k/plane routing is not a narrative),
  • published as checkable crossing bundles (UTS + GateCrossing harness),
  • refreshable in a targeted way (path‑scoped RSCR rather than whole‑pack reruns).

G.7 packages this into a kit: BCT + BridgeCard publication + RegressionSet/SentinelSet wiring, so that later patterns can satisfy core invariants without re‑inventing cross‑Tradition machinery.

Problem

  1. Cross‑Tradition comparisons are frequently attempted via informal “synonymy” or ad‑hoc mappings, causing silent meaning drift and hidden crossings.
  2. Plane mismatches (world ↔ concept ↔ episteme, or other ReferencePlane shifts) are often ignored, or conflated with “semantic sameness”, causing wrong downstream confidence.
  3. Calibration changes (CL/CL^k/plane or their policy pins) must trigger targeted re‑checks; pack‑wide reweaves are too costly and too slow.
  4. If bridges are involved in QD/illumination or other edition‑sensitive telemetry, edition pins must be tracked (otherwise comparisons become irreproducible after a map/distance/policy update).
  5. Row‑level summaries (for matrix rows / comparable construct groups) tend to be averaged or “smoothed”, which is incompatible with bottleneck semantics and loss honesty.

Forces

ForceTension
Comparability vs local authorityEnable comparisons across Traditions ↔ avoid overriding Context‑local meaning.
Auditability vs authoring throughputRequire explicit artefacts, losses, and pins ↔ keep the calibration procedure light enough to be used.
Targeted refresh vs safetyEmit path‑local RSCR triggers ↔ ensure triggers are typed and carry enough payload pins for audit and rerun planning.
Plane awareness vs “one story”Explicitly surface ReferencePlane and plane penalties ↔ avoid turning plane discussion into a second semantics of “sameness”.
QD comparability vs metric driftEnable cross‑context reporting of archive/illumination telemetry ↔ enforce edition‑aware pins for descriptor/distance/policies only when those modes are actually in use.

Solution — Bridge calibration kit (BCT + BridgeCards + RegressionSet/Sentinels)

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G core invariants; citation/delegation hub)

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative).

GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨ CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted }, RSCRTriggerSetIds := { GCoreTriggerSetId.BridgeCalibrationKit }, CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins }, CorePinsRequired := { BridgeCalibrationTableId (BCT.id), RegressionSetId, SentinelSetId, FreshnessWindowRef, CalibrationLedgerId, RowScopeId, ReferencePlane(src), ReferencePlane(tgt), UTSRowId[], PathId[]/PathSliceId[] }, DefaultsConsumed := ∅, TriggerAliasMapRef := ∅ ⟩

  • Expansion rule. Effective CoreConformanceIds, RSCRTriggerKindIds, and CorePinsRequired are obtained by expanding the cited profile/set ids and unioning with the explicit ids above (see G.Core nil‑elision + expansion rule).
  • Conditional pins.
    • BridgeCardRef.edition is required iff BridgeCards are published as editioned artefacts.
    • Sentinel scopes MAY be recorded as PatternScopeId[] when path surfaces are not available (and SHALL then be present in sentinel records and emitted trigger payload pins).
  • CN/CG note. CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1 is included via GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase and is exercised only when the governance card and legality gate (e.g., CNSpecRef.edition / CGSpecRef.edition) are explicitly pinned; penalty/guard policy ids (Φ(CL), Ψ(CL^k), Φ_plane) are policy pins, not governance cards or legality gates.

(payload pins, minimum: affected members of the effective CorePinsRequired (after expansion) plus any pins introduced by active extensions (e.g., QD parity pins), scoped to the watched PathSliceId[]/PathId[]/PatternScopeId[].)

Kit objects (surface governed by this patterns)

This pattern defines the bridge calibration kit as a set of minimal, checkable surfaces. Semantics of BridgeCard and CL typing are governed by F.9; G.7 adds calibration records and publication/wiring surfaces.

(A) BridgeCalibrationTable (BCT) — object. A BridgeCalibrationTable is a per‑Tradition‑pair registry of calibrated bridge entries.

Minimal fields (conceptual):

BridgeCalibrationTable := ⟨ BCT.id, TradPairId, FreshnessWindowRef, RowEntries[] ⟩

Source provenance (when sourced from G.2). If the BCT is derived from a G.2 BridgeMatrix, publish BridgeMatrixId (+ BridgeMatrixRef.edition when editioned) and row‑level linkage via G.7:Ext.MatrixIntake (wiring‑only), rather than duplicating G.2 semantics in core.

Where each RowEntry minimally binds:

RowEntry := ⟨ RowEntryId, ComparableConstructId, RowScopeId, BridgeCardId[], RowCL_min, RowCL_k_min?, RowCL_plane_min?, LossNoteRef[]?, CounterExampleRef[]?, CounterExampleAbsenceRef?, WaiverRef[]?, RegressionSetId, SentinelSetId, PolicyPins: { Φ(CL), Ψ(CL^k)?, Φ_plane? }, PlanePins: { ReferencePlane(src), ReferencePlane(tgt) }, ExtensionPins?: { [GPatternExtensionId]: { …ids… } } ⟩

(B) CalibrationLedger — object. A CalibrationLedger is the auditable “row narrative” that remains pin‑first: it records what was calibrated, what was lost, and which artefacts/policies witness that.

Minimal fields:

CalibrationLedger := ⟨ LedgerId, TradPairId, Entries[] // each entry cites RowEntryId, BridgeCardId(s), CL‑minima, waivers (if any), loss notes, counterexamples, UTS rows, and (when run) regression-run/delta refs ⟩

(C) RegressionSet — object. A RegressionSet is a small set of regression probes/checks that are runnable against the BCT row entries. It exists to detect drift (bridge edits, policy edits, plane edits, edition pin changes) and to provide the evidential payload for RSCR triggers.

Minimal fields:

RegressionSet := ⟨ RegressionSetId, TradPairId, TestCaseId[], ExpectedOutcomesRef?, RegressionRunRef? ⟩

CL / CL^k admissibility regime and plane guard (kit‑local; normative)

This subsection is kit-governed (G.7) and complements (but does not duplicate) G.Core penalty routing and tri‑state guard semantics.

Admissibility regimes (row‑level, minimal).

  • RowCL_min MUST take a value in {3,2,1,0} (value set and CL meaning are governed by F.9; G.7 governs the admissibility regime).
  • Default admissibility for cross‑Tradition reuse:
    • RowCL_min ≥ 2 ⇒ admissible for reuse (subject to downstream guards/policies).
    • RowCL_min = 1NOT admissible unless an explicit WaiverRef[] is cited; any reuse under waiver is guarded-only (no substitution semantics).
    • RowCL_min = 0 ⇒ forbidden for reuse; it MAY remain in BCT as a documented non‑bridge with loss notes/counterexamples.
  • Honesty rule (row‑level):
  • if RowCL_min ≤ 2, at least one CounterExampleRef[] MUST be cited;
  • if RowCL_min = 3 and CounterExampleRef[] is empty, a citable CounterExampleAbsenceRef MUST be provided (explicit “searched‑none found / no known counterexample” disclosure);
    • if any LossNoteRef[] is present, the row MUST NOT be presented as “free substitution” in any consumer surface.

Kind channel (CL^k) (conditional). If a row relies on bridges in the Kind channel, then RowCL_k_min and Ψ(CL^k) pin MUST be present, and the same admissibility regimes apply to RowCL_k_min.

Plane guard (CL^plane) (conditional). If ReferencePlane(src) and ReferencePlane(tgt) differ (or plane routing is explicitly invoked), then:

  • RowCL_plane_min and Φ_plane pin MUST be present;
  • if either plane pin is absent, the row is non‑conformant (no implicit plane defaulting);
  • any “blocking” outcome must be representable downstream via G.Core tri‑state guard (abstain or a policy‑bound degrade(mode=…)), without introducing additional statuses in G.7;
  • plane effects MUST NOT rewrite CL/CL^k; their impact is routed via the pinned policy ids and G.Core penalty semantics.

(D) SentinelSet & BridgeSentinel — object. A SentinelSet is a watch‑list that connects bridge calibration changes to RSCR‑ready triggers scoped to downstream consumption.

Minimal fields:

BridgeSentinel := ⟨ SentinelId, watchedBridgeIds: BridgeCardId[], watchedScope: PathSliceId[] | PathId[] | PatternScopeId[], payloadPins: { BCT.id, RegressionSetId, FreshnessWindowRef, PolicyPins, PlanePins, UTSRowId[] } ⟩

SentinelSet := ⟨ SentinelSetId, BridgeSentinel[] ⟩

Minimal calibration procedure (auditable; table‑backed; bridge‑first)

For each Tradition‑pair and each comparable construct row from G.2:

  1. Materialise bridge artefacts. Produce (or reuse) F.9 BridgeCards for the concrete SenseCell‑level alignments required by the row scope. Note. “SenseCell anchoring” is a kit requirement: if a row is authored at a coarser token level, the SenseCell anchors must be explicitly cited (F.3 discipline).
  2. Record row scope and losses. Author a RowScopeId and record loss notes as first‑class citations (e.g., LossNoteRef[]), not as informal footnotes. Also record RowCL_min (and RowCL_k_min?, RowCL_plane_min? when applicable) and cite WaiverRef[] if any row is intentionally kept at =1 for guarded-only reuse.
  3. Plane pins (no hidden plane mixing). Record source ReferencePlane pins and target ReferencePlane pins and the relevant policy id pins for plane routing (ids only; do not duplicate policy tables).
  4. Policy pins for penalty routing. Record the policy id pins needed to audit penalty routing (ids only). Penalty semantics cite CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1 through G.Core; G.7’s responsibility is to make the pins explicit and published.
  5. Row bottleneck discipline. When a row aggregates multiple bridge cells, row summarisation uses bottleneck semantics (F.7) and carries a counterexample citation whenever any cell is loss‑noted.
  6. Regression and sentinel wiring. Create/update the RegressionSet and SentinelSet. Any calibration change that can affect downstream audit (CL/CL^k/plane pins, relevant policy ids, edition pins for involved telemetry surfaces, freshness window) emits typed RSCR triggers (canonical ids; scope + payload pins). If the regression harness is run, record a citable RegressionRunRef (or equivalent run/delta reference) and attach it to the relevant ledger entries (pin‑first; no narrative-only deltas).

Publication surfaces (UTS + GateCrossing harness)

A conformant G.7 publication:

  • publishes UTS‑citable identifiers for BridgeCards and any GateCrossing/crossing rows that rely on them,
  • ensures crossing bundles are checkable via E.18/A.21 harnesses (lexical SD, lane purity, required pin presence),
  • emits RSCR triggers using canonical RSCRTriggerKindId and attaches the minimum payload pins listed in §4.1.
  • ensures evidence-facing citations are pin-complete: whenever bridge calibration is cited in SCR/Evidence surfaces, the citation MUST include {BCT.id, RegressionSetId} and the active policy id pins {Φ(CL), Ψ(CL^k)?, Φ_plane?} (ids only; representation is governed by G.6/SCR).

Worked mini‑examples (informative; post‑2015; row scopes + loss notes)

These are working models, not equivalence claims. They illustrate how row scope + loss notes constrain safe reuse.

  1. Preference‑learning objective (Method; RowScope = “training‑objective‑intent”). Cells: RLHF@Context‑ADPO@Context‑BIPO@Context‑C RowCL_min: 2 (guarded) Loss notes: different inductive biases (reward model vs direct preference likelihood; sensitivity to preference noise model; implicit regularisation forms). Use: cross‑Tradition didactic alignment and eligibility hints; thresholds/acceptance remain governed by CAL.

  2. Robustness evaluation (Measurement; RowScope = “metric‑family‑intent”). Cells: Accuracy@IIDRobustness@ShiftBench (e.g., distribution‑shift benchmarks common in post‑2019 practice) RowCL_min: 2 Loss notes: shift taxonomy differs; comparability depends on pinned protocol editions and window selection; “robustness” is not a scalar substitute for accuracy.

  3. Quality‑Diversity archive comparability (Measurement; RowScope = “DescriptorMap‑only”). Cells: MAP‑Elites grid indicesCVT‑MAP‑Elites centroidsCMA‑ME archive RowCL_min: 2 Loss notes: discretisation vs centroidal tessellation; archive pressure differs; drift occurs if DistanceDef or insertion policy changes. Use: admissible cross-reporting of QD telemetry when edition pins are explicit.

  4. Open‑ended transfer semantics (Method; RowScope = “transfer‑rule intent”). Cells: POET‑class transfer ruleEnhanced‑POET‑class transfer rule ↔ “modern open‑ended transfer variants” RowCL_min: 2 Loss notes: environment validity region differs; transfer timing and selection pressures differ; pinning transfer rule editions is mandatory for audit.

Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

Extensions carry wiring only (pins/editions/policy‑ids + which governing patterns are applied). They MUST NOT redefine core invariants or defaults.

GPatternExtension: MatrixIntake

  • PatternScopeId: G.7:Ext.MatrixIntake

  • GPatternExtensionId: MatrixIntake

  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: G.2 (BridgeMatrix semantics and comparable-construct inventory)

  • Uses: {G.2, F.9}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

    • BridgeMatrixId (and, if editioned: BridgeMatrixRef.edition)
    • BridgeMatrixRowRef[] (row‑level anchors for intake; defined by the governing pattern; e.g., PatternScopeId / UTSRowId / row ids)
    • ComparableConstructId[] (row keys; if the source does not supply a stable id, G.7 mints one while preserving BridgeMatrixRowRef as the provenance anchor)
    • LossNoteRef[]? (if exported by G.2; otherwise authored in G.7 and cited from the CalibrationLedger)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange}

  • Notes (wiring‑only): This module binds “row candidates” from G.2 to the BCT/Ledger intake without copying G.2 semantics into G.7.

GPatternExtension: DHCAccounting

  • PatternScopeId: G.7:Ext.DHCAccounting

  • GPatternExtensionId: DHCAccounting

  • GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: C.21 (DHC metric semantics, including AlignmentDensity)

  • Uses: {C.21}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum; conditional on use):

    • AlignmentDensityMethodRef.edition?
    • DeclaredUnitsRef? (units declaration style per governing definition; e.g., “bridges_per_100_DHC_SenseCells”)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange}

  • Notes (wiring‑only):

    • G.7 stores the counts and declared units as a surface; C.21 governs the meaning and legality constraints.
    • When reporting AlignmentDensity, the counted bridge set is typically restricted to CL ≥ 2 (treat CL=3 as “free substitution”, CL=2 as “guarded” for reporting); conformance is enforced by CC‑G7‑DHC‑Units‑1 while semantics remain governed by C.21.

GPatternExtension: QDParityPins

  • PatternScopeId: G.7:Ext.QDParityPins

  • GPatternExtensionId: QDParityPins

  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific

  • GoverningPatternId: C.18 (QD artefact semantics; uses C.19 for exploration/logging pins as needed)

  • Uses: {C.18, C.19}

  • ⊑/⊑⁺:

  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum; conditional on use):

    • DescriptorMapRef.edition
    • DistanceDefRef.edition
    • InsertionPolicyRef (policy id or pinned policy ref, per governing definition semantics)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent}

  • Notes (wiring‑only): Enforces reproducibility of cross‑Context archive/illumination comparisons without pulling QD semantics into the core bridge kit. The pins from this module should be attached via RowEntry.ExtensionPins[QDParityPins] (or an equivalent extension‑pin map) and included in BridgeSentinel.payloadPins whenever the watched scope consumes QD telemetry.

GPatternExtension: SoSLogClauses

  • PatternScopeId: G.7:Ext.SoSLogClauses
  • GPatternExtensionId: SoSLogClauses
  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.23 (SoS‑LOG rule and branch semantics; G.7 does not redefine meaning)
  • Uses: {C.23, G.6}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum; conditional on use):
    • SoSLogRuleId[] (or governing definition‑equivalent ids)
    • FailureBehaviorPolicyId? (policy id, when degrade behavior is bound)
    • PathId/PathSliceId citations for explainability (via G.6)
    • BridgeCardId[] (bridges whose reuse is being justified)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidenceSurfaceEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange}
  • Notes (wiring‑only): Ensures cross‑Tradition bridge reuse decisions can be justified by citing SoS‑LOG clauses and evidence paths, without embedding SoS‑LOG semantics into G.7.

GPatternExtension: AcceptanceHooks

  • PatternScopeId: G.7:Ext.AcceptanceHooks
  • GPatternExtensionId: AcceptanceHooks
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: G.4 (Acceptance/threshold/unknown handling; G.7 does not define thresholds)
  • Uses: {G.4}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum; conditional on use):
    • AcceptanceClauseId[] (or governing definition‑equivalent ids)
    • AcceptancePolicyId? (policy id when acceptance behavior is pinned)
    • BridgeCardId[] (bridges whose calibrated status is being used as a gate input)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit}
  • Notes (wiring‑only): When bridges are used as selector gates, thresholds and unknown-handling remain governed by Acceptance; this module only pins the linkage and refresh relevance.

GPatternExtension: AdvancedCalibrationProcedures (Phase‑3 seed)

  • PatternScopeId: G.7:Ext.AdvancedCalibrationProcedures
  • GPatternExtensionId: AdvancedCalibrationProcedures
  • GPatternExtensionKind: Phase3Seed
  • GoverningPatternId: governing pattern not yet selected
  • Uses: { }
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins: pending governing-pattern selection
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.ReferencePlaneEdit}
  • Notes (seed; non‑normative): Placeholder for domain‑specific / statistical calibration families beyond the minimal auditable procedure (e.g., uncertainty‑aware calibration, probabilistic mapping). No Part‑G‑wide norms are introduced.

Archetypal Grounding (System / Episteme)

System (Γ_sys): Cross‑standard safety assurance comparison (bridge‑first). A team must compare a safety assurance claim across two regulatory Traditions (e.g., a “functional safety case” tradition and a “ML system testing” tradition) for the same physical system scope. G.7 forces explicit SenseCell‑level bridges (what exactly is the “hazard”, what is the “evidence carrier”, what is the “pass criterion”), records losses, pins planes, and provides sentinels so that changes in the safety evidence protocol editions trigger path‑local RSCR rather than re‑authoring the entire safety case.

Episteme (Γ_epist): Benchmark protocol pluralism (post‑2015 evaluation practice). A research group wants to compare “state‑of‑the‑art” across multiple evaluation Traditions (IID performance, shift robustness, preference‑based evaluation). G.7 turns “these are comparable” into explicit BridgeCards with declared row scope, pins the evaluation protocol editions, and emits sentinels so that when a benchmark protocol or policy pin changes, downstream selector decisions can be re‑audited by re‑citing the same PathSlice‑scoped evidence.

Bias‑Annotation

Lenses tested: Gov, Arch, Onto/Epist, Prag, Did. Scope: Universal for the bridge calibration kit; any method‑family or discipline‑specific calibration technique is modularized as GPatternExtension and cited to its governing patterns.

Conformance Checklist (normative) — CC‑G7

ConformanceIdRequirementPurpose
CC‑G7‑CoreRefG.7 is conformant only if it satisfies the effective G.Core obligations declared by the GCoreLinkageManifest in §4.1 (after nil‑elision and expansion of profile/set/pinset ids), including any explicit deltas listed there.Make universal invariants one governing definition and enforce citation‑based reuse.
CC‑G7‑BCT‑1For any active TradPairId with cross‑Tradition reuse, a BridgeCalibrationTable (BCT) MUST exist, declare a FreshnessWindowRef, and provide RowEntry records that cite, at minimum: RowEntryId, ComparableConstructId, RowScopeId, BridgeCardId[], RowCL_min, PlanePins {ReferencePlane(src), ReferencePlane(tgt)}, PolicyPins {Φ(CL)} (and Ψ(CL^k)?, Φ_plane? when applicable), plus {RegressionSetId, SentinelSetId}.Ensure the kit exists as an auditable object rather than a prose matrix.
CC‑G7‑BridgeCard‑1Any bridge published by G.7 MUST be consumable as an F.9 BridgeCard and MUST be SenseCell‑anchored (directly or via explicit SenseCell anchor refs).Prevent “Context‑only” or ambiguous bridges.
CC‑G7‑UTS‑1G.7 outputs MUST mint/publish UTS‑citable ids (NameCards/twin labels as applicable) for (a) each BridgeCard (or its NameCard) and (b) each GateCrossing/crossing row that makes bridge use checkable; and MUST expose the resulting UTSRowId[] in the BCT/Ledger/crossing bundles. (UTS discipline is delegated to CC‑GCORE‑UTS‑1.)Make bridge calibration externally citable and checkable.
CC‑G7‑RowScope‑1Every BCT row MUST declare its RowScopeId (what notion of “sameness” is claimed), and any loss notes MUST be recorded as citable artefacts (refs/ids), not only narrative text.Keep reuse honest and locally bounded.
CC‑G7‑CLRegime‑1Every BCT row MUST record RowCL_min (and RowCL_k_min?, RowCL_plane_min? where applicable) and apply the admissibility regime from §4.2.1: ≥2 admissible; =1 only with cited WaiverRef[]; =0 forbidden for reuse. The honesty rule must be satisfied: ≥1 counterexample for ≤2, and an explicit stated‑absence disclosure for =3 when no counterexample is cited.Make CL/waiver/plane regimes explicit and auditable at kit level.
CC‑G7‑SCRLinkage‑1Whenever bridge calibration is cited in SCR/Evidence surfaces, the citation MUST include {BridgeCardId[]} (or UTSRowId[] for the bridge artefacts), an explicit row locator (RowEntryId or equivalent), {BCT.id, RegressionSetId}, and the active policy id pins {Φ(CL), Ψ(CL^k)?, Φ_plane?} (ids only; representation governed elsewhere).Prevent “pins exist but are not visible/auditable” failure mode.
CC‑G7‑SoSLOG‑Pins‑1When G.7:Ext.SoSLogClauses is in use, G.7 outputs MUST expose the cited SoS‑LOG rule ids and the relevant PathId/PathSliceId evidence citations; any change in those pins MUST be RSCR‑relevant per CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑1…TRIG‑4.Keep cross‑Tradition reuse explainable without embedding C.23 semantics.
CC‑G7‑Acceptance‑1When G.7:Ext.AcceptanceHooks is in use, G.7 outputs MUST expose the Acceptance clause ids/policy ids used as gates; thresholds/unknown handling remain governed by Acceptance; any change MUST be RSCR‑relevant per CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑1…TRIG‑4.Keep thresholds and unknowns out of bridges while preserving auditability.
CC‑G7‑RowBottleneck‑1If a comparable construct row aggregates multiple bridge cells, row summaries (e.g., RowCL_min) MUST follow bottleneck discipline (F.7) and cite a counterexample whenever a cell carries a loss note.Forbid “CL averaging” and enforce loss‑aware summaries.
CC‑G7‑PolicyPins‑1G.7 outputs MUST publish the policy id pins required to audit penalty routing and plane effects (ids only), as required by CC‑GCORE‑LINK‑1/2 and CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1. G.7 MUST NOT duplicate policy tables or redefine penalty semantics.Keep penalty routing auditable while preserving single‑governing-pattern policy semantics.
CC‑G7‑GateCrossing‑1Any published crossing rows that rely on bridges MUST be checkable via GateCrossing/CrossingBundle harnesses (E.18/A.21): required pins are present; lexical constraints and lane purity checks are runnable.Make crossings checkable, not narrative.
CC‑G7‑Sentinels‑1G.7 MUST register BridgeSentinel entries for bridges used by live scopes and MUST emit typed RSCR triggers (canonical RSCRTriggerKindId; see CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑1…TRIG‑4) on calibration‑relevant edits, scoped to the watched PathSliceId[] or PatternScopeId[], with the minimum payload pins from §4.1.Enable targeted refresh rather than pack‑wide reruns.
CC‑G7‑QD‑Pins‑1When G.7:Ext.QDParityPins is in use, G.7 outputs MUST include {DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, InsertionPolicyRef} and treat any change to those pins as RSCR‑relevant per CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑1…TRIG‑4.Prevent silent QD telemetry drift.
CC‑G7‑DHC‑Units‑1When AlignmentDensity (or related DHC accounts) are reported, G.7 outputs MUST (a) restrict the counted bridge set to rows with RowCL_min ≥ 2 (treat CL=3 as “free substitution”, CL=2 as “guarded” for reporting), (b) include declared units, and (c) cite the relevant DHC method semantics (C.21). G.7 MUST NOT invent arithmetic over ordinal/illegal surfaces.Keep dashboards and discipline‑health metrics lawful and interpretable.

Common Anti-Patterns and How to Avoid Them

  • Bridge‑by‑prose (“they have the same sense”). Avoid: publish BCT rows + BridgeCards + UTS rows; require SenseCell anchoring and row scopes.
  • SenseFamily jump (scope‑bridge used as kind‑bridge). Avoid: keep channel/sense‑family constraints governed by F.9 visible; use RowScopeId to state which channel is claimed, and require CL^k + Ψ(CL^k) pins when a kind‑channel bridge is invoked (do not “upgrade” a scope‑channel bridge into kind substitution).
  • Plane blindness (“concept = world”). Avoid: record plane pins and policy id pins; keep plane effects auditable and separable from CL/CL^k semantics.
  • CL smoothing / averaging. Avoid: enforce row bottleneck summaries and counterexample citations for loss‑noted cells.
  • Pack‑wide refresh on a local bridge edit. Avoid: register sentinels scoped to PathSliceId and emit typed RSCR triggers with minimal payload pins.
  • QD metric drift by unpinned artefacts. Avoid: enable G.7:Ext.QDParityPins only when needed and require edition/policy pins when enabled.

Consequences

  • Auditable pluralism. Cross‑Tradition reuse becomes explicit, loss‑aware, and checkable.
  • Targeted, edition‑aware refresh. Calibration drift triggers path‑scoped RSCR rather than expensive global reruns.
  • Downstream cleanliness. Selectors/logging/shipping can cite bridges and policy pins without inventing local crossing rules or shadow specs.

Rationale

  • Why a kit (not a new governance card or legality gate)? Bridge calibration must support many downstream consumers without becoming a competing legality gate; governing-spec semantics remain governed by CG‑Spec/CN‑Spec.
  • Why BCT + RegressionSet + SentinelSet? Because calibration without regression tests drifts silently, and regression without sentinels is operationally unusable (refresh becomes global).
  • Why row scopes? Because “comparable” is not one thing; scope must be explicit to avoid accidental substitution.

SoTA‑Echoing (post‑2015, for orientation; non‑normative)

  • Edition‑aware evaluation and dataset shift practice. Post‑2018 evaluation culture (robustness and shift benchmarks, protocol pinning, reproducibility checklists) motivates treating protocol versions and “what changed” as first‑class pins rather than prose.
  • Preference‑based optimisation families. Modern preference‑learning lines (late‑2010s → 2020s) show how neighbouring objectives can share intent but diverge in assumptions—an archetypal case for row scope + loss notes.
  • Quality‑Diversity and differentiable QD. MAP‑Elites successors (CVT variants, CMA‑ME line, differentiable QD ecosystems) emphasise archive/descriptor/distance artefacts whose editions must be pinned for comparability.
  • Open‑ended evolution and transfer‑rule portfolios. POET‑class work motivates explicit transfer rule editions and environment validity regions as pins when bridges are used for cross‑tradition reporting.

Relations

Builds on: G.Core, G.2, F.3, F.7, F.9, B.3, E.10, E.18, A.21, G.6, C.21. Optionally uses via Extensions: G.4 (Acceptance hooks), C.23 (SoS‑LOG clauses), C.18 and C.19 (QD/OEE pins). Used by / prerequisite for: G.5 (cross‑Tradition eligibility/selection), G.11 (refresh orchestration), G.9 (parity across Traditions where bridges are required), G.10 (shipping surfaces that must cite bridge calibration ids), G.12 (DHC dashboards when bridge counts/units are surfaced). Publishes to: UTS (bridge and crossing rows; twin labels as applicable) and emits RSCR‑ready telemetry/trigger payloads for G.11. Constrains: Any downstream consumer that claims cross‑Context/Tradition reuse must use the calibrated bridge artefacts/pins surfaced by this kit (governed by G.Core crossing invariants apply).

G.7:End

SoS‑LOG Bundles & Maturity Ladders

Tag. Architectural pattern (packaging kit). Stage. Design‑time packaging (authoring & publication) with a run‑time consumption facade for G.5 (selector/registry). Primary hooks: G.Core (Part‑G invariants), C.23 (SoS‑LOG semantics), C.22 (TaskSignature), G.4 (Acceptance & EvidenceProfiles), G.6 (EvidenceGraph & PathId/PathSliceId), G.5 (registry/selector), G.11 (refresh orchestration), G.10 (shipping boundary), F.9 (BridgeCard & CL), F.17 (UTS), E.17 (publication faces), G.7 (bridge calibration & Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane), F.8 (Policy pins: PolicySpecRef/MintDecisionRef resolvability), A.10 (anchors), E.10 (LEX twin registers), E.5.2 (notational independence), E.18/A.21 (GateCrossing visibility and gate checks).

Non‑duplication note (Phase‑2 universalization). This pattern introduces kit-governed packaging surfaces for SoS‑LOG bundles and maturity ladders. All Part‑G‑wide invariants (no shadow specs, Bridge‑only crossings + visibility, tri‑state guard domain, penalties→R_eff‑only, set‑return semantics, P2W split, typed RSCR triggers + alias docking, defaults with one governing definition, shipping boundary) are pinned through G.Core and are not restated here.

Modularity note (policy‑id pins are reference‑only). This kit may pin/cite policy ids (e.g., Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane policies, FailureBehaviorPolicyId, illumination‑promotion policy ids, and E/E‑LOG policy ids) as references only. Conformance relies on the policy‑pin resolvability discipline of F.8:8.1 (i.e., policy ids are not “inlined”; and when newly minted, they are backed by resolvable PolicySpecRef + MintDecisionRef). G.8 does not define policy semantics and MUST NOT silently mint policy ids.

Problem frame

Method families compete within a CG‑Frame, but dispatch is only lawful if (i) admissibility decisions remain tri‑state and auditable, (ii) evidence and crossings are explicitly citable (by ids, not prose), and (iii) selection preserves set-return semantics under partial orders. In practice, SoS‑LOG rules (C.23) and “maturity stories” are often distributed across prose, dashboards, and ad‑hoc checklists, with thresholds embedded where they do not belong and with missing pins for evidence paths, crossings, and editions.

This pattern provides the missing packaging kit: a selector‑facing, UTS‑citable bundle that binds (a) rule ids (semantics governed by C.23), (b) an ordinal/poset maturity ladder (published as a citable card), and (c) explicit wiring to Acceptance (G.4), EvidenceGraph (G.6), selection/registry (G.5), and refresh (G.11)—without creating any shadow governing spec refs.

Problem

  1. Selector needs a stable input artefact. G.5 cannot consume “maturity narratives” and scattered SoS‑LOG snippets without re‑authoring semantics or inventing implicit defaults.
  2. Thresholds leak into LOG. Numeric gates are often embedded directly into rule text or ladder rungs, blurring the boundary between LOG decisions (C.23) and Acceptance thresholds (G.4).
  3. Auditability is brittle. Decisions (pass/degrade/abstain) lack stable, citable links to evidence paths (G.6) and crossing pins (Bridge/CL/Φ policy ids), so later re‑checks and RSCR become ad‑hoc.
  4. Telemetry contaminates decision semantics. QD/OEE/illumination signals are frequently treated as dominance inputs without explicit policy pins; edition drift then silently changes outcomes.
  5. Refresh is under‑specified. Bundle evolution (rules, ladders, pins, policies, editions) must be RSCR‑addressable via typed trigger kinds, not by free‑text “reasons”.

Forces

ForceTension
Pluralism vs. dispatchabilityPreserve multiple method families and partial orders ↔ still provide a consumable artefact for G.5.
Auditability vs. authoring frictionFine‑grained pins and citations ↔ keeping authoring lightweight and notation‑independent.
Maturity as poset vs. scalar rankingMaturity is inherently non‑scalar ↔ teams want a “single readiness number”.
Telemetry richness vs. decision hygieneRich QD/OEE telemetry ↔ avoid illegitimate promotion into dominance without explicit policy.
Design‑time packaging vs. run‑time traceAuthoring produces stable bundles ↔ run‑time produces branch‑specific path traces and admissibility ledgers.
Interoperability vs. crossing disciplineReuse across contexts or planes ↔ prevent implicit crossings (Bridge‑only + visible).

Solution — Publish SoS‑LOG bundles and maturity cards as UTS‑citable kit

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G core invariants; citation/delegation hub)

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative; size‑controlled). (Canonical shape, Nil‑elision, and Expansion rule are per G.Core:4.2.)

Separation rule (Phase‑2). Method‑/generator‑specific pins are normatively specified only inside Extensions as GPatternExtension modules (see G.8:5.*). The bundle/ledger schema may mention such fields only as extension‑gated optionals, with the authoritative pin/edition/policy requirements stated in the corresponding extension block. The core linkage manifest lists only base‑kit pins and Part‑G‑wide linkage.

`GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨ CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary },

RSCRTriggerSetIds := { GCoreTriggerSetId.EvidenceGraphKit },

CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal, },

CorePinsRequired := { // Public ids governed by this pattern (strengthen conditional pins where G.8 publishes UTS publication units) UTSRowId[], // bundle/ledger/card rows + any referenced UTS rows SoS‑LOGBundleRef, SoSLogRuleId[], MethodFamilyId, RegistrationContext,

// Closed value sets (ids only; UTS-registered) DegradeModeEnum, MaturityRungs,

// Maturity ladder pins MaturityCardRef, // required; recommended: published as separate UTS artefact MaturityRungId?, // iff a specific rung is asserted at packaging/run-time

// Evidence / provenance pins A10EvidenceGraphRef?[], // packaging-time A.10 carriers (when PathId/PathSliceId not yet available) EvidenceGraphId?, // iff resolvable to G.6 EvidenceGraph PathId[]/PathSliceId[]?, // run-time ledgers typically have them

// Authoring traceability (SoTA-of-description) AuthoringMethodDescriptionRefs?[], // edition-pinned method-description refs },

DefaultsConsumed := { DefaultId.PortfolioMode, DefaultId.DominanceRegime, DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff }, ⟩`

(RSCR payload pins typically include: SoS‑LOGBundleRef, SoSLogRuleId[], MaturityRungId?, and EvidenceGraphId/PathId/PathSliceId?. Crossing payload pins (Bridge/CL/Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane) are introduced only when reuse is asserted, via G.8:Ext.BridgeReuseWiring. Method-/generator‑specific payload pins are listed only inside the relevant GPatternExtension blocks in G.8:5.)

(Conditionality note for defaults.) Include DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff in DefaultsConsumed only if the bundle/ledger exports aggregated R_eff summaries (otherwise Nil‑elide it).

Kit: objects and naming discipline (LEX heads; twin‑register safe)

Objects / surfaces (pattern-governed).

  • SoS‑LOG.Rule A rule id that denotes an executable tri‑state decision schema {pass | degrade(mode) | abstain} for (TaskSignature, MethodFamily). (“pass” may be described as “admit” in prose, but the normative tri‑state vocabulary is G.Core’s {pass|degrade|abstain}.) Semantics are governed by C.23. G.8 only packages rule ids and binding pins.

  • SoS‑LOGBundle@Context A selector‑facing, notation‑independent packaging object published to UTS.

  • AdmissibilityLedger@Context A run‑time ledger view that records admissibility outcomes, cited evidence paths, branch tokens, and the pins required for audit/refresh.

  • MethodFamily.MaturityCardDescription@Context A maturity ladder description published as a citable artefact: ordinal/poset, closed rungs, ReferencePlane declared; no thresholds inside.

Naming discipline (E.10 + “Spaces ≠ Maps”).

  • Technical heads are normative; Plain twins are didactic only and MUST NOT cross kinds.

  • Do not alias CharacteristicSpace and DescriptorMap.

    • DescriptorMapRef is a map‑reference (typically used with QD archives).
    • CharacteristicSpaceRef is a space‑reference (grid/cell semantics, if used).
  • Editions are pinned on …Ref.edition fields (not on informal names).

SoS‑LOGBundle@Context schema (conceptual; notation‑independent)

A conforming bundle is a UTS‑published object whose internal representation is free, but whose field meanings are stable:

SoS-LOGBundle@Context :=

  UTS.id := SoS‑LOGBundleRef,
  Edition,

  // Scope + spec pins (from GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal)
  CG-FrameContext,
  entityOfConcern := ⟨GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane⟩,
  CNSpecRef.edition,
  CGSpecRef.edition,

  MethodFamilyId,
  RegistrationContext,

  SoSLogRuleId[] ,               // ids only; semantics governed by C.23
  ClosedEnums: {DegradeModeEnum, MaturityRungs},  // ids only; UTS-registered closed value sets
  A10EvidenceGraphRef?[] ,        // packaging-time evidence carriers (A.10 anchors) when paths are not yet stable
  MaturityCardRef ,               // UTS ref to maturity card (required; may be embedded but MUST be citable)
  MaturityRungId? ,               // if a specific rung is asserted at packaging time

  // Optional: Acceptance wiring (thresholds remain governed by G.4)
  AcceptanceClauseId[]? ,

  // Optional: Evidence wiring (for later audit & rung transition justification)
  EvidenceGraphId? ,
  PathId[]/PathSliceId[]? ,

  // Optional: cross-context or cross-plane wiring (only when reuse is asserted)
  BridgeId/BridgeCardId? ,
  CL/CL^k/CL^plane? ,
  Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane policy-ids? ,

  // Optional: selector semantics pins (explicit value or resolved via DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex)
  PortfolioMode? ,
  DominanceRegime? ,

  // Optional: QD / OEE pins (only when those surfaces are declared)
  CharacteristicSpaceRef.edition? ,
  DescriptorMapRef.edition? ,
  DistanceDefRef.edition? ,
  EmitterPolicyRef? ,
  InsertionPolicyRef? ,
  // Optional: Open-ended pins (only when those surfaces are declared)
  GeneratorFamilyId? ,
  EnvironmentValidityRegionId? ,
  CouplerPolicyId? ,
  TransferRulesRef.edition? ,

  // Optional: branch/failure wiring (policy-bound)
  FailureBehaviorPolicyId? ,
  SoSLogBranchId[]? ,

  // Optional: authoring traceability (SoTA-of-description)
  AuthoringMethodDescriptionRefs?[] ,

  Notes

Bundle discipline (normative intent; semantics delegated):

  • SoS‑LOGBundle@Context does not introduce new legality or normalization rules; it cites the pinned references above.
  • Thresholds and numeric gates are cited by id from [G.4](/generated/patterns/G.4) Acceptance (no embedding inside the bundle).
  • If cross-context or cross-plane reuse is asserted, crossing pins are made explicit (Bridge/CL/Φ policy ids), and evidence paths are citable when available.

Binding obligations B1–B5 (packaging‑only; wiring‑only; semantics delegated):

  • B1 — Evidence wiring. At packaging time the bundle SHOULD provide resolvable evidence refs (typically A10EvidenceGraphRef?[] and/or EvidenceGraphId?). At run time, admissibility outcomes SHOULD cite PathId/PathSliceId when available ([G.6](/generated/patterns/G.6)), so rung transitions and degrade/abstain traces are audit‑stable.
  • B2 — CL/plane routing pins. When reuse across Context or plane is asserted, the bundle/ledger MUST pin the relevant Bridge/CL/Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane policy ids (reference‑only; resolvable per F.8:8.1) and MUST respect the core penalty routing (penalties affect R_eff only; F/G invariance via G.Core).
  • B3 — PortfolioMode/QD fields. If the bundle/ledger exposes PortfolioMode/QD fields (e.g., PortfolioMode=Archive), it MUST pin the descriptor/distance/insertion/emitter artefacts (editions/policies as applicable). Illumination remains report‑only unless explicitly promoted by a [G.4](/generated/patterns/G.4) governing-pattern policy id that is pinned and recorded in the run‑time trace.
  • B4 — Open‑ended fields. If the bundle binds an open‑ended generator family, it MUST pin GeneratorFamilyId and TransferRulesRef.edition (and any validity region/coupler policy ids when used). Unknown transfer validity MUST be recorded as degrade/branching, not as an ad‑hoc fourth status.
  • B5 — Telemetry hooks. On any material telemetry event (illumination increase, archive insertion, probe accounting update, open‑ended coverage/regret proxy update), the emitted telemetry pins SHOULD include the controlling policy ids plus the relevant edition pins (e.g., DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, TransferRulesRef.edition) and, when available, PathSliceId to keep RSCR planning auditable.

AdmissibilityLedger@Context (run‑time view; selector‑facing)

A conforming ledger is a UTS‑published view (or a view‑projection of a Work/Audit artefact) with rows of the form:

⟨ MethodFamilyId, SoSLogRuleId, GuardDecision ∈ {pass|degrade|abstain}, DegradeMode?/SoSLogBranchId[]?, MaturityRungId?, AcceptanceClauseId[]?, EvidencePathRefs?, CrossingPins?, PortfolioMode?, DominanceRegime?, Edition ⟩

Where EvidencePathRefs are typically PathId[]/PathSliceId[] when G.6 is in use (or resolvable), and “CrossingPins” are the explicit Bridge/CL/Φ policy pins when reuse is asserted.

Maturity ladder as a citable poset (published card)

MethodFamily.MaturityCardDescription@Context is published with:

  • closed rungs (UTS‑registered identifiers),
  • Scale kind = ordinal and a declared ReferencePlane,
  • (optional) explicit poset edges / precedence constraints,
  • rung transition justifications that cite evidence paths (typically G.6 paths).

This card is a description suitable for dispatch/audit and refresh; it is not a competing governing spec ref.

Interfaces (minimal I/O standard; conceptual)

InterfaceConsumesProduces
G.8‑1 Publish_LOGBundleMethodFamilyId, SoSLogRuleId[] (C.23), pins to Acceptance/Evidence/Crossings (as applicable)SoS‑LOGBundle@Context (UTS row)
G.8‑2 Publish_AdmissibilityLedgerBundle + run‑time branch outcomes + evidence path refs (when available)AdmissibilityLedger@Context (UTS row or UTS‑citable view)
G.8‑3 Publish_MaturityCardLadder description + (optional) evidence path refs for rung transitionsMaturityCardDescription@Context (UTS row; editioned)
G.8‑4 Expose_TelemetryHooksQD/OEE/archive/open‑ended telemetry signals (when declared)telemetry pins for refresh (…Ref.edition, policy‑ids, PathSliceId when available)

Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

G.8 keeps method/generator specificity out of the core kit. Any such specificity appears as GPatternExtension blocks with stable PatternScopeIds.

G.8:Ext.SoSLOGWiring

PatternScopeId: G.8:Ext.SoSLOGWiring GPatternExtensionId: SoSLOGWiring GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.23 Uses: {C.23} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • SoSLogRuleId[]
  • SoSLogBranchId[]?
  • FailureBehaviorPolicyId? (when degrade behaviour is policy‑bound)

RSCRTriggerSetIds / RSCRTriggerKindIds: (covered by G.8:4.1) Notes (wiring‑only):

  • Rule meaning, branch taxonomy, and “probe/sandbox” semantics are governed by C.23; this module only binds ids and pins.

G.8:Ext.AcceptanceWiring

PatternScopeId: G.8:Ext.AcceptanceWiring GPatternExtensionId: AcceptanceWiring GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.4 Uses: {G.4} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • AcceptanceClauseId[]
  • EvidenceProfileId[]? (if the ledger/bundle cites evidence profile ids rather than only paths)
  • PromotionPolicyId? (only if telemetry may be promoted into dominance by explicit CAL policy)

RSCRTriggerKindIds (optional delta): {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange} (only if acceptance policies are pinned as ids in the bundle/ledger) Notes (wiring‑only):

  • Thresholds remain governed by G.4 Acceptance; this module carries only clause ids and policy pins.

G.8:Ext.BridgeReuseWiring

PatternScopeId: G.8:Ext.BridgeReuseWiring GPatternExtensionId: BridgeReuseWiring GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.7 Uses: {G.7, F.9} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • BridgeId/BridgeCardId
  • CL/CL^k/CL^plane
  • Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane policy-ids
  • BridgeCalibrationTableId?, RegressionSetId? (if cited as calibration evidence)

RSCRTriggerSetIds: {GCoreTriggerSetId.BridgeCalibrationKit} (only if the bundle/ledger explicitly binds calibration records by id) Notes (wiring‑only):

  • Present only when SoS‑LOGBundle@Context asserts cross-Context or cross-plane reuse. No additional crossing semantics are defined here.

G.8:Ext.QDArchiveTelemetry

PatternScopeId: G.8:Ext.QDArchiveTelemetry GPatternExtensionId: QDArchiveTelemetry GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.18 Uses: {C.18, G.5} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • DescriptorMapRef.edition
  • DistanceDefRef.edition
  • EmitterPolicyRef
  • InsertionPolicyRef
  • CharacteristicSpaceRef.edition? (required iff cell boundaries / de‑dup / parity depend on the space definition)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange} Notes (wiring‑only):

  • Archive/illumination signals are telemetry; promotion into dominance is only via explicit G.4 policy pins.

G.8:Ext.ExploreExploitTelemetry

PatternScopeId: G.8:Ext.ExploreExploitTelemetry GPatternExtensionId: ExploreExploitTelemetry GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.19 Uses: {C.19} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • ExploreExploitBudgetPolicyId?
  • ProbeAccountingId?

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange} Notes (wiring‑only):

  • When “probe/sandbox” is used, the controlling policy ids are pinned and recorded in the ledger/bundle trace.

G.8:Ext.OpenEndedWiring

PatternScopeId: G.8:Ext.OpenEndedWiring GPatternExtensionId: OpenEndedWiring GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.5 (generator family registry surface; algorithm semantics remain external to Part‑G core) Uses: {G.5} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • GeneratorFamilyId
  • TransferRulesRef.edition
  • EnvironmentValidityRegionId?
  • CouplerPolicyId?

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta} Notes (wiring‑only):

  • Open‑ended coverage/regret (or similar) remains telemetry unless explicitly promoted by a governing-pattern policy.

Archetypal Grounding (System / Episteme)

Show‑A — Tri‑state admissibility with set‑valued selection (multi‑criteria). A CG‑Frame carries multiple offline/robust decision families (e.g., conservative offline RL and transformer‑based policy models post‑2020). The bundle publishes RuleId[] (SoS‑LOG semantics in C.23), cites AcceptanceClauseId[] for any floors (governed by G.4), and emits an AdmissibilityLedger whose rows cite PathSliceId (when available) for each pass/degrade/abstain. G.5 consumes the ledger and returns a selected set under the declared partial order—no scalar “winner”. Show‑A — Tri‑state admissibility with set‑valued selection (multi‑criteria). A CG‑Frame carries multiple offline/robust decision families (e.g., conservative offline RL and transformer‑based policy models post‑2020). The bundle publishes SoSLogRuleId[] (SoS‑LOG semantics in C.23), cites AcceptanceClauseId[] for any floors (governed by G.4), and emits an AdmissibilityLedger whose rows cite PathSliceId (when available) for each pass/degrade/abstain. G.5 consumes the ledger and returns a selected set under the declared partial order—no scalar “winner”.

Show‑B — QD archive dispatch with edition‑pinned descriptors (post‑2015 QD families). A method family uses a modern QD line (e.g., CMA‑ES‑driven archives, differentiable QD variants, and large‑scale JAX‑style QD toolchains). The bundle pins DescriptorMapRef.edition and DistanceDefRef.edition, plus insertion/emitter policies. Illumination metrics are logged as telemetry; any promotion into dominance is only via explicit CAL policy pins (recorded in the admissibility trace).

Show‑C — Open‑ended environment–method co‑evolution (post‑2018 open‑ended families). A generator family operates in an open‑ended setting (e.g., POET‑style and PAIRED‑style regimes). The bundle carries TransferRulesRef.edition and validity region pins; unknown transfer validity triggers a degrade branch rather than an ad‑hoc fourth status. Telemetry (coverage/regret proxies) is emitted for refresh planning, not silently turned into dominance.

Bias‑Annotation

Lenses tested: Gov, Arch, Onto/Epist, Prag, Did. Scope: packaging kit only. Rule semantics remain governed by C.23; thresholds remain governed by G.4; evidence path semantics remain governed by G.6; selection semantics remain governed by G.5.

Conformance Checklist (CC‑G8)

  • CC‑G8‑CoreRef (G.Core conformance bridge). A conforming G.8 SHALL satisfy the effective set of CC‑GCORE‑* obligations implied by G.8:4.1 (expanded per G.Core:4.2), including required pins, trigger sets, and Default Governing Definition Index citation.

  • CC‑G8‑1 (No thresholds in LOG). Any numeric gate, maturity floor, or threshold SHALL be authored as a G.4 Acceptance artefact and cited by id; the LOG bundle/ladder SHALL NOT embed thresholds.

  • CC‑G8‑2 (Tri‑state discipline; delegated). Guard outcomes SHALL obey the tri‑state domain and unknown handling defined in G.Core (delegation to CC‑GCORE‑GUARD‑1). Any sandbox/probe‑only behaviour SHALL be represented as an explicit C.23 branch and MUST pin (and record) the controlling policy id (typically an E/E‑LOG policy id via C.19), rather than inventing a fourth status or silently coercing unknowns.

  • CC‑G8‑3 (Path citation when evidence is path‑addressable). When G.6 is in use (or resolvable), every recorded pass/degrade/abstain outcome in the AdmissibilityLedger MUST cite PathId/PathSliceId (run‑time). At packaging time, the bundle/ledger SHALL at minimum provide resolvable evidence refs (e.g., EvidenceGraphId? + anchor refs).

  • CC‑G8‑4 (Crossing visibility and penalty routing; delegated). Any cross-Context or cross-plane reuse asserted by the bundle/ledger SHALL satisfy the core crossing visibility and penalty routing invariants (delegation to CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1 and CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1).

  • CC‑G8‑5 (PortfolioMode/dominance hygiene; delegated). The bundle/ledger SHALL treat PortfolioMode and dominance fields as pinned inputs and SHALL cite the governing definition for each omitted default through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex (delegation to CC‑GCORE‑DEF‑1 and CC‑GCORE‑SET‑1; governing definitions include CC‑G5.23 for DefaultId.PortfolioMode and CC‑G5.28 for DefaultId.DominanceRegime). It MUST NOT restate default values locally. If the bundle/ledger records telemetry that could influence dispatch (e.g., illumination/QD/OEE/open‑ended proxies), such telemetry SHALL remain report‑only unless explicitly promoted by a G.4 governing-pattern policy id that is pinned and recorded in the run‑time trace.

  • CC‑G8‑6 (QD/OEE edition discipline). When QD/OEE surfaces are declared, the bundle/ledger MUST pin the relevant editions and policies (DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, insertion/emitter policies, and TransferRulesRef.edition when applicable). CharacteristicSpaceRef.edition is required iff cell boundaries / de‑dup rules / parity depend on the space definition, and MUST NOT be used as a substitute for DescriptorMapRef.edition.

  • CC‑G8‑7 (Maturity is ordinal/poset). Maturity ladders SHALL be authored as ordinal/poset descriptions with closed rung ids (MaturityRungs, UTS‑registered) and a declared ReferencePlane, and SHALL be published as a citable UTS artefact (editioned; twin‑register safe). Rung transitions, when asserted, MUST be justifiable by citable evidence paths (when available).

  • CC‑G8‑8 (Spaces ≠ Maps). CharacteristicSpace and DescriptorMap SHALL remain strictly distinct kinds; naming and twin‑register discipline must be respected.

  • CC‑G8‑9 (Notational independence). The bundle, ledger, and maturity card SHALL remain notation‑independent (per E.5.2); any serialization choice is non‑normative and belongs outside Part‑G core.

  • CC‑G8‑10 (MOO cross‑reference). When a LOG bundle is used to drive or justify a produced selected-set outcome, the producing Work/Audit artefact SHOULD cite the controlling mechanism ids (e.g., parity/shipping/refresh artefact ids) and relevant policy pins; no “black box” provenance.

  • CC‑G8‑11 (SoTA‑of‑description trace). If authoring methods (e.g., discovery, clustering, summarisation) materially shaped rule text or rung definitions, the bundle/card SHOULD cite their method description refs (edition‑pinned) to support cross‑stance traceability.

Common Anti‑Patterns and How to Avoid Them

  • Anti‑pattern: Embedding thresholds inside SoS‑LOG rules or ladder rungs. Avoid: thresholds live in G.4 Acceptance; bundle only cites clause ids.

  • Anti‑pattern: Treating illumination/QD telemetry as a hidden scalar score that changes dominance. Avoid: keep telemetry report‑only unless explicitly promoted by a governing-pattern policy pin.

  • Anti‑pattern: Publishing a bundle that “implies” cross‑context reuse without Bridge/CL/Φ pins. Avoid: if reuse is asserted, publish the crossing pins; otherwise downstream must abstain from reuse.

  • Anti‑pattern: Re‑defining PortfolioMode/DominanceRegime defaults in the bundle text. Avoid: cite each default's governing definition through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex.

  • Anti‑pattern: Recording RSCR “reasons” as prose labels only. Avoid: emit canonical RSCRTriggerKindId values per G.Core.

Consequences

  • Positive: G.5 receives a stable, citable, selector‑facing artefact without importing rule semantics or threshold logic.
  • Positive: Audit and refresh become tractable: pins, crossings, evidence paths, and trigger kinds are explicit.
  • Positive: Maturity remains non‑scalar, reducing illegitimate aggregation and “readiness theater”.
  • Negative: Requires stricter authoring discipline (UTS publication, pin completeness, explicit wiring).
  • Negative: If evidence paths are not maintained (G.6 absent), auditability degrades and downstream must rely on references with lower evidence-support class, or abstain.

Rationale

C.23 governs rule semantics, G.4 governs thresholding/acceptance, G.6 governs path‑addressable provenance, and G.5 governs selection/registry semantics. Without a dedicated packaging kit, projects either (i) duplicate semantics inside ad‑hoc “decision bundles” (creating shadow specs), or (ii) leave dispatch un‑auditable. G.8 keeps these boundaries strict while providing a single, consumable surface.

SoTA‑Echoing (informative; post‑2015 practice alignment)

This pattern’s separation of decision rules, acceptance thresholds, provenance paths, and set‑valued outputs echoes post‑2015 practice in:

  • Set‑valued / set-returning selection (multi‑objective and uncertainty‑aware regimes; avoiding forced scalar winners).
  • Quality‑Diversity and archive‑based evaluation (post‑2015 QD variants emphasize edition‑pinned descriptors/distances and telemetry‑driven refresh).
  • Open‑endedness / curriculum generation (post‑2018 lines emphasize explicit transfer rules, safe degrade branches, and telemetry‑driven orchestration rather than hidden gates).
  • Reproducibility‑aware publishing (explicit identifiers, pinned editions/policies, citable traces rather than prose‑only decision rationales).

(Examples are illustrative; they do not introduce new Part‑G‑wide norms.)

Relations

Builds on: G.Core, C.23, G.4, G.6, G.5, C.22 Uses: A.10 (anchors), F.8 (policy-id resolvability), F.9/F.17/E.17 + G.7 (when cross-Context or cross-plane reuse is asserted), G.11 (refresh planning/trigger consumption), G.10 (shipping boundary; if bundled artefacts are shipped), E.10 (LEX twin registers), E.5.2 (notation independence), E.18/A.21 (GateCrossing visibility and gate checks); optional C.18 (QD) / C.19 (E/E‑LOG) when those surfaces are declared. Publishes to: UTS (bundle/ledger/card), G.5 (selector/registry consumption), G.11 (refresh via typed triggers and pinned telemetry) Constrains: any SoS‑LOG packaging that claims FPF conformance for selector‑facing dispatch across method families.

Author’s quick checklist (informative)

  • RuleId[] are ids only; rule semantics are governed by C.23 (no re-definition in this bundle).
  • SoSLogRuleId[] are ids only; rule semantics are governed by C.23 (no re-definition in this bundle).
  • Any numeric gates/thresholds are G.4 Acceptance artefacts cited by id (no thresholds embedded in LOG or rungs).
  • Evidence is citable: at run time use PathId/PathSliceId when available; at packaging time provide resolvable A10EvidenceGraphRef?[] / EvidenceGraphId?.
  • Any cross-Context or cross-plane reuse is explicit: BridgeId/BridgeCardId, CL/CL^k/CL^plane, and Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane policy ids are pinned (policy ids resolvable per F.8:8.1).
  • PortfolioMode and dominance defaults are not restated: cite each default's governing definition through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex (governing definitions live outside G.8, typically G.5).
  • QD pins are edition/policy pinned (DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, insertion/emitter policies); CharacteristicSpaceRef.edition is pinned iff cell boundaries/de‑dup/parity depend on it; Spaces ≠ Maps.
  • If open‑ended surfaces are declared, pin GeneratorFamilyId, TransferRulesRef.edition, and any validity/coupler policy ids; unknown transfer validity is recorded as degrade/branching (no “fourth status”).
  • MaturityRungs is a closed, UTS‑registered set; the maturity ladder is ordinal/poset with a declared ReferencePlane; rung transitions cite evidence.
  • RSCR triggers are emitted as canonical RSCRTriggerKindId values (no prose-only “reasons”).
  • Notation independence (E.5.2) and twin‑register discipline (E.10) are respected for all published heads/ids.
  • If authoring tools materially shaped rule/rung content, cite AuthoringMethodDescriptionRefs?[] (edition‑pinned) for cross‑stance traceability.

G.8:End

G.9 — Parity and Benchmark Harness

Status: Stable

G.9:0 — Use this when

  • rival method families, method sets, or adaptation paths must be compared under one declared baseline set and freshness window
  • you need parity to publish one reproducible report rather than one opaque benchmark score
  • downstream selection must recover comparator, normalization, bridge, and evidence pins without relying on one hidden scoring sheet

G.9:0.1 — What goes wrong if missed

  • benchmark numbers mix different windows, baselines, or comparator editions and still pretend to be comparable
  • reuse across distinct source-local meanings, a reference-plane crossing, or a normalization mapping stays hidden until a disagreement appears downstream
  • parity flattens a partial order into one scalar winner and silently changes what the comparison means

G.9:0.2 — What this buys

  • one exact ParityPlanRef that fixes the plan edition, baseline, freshness, comparator, and bridge discipline up front
  • one ParityReport that cites that exact plan and echoes its active baseline binding, pins, outcomes, and evidence trace by value
  • one harness that downstream selection can consume without inventing a G.9-local CSLC gate or a shadow governance card

Illumination, coverage, and regret remain telemetry by default. If they are promoted into dominance, that promotion must be one explicit policy-bound choice rather than one hidden scoring convenience.

G.9:1 — Intent

Provide a notation‑independent harness that:

  • plans parity runs for one explicit subject—either one EntityOfConcernRef or target refs under their existing subject patterns—with a ReferencePlane, scope, window, applicable rules, CSLC comparability and admissibility references, comparator references (CNSpecRef, CGSpecRef, ComparatorSpecRef), and reproducibility pins for editions and policy ids;
  • executes parity in a way that G.5 can consume, with selected-set outcomes and a DRR and SCR evidence trace;
  • publishes an edition-pinned ParityReport suitable for downstream consumption, shipping, refresh wiring, and RSCR.

G.9:2 — Problem frame

Parity claims become non‑reproducible or non‑comparable when any of the following are implicit:

  • evidence window and freshness regime,
  • comparator semantics, including any normalization or comparability mapping,
  • the active C.21 replay basis when DHC coordinates are compared, including the exact Characteristic, Scale, measurement definition, Method, MethodDescription or model, and time or population basis,
  • reuse across distinct F.17 source-local meanings or ReferencePlanes (the obtaining relation, crossing pins, and CL penalty placement),
  • dominance and PortfolioMode interpretation rules,
  • gate outcomes (why a run abstained or degraded).

G.9’s role is to make these recoverable as pinned and publishable as a method of obtaining outputs (MOO) without introducing new governing spec refs.

G.9:3 — Forces

  • Pluralism vs comparability. Multiple Traditions must be comparable without semantic collapse.
  • Partial orders. Many targets are only partially ordered; parity reporting must preserve CSLC-admissible outcome shape (often selected sets or archives rather than a single scalar).
  • Edition sensitivity. Parity must be robust to silent drift in measurement and comparator definitions. When DHC, QD, or OEE modes are used, the required definition pins are introduced only through the corresponding Extensions blocks; omit them when unused.
  • Telemetry versus objectives. IlluminationSummary, coverage, and regret are report-only telemetry by default. A dominance change needs an explicit CAL policy id recorded in the audit pins.
  • Crossing visibility. Every crossing used by parity must be visible and auditable through its CrossingBundle and GateCrossing checks; failure blocks publication or use of the parity result.
  • Cross-sense and reference-plane reuse. When expressions have distinct F.17 source-local meanings, recover both cells and establish the required F.9 relation; a ReferencePlane crossing follows its own declared crossing basis. Each actual crossing carries explicit pins, its audit evidence relation, and R-channel penalty placement.
  • Refreshability. Parity must emit RSCR‑relevant causes as canonical ids, with enough pins to re‑run.

G.9:4 — Solution

G.9:4.0 — G.Core linkage (normative)

This pattern is core‑invariant and therefore binds to G.Core by declaration (not by restating invariants here).

GCoreLinkageManifest (G.9) (normative; expands per G.Core:4.2) Effective obligations/pins/triggers are computed as union(expand(sets), explicit deltas) under Nil‑elision.

  • CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted }

  • RSCRTriggerSetIds := { GCoreTriggerSetId.CGSpecGate }

  • RSCRTriggerKindIds := { RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidencePathOrSourceRelationEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta } (Pattern-local deltas; cross-tradition or Bridge-calibration causes are wired via G.9:Ext.CrossTraditionParity and MUST NOT over-trigger parity runs that use one already recovered meaning and ReferencePlane.)

  • DefaultsConsumed := { DefaultId.DominanceRegime, DefaultId.PortfolioMode, DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff } (Defaults are cited through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex (not restated here); the expected default governing definitions are CC‑G5.28, CC‑G5.23, and CC‑G5.4 respectively.)

  • CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal, GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins }

  • CorePinsRequired (pattern delta; pin names only; all are id‑valued unless noted) := { ComparatorSpecRef.edition, entityOfConcernRef?, targetRefs[]?, (exactly one subject branch) ClaimScope, EvaluationWindow, FreshnessWindows, BaselineSet, BaselineBindingRef, ParityPinSet, PlannedFillingRows[]?, EvidenceGraphId, Budgeting?, EpsilonDominance?, UNM_id?, NormalizationMethodId[]?, NormalizationMethodInstanceId[]?, SCPRef.edition?, MinimalEvidenceRef.edition? } (Nil‑elision applies; mode‑specific definition pins are introduced only by the corresponding GPatternExtension blocks.)

  • TriggerAliasMapRef :=

G.9:4.1 — Objects and publication records

All objects below are notation‑independent; serialisations (if any) are handled in shipping and interop publication forms, not here.

(1) ParityPlan (one exact U.WorkPlan episteme; ParityPlan is the local application name) A plan that fixes what is being compared and under what pinned conditions.

Minimal fields (conceptual; ids/pins only):

ParityPlan := ⟨ ParityPlanId(UTS), // continuing plan lineage planEdition, // one immutable edition CGFrameId?, // exact cited CG frame when the plan depends on one entityOfConcernRef? := EntityOfConcernRef, // one-EntityOfConcern branch only targetRefs[]?, // exact-target branch only; existing kinds and editions groundingHolonRef := GroundingHolonRef, referencePlaneRef := ReferencePlane, claimScopeRef := ClaimScope, EvaluationWindow, UNM_id?, NormalizationMethodId[]?, NormalizationMethodInstanceId[]?, // when “normalize, then compare” is required (ids only; semantics come from CN‑Spec / UNM) EpsilonDominance?, // optional ε-front thinning (ε≥0; id/param; pinned when used) PortfolioMode?, DominanceRegime?, // may be explicit or inherited via DefaultGoverningDefinition (semantics follow G.5) BaselineSet, // exact method-family or generator-family targets (ids; notation-independent) BaselineBindingRef, // evidence-backed baseline-set reference that says what counts as baseline FreshnessWindows, CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, ComparatorSpecRef.edition, // edition-pinned refs SCPRef.edition?, // optional (when a specific SCP profile must be pinned/cited) MinimalEvidenceRef.edition?, // optional (when CG-Spec exposes minima profiles by ref) Budgeting?, ParityPinSet, EvidenceGraphId, PathId[], PathSliceId?, PlannedFillingRows[]? // declaration-local A.15.3 content inside this WorkPlan; no independent row refs ⟩

ParityPlanRef := <ParityPlanId, planEdition> designates one immutable plan edition. Changing its subject, baseline binding, comparator edition, or another active value that can change the run or its interpretation creates a new planEdition. The lineage id may remain only while this is still the same continuing plan; old ParityPlanRef values continue to resolve their old editions.

Exactly one subject branch is present. Use entityOfConcernRef when the report compares results about one EntityOfConcern. Use targetRefs[] when the targets themselves are compared; each ref keeps the kind and edition defined by its existing subject pattern. In particular, a G.5 method-family target is an exact MethodFamilyRowRef, and a generator-family target is an exact GeneratorFamilyRowRef.

For example, a direct comparison of <ThresholdTrendReview-local, R3> and <SpectralResidualReview-local, R2> puts those two exact row refs in targetRefs[]; the plan may explicitly use the same two refs as its BaselineSet. A comparison of their results for Pump-P17 instead puts Pump-P17 in entityOfConcernRef, leaves targetRefs[] absent, and uses BaselineBindingRef to say how the two method rows supply results about that pump.

BaselineSet names the alternatives treated as the comparison baseline; it supplies targetRefs[] only when the plan explicitly says that the same exact refs serve both purposes. Otherwise the subject and baseline remain separate, and BaselineBindingRef records how that baseline applies to the named subject. These exact values determine what is compared and when the parity claim is usable; do not add ParityContextId. If the plan relates expressions with distinct source-local meanings, first recover the exact F.17 cells and establish the required F.9 relation. A shared label, source note, or generic context identifier does not establish comparability.

(2) ParityPinSet (pin set) A declared set of pins required for reproducibility and audit (editions + policy‑ids + UTS/Path pins). The concrete contents are pattern-local (G.9 declares the pin set), but must satisfy the core pin discipline via G.Core.

(3) ParityReport (UTS publication record; work-result or audit-facing publication record only when the neighboring source exists) A UTS-publishable parity publication record produced by running one exact ParityPlanRef. By itself it is not a dated U.Work occurrence, audit performance, evidence path, assurance result, or gate decision; those claims require A.15 and A.15.1, A.10 and G.6, B.3, or A.21 respectively.

ParityReport := ⟨ ParityReportId(UTS), parityPlanRef := ParityPlanRef, entityOfConcernRef?, targetRefs[]?, // exactly one subject branch is present groundingHolonRef, referencePlaneRef, claimScopeRef, EvaluationWindow, BaselineSet, BaselineBindingRef, FreshnessWindows, CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, ComparatorSpecRef.edition, SCPRef.edition?, MinimalEvidenceRef.edition?, // echoed iff used/pinned in the plan UNM_id?, NormalizationMethodId[]?, NormalizationMethodInstanceId[]?, // echoed iff used in the plan OutcomeRefs, // selected-set / archive outcomes (as refs to selector outputs) EpsilonDominance?, // echoed when used AbstainReasons[]?, // ids/labels (policy-bound) for abstain/degrade; refusal paths included TelemetrySummary? := ⟨IlluminationSummary?, coverage?, regret?⟩, // report-only by default; promotion requires CAL policy-id pins GuardOutcomeTraceRef?, // pass/degrade/abstain trace + cited reasons (policy-bound) EvidenceTrace := ⟨EvidenceGraphId, PathId[], PathSliceId?⟩, CrossingPins?, // Bridge/CL/Φ/Ψ/Φ_plane pins, when crossings are invoked EditionPinsDelta?, // explicit list of edition pins actually active during the run PolicyPinsDelta?, // explicit list of policy-ids actually active during the run RSCRRefs[] // parity RSCR test ids / trigger emissions ⟩

The report carries the exact ParityPlanRef and echoes the BaselineBindingRef used in that edition. For example, if <PumpParityPlan, E4> used PumpBaselineBinding-E7 and a later E5 changes the binding or comparator, an old report still resolves E4 and PumpBaselineBinding-E7. A missing historical plan edition or binding is an unresolved required input; it is never replaced with the current value.

Naming discipline.

  • Heads reuse existing U‑types and LEX discipline; no new “strategy” primitive is minted here.
  • The older labels ParityPlan@Context and ParityReport@Context are retired. The suffix named neither identity nor comparison basis; current records are ParityPlan and ParityReport, with all operative conditions carried in explicit fields and exact refs.
  • Tech/Plain twins follow E.10 rules (no drift‑inducing synonyms in Tech).

G.9:4.2 — Parity planning (one exact U.WorkPlan)

Planning is the act of making the parity run reproducible by construction:

  1. Fix the baseline set. Choose the exact BaselineSet (MethodFamilies, and optionally GeneratorFamilies) used as the comparison baseline. When SoS-log or source-maturity values change baseline eligibility or interpretation, cite SoS‑LOGBundleId? and the source-maturity ids by reference; acceptance-gate thresholds remain in G.4 Acceptance.

  2. Bind subject, scope, and evaluation window. Choose exactly one subject branch: one entityOfConcernRef, or exact targetRefs[] under their existing kinds and editions. For G.5 families, use MethodFamilyRowRef or GeneratorFamilyRowRef, not a bare lineage id. Then fix groundingHolonRef, referencePlaneRef = ReferencePlane, one exact ClaimScope, and EvaluationWindow; record them without silent widening, narrowing, collapse of an EntityOfConcern into the grounding holon, or window drift.

  3. Define baseline-set reference. Declare what counts as the baseline and how it applies to the selected subject in BaselineBindingRef (for example, through an EvidenceGraph path slice or an upstream shipped package or publication-record id). If BaselineSet also supplies the exact compared targets, say so and use the same refs by value; otherwise keep baseline and subject refs distinct.

  4. Equalise window (and budget, if pinned). Declare a single FreshnessWindows and apply it across all baselines; if Budgeting is used/pinned, it MUST be shared/pinned across baselines as well.

    When specialization is part of the parity claim, the same plan should also hold constant the declared task family or target scope cut, the work-measure threshold target, adaptation budget, prior exposure declaration, and freshness window; if transfer, retention, downstream exploitation efficiency, downside field, or corridor entry are part of the claim, those pins should be explicit as well, including the baseline relative to which corridor entry is being claimed.

  5. Pin governance, CSLC comparability and admissibility references, and comparator references. CNSpecRef, CGSpecRef, and ComparatorSpecRef are referenced with explicit edition pins.

  6. Pin measurement/comparator definitions (conditional). Where parity depends on mode‑specific definition records (e.g., DHC/QD/OEE), pin the relevant definition ids/editions/policies. The minimum required pins are declared by the applicable Extensions blocks (e.g., G.9:Ext.DHCParityPins, G.9:Ext.QDArchiveParity, G.9:Ext.OEEParity) and the referenced records they cite.

  7. Bind comparator choice to CG-Spec (CSLC comparability and admissibility). Any numeric comparison or aggregation MUST be CSLC‑admissible and cite the corresponding CG‑Spec entry (via ComparatorSpecRef). If Characteristics differ by unit, scale, or space, the plan MUST declare the ids used for “normalize, then compare” (UNM_id?, NormalizationMethodId[]?, NormalizationMethodInstanceId[]?) — ids only; semantics are defined elsewhere.

  8. Declare order & PortfolioMode semantics. Parity MUST preserve set‑return semantics; PortfolioMode and DominanceRegime are either explicitly pinned or cited through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex. IlluminationSummary/coverage/regret remain telemetry unless a CAL policy explicitly promotes them (policy‑id pinned & recorded).

  9. Attach planned fillings when applicable. If parity depends on planned slot fillings, this WorkPlan contains the relevant A.15.3 rows in PlannedFillingRows[]; each row points to a declaration member defined by its own pattern and has no independent reference or identity. Omit the field when no such row is needed.

  10. Publish crossing pins (when invoked). When expressions have distinct recovered F.17 meanings, establish the required F.9 relation and publish its Bridge and CL pins; ReferencePlane or Kind crossings cite their own exact crossing basis and pins. Penalties affect R_eff only (invariants pinned through G.Core).

G.9:4.3 — Execution protocol (run‑time / selector‑adjacent)

Execution is one run under the pinned plan:

  1. Validate CSLC references and pins. Validate the cited CSLC comparability and admissibility references, active pins, and witnesses; run eligibility or acceptance checks under the plan’s TaskSignature (S2) and refuse or abstain on non-admissible operations (record trace; no “fourth status”). If a live A.21 gate consumes this check, cite its GateDecisionRef/DecisionLogRef; do not create a G.9-local CSLC gate.

  2. Invoke selection/dispatch. Apply G.5 under the plan’s pinned refs and emit selector outputs in a form consistent with G.5’s PortfolioMode and selected-set semantics.

    When parity is comparing bounded specialization, the report should echo the active specialization profiles or equivalent pins so readers can recover the work-measure threshold target, prior exposure, budget-to-threshold, post-threshold efficiency when relevant, transfer, retention, downside field, and any corridor-entry baseline or evidence note from the parity object itself rather than from later narrative explanation.

  3. Record the comparability mapping when used. If UNM_id?, NormalizationMethodId[]?, or NormalizationMethodInstanceId[]? was declared, echo it in ParityReport or its explicit pins delta. Record the ids and any scoped notes required by the cited specification in the audit pins and SCR; cite the applicable PathId values.

  4. Publish trace. Emit ParityReport with the exact ParityPlanRef, its BaselineBindingRef, EvidenceGraph citations, and all active edition and policy-id pins, so the run can be checked and run again.

  5. Emit telemetry hooks (optional, report‑only). When telemetry is produced, it is emitted as telemetry pins/events for refresh wiring (not as a silent change in dominance interpretation).

G.9:4.3a — Worked parity slice

Ordinary case: compare two pump-triage method rows. The team from the G.5 example wants a reproducible comparison of the two exact selector-row editions, not a claim that one Method is universally better. Both rows use the same scheme, units, and ReferencePlane, so no normalization or crossing branch is needed.

ParityPlanRef = <PumpTriageParity, E1>
targetRefs = [<ThresholdTrendReview-local, R3>,
              <SpectralResidualReview-local, R2>]
entityOfConcernRef = absent
groundingHolonRef = PumpMaintenanceProgram-H1
referencePlaneRef = PumpVibrationTriage-RP1
claimScopeRef = PumpFleet-F7-VibrationTriageClaims-E1
EvaluationWindow = 2026-08-01T00:00Z .. 2026-08-07T23:59Z
BaselineSet = [<ThresholdTrendReview-local, R3>,
               <SpectralResidualReview-local, R2>]
BaselineBindingRef = PumpTriageBaselineBinding-E1
FreshnessWindows = { sensorSeries: at-most-24h-old-at-run,
                     evidencePath: at-most-72h-old-at-run }
CNSpecRef.edition = PumpCN-E2
CGSpecRef.edition = PumpCG-E4
ComparatorSpecRef.edition = PumpTriageComparator-E3
ParityPinSet = [PumpVibrationMeasureSpec-E2]
EvidenceGraphId = PumpTriageEvidence-E5
PathId[] = [PumpReadings-P7, ComparatorRun-P3]
PathSliceId = PumpParitySlice-S2
expected selector result = unordered Shortlist

The plan explicitly says that BaselineSet and targetRefs[] contain the same two row refs. EvaluationWindow bounds the observations and results included in the comparison. FreshnessWindows asks a different question at run or reuse time: whether each required input and evidence path is still recent enough to rely on. A report from this run carries parityPlanRef=<PumpTriageParity, E1>, BaselineBindingRef=PumpTriageBaselineBinding-E1, the same evidence path, and the unordered Shortlist; it does not invent a scalar winner. A cold reader can therefore recover the subject, comparison boundary, two window meanings, measurement and comparator editions, and evidence without opening a causal, crossing, assurance, telemetry, or publication branch.

Conditional specialization case. Loop-engineering parity may add further pins after the ordinary comparison boundary above is complete. An evaluation program, benchmark script, or dashboard is part of the evaluation or comparison procedure; it is not the Characteristic being improved.

  • Two agentic search setups both claim bounded specialization on the same declared task family.
  • Their ParityPlan also pins the same threshold target, adaptation budget, prior-exposure declaration, and corridor-entry baseline. One setup reaches threshold sooner but shows low retention and no transfer. The other reaches threshold later, but carries reusable transfer and lower downside field.
  • Their CSLC-admissible ParityReport states what was held constant, which signals remained telemetry, and why the outcome stays a selected set or partial order rather than collapsing into a scalar winner. These specialization values extend the complete comparison boundary; they do not replace its subject, scope, windows, baseline binding, comparator editions, or evidence.

G.9:4.3b — Conditional causal method rung parity

Use this extension only when a parity report compares causal methods or causal-use claims. Start with a cheap screen and stop at degraded parity or abstention when the methods answer different questions.

CausalRungParityScreen:
  comparedMethodsRef
  targetCausalityLadderRungSet
  causalSupportComponentTypeSet
  sameEstimand: yes | no | unclear
  sameOutcomeWindow: yes | no | unclear
  sameTransportEndpoints: yes | no | unclear
  cheapParityStop:
    comparableEnoughForFullRecord |
    crossRungDegrade |
    crossSupportComponentsDegrade |
    differentEstimandAbstain |
    differentOutcomeWindowAbstain |
    differentEndpointsAbstain |
    returnToC28

causalSupportComponentTypeSet records which methods rely on evidence paths/data regimes, identification, estimates, direct counterfactual sampling, simulation, or transport. Difference is not an automatic ban, but it must be exposed and bridged; one label cannot make unlike components equivalent.

Open the full record only when comparison remains meaningful:

CausalMethodRungParityRecord:
  comparedMethodsRef
  causalUseQuestionRef?: CausalUseQuestionRef
  targetCausalUseClaimKind: CausalUseClaimKind
  targetCausalityLadderRung: CausalityLadderRung
  causalEstimandRef: CausalEstimandRef
  declaredCausalityLadderBridgeOrLossRef?
  interventionBudgetOrActionSetRef?
  causalSupportComponentRefs: CausalSupportComponentRefs
  declaredCausalSupportLossRef?
  causalUseSupportResultRef?: CausalUseSupportResultRef
  causalFollowUpWindowRef
  outcomeMeasureRef
  sourcePopulationRef?
  targetPopulationRef?
  sourceDomainRef?
  targetDomainRef?
  sourceEnvironmentRef?
  targetEnvironmentRef?
  sourceDataGeneratingRegimeRef?
  targetDataGeneratingRegimeRef?
  transportabilityResultRef?
  estimateResultRef?
  parityVerdict: parityEstablished | degraded | abstain
  supportedParityUse
  unsupportedParityUse

The record names every changed transport endpoint that matters; population and semantic scheme do not substitute for domain, environment, or data-generating regime. Different rungs, estimands, windows, endpoints, or support components require a bridge/loss, degraded parity, or abstention. G.9 makes the parity conclusion; C.28 supplies the cited causal-support result and does not authorize the benchmark conclusion.

G.9:4.9 — Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

Most working readers can stop after G.9:4.3a. The blocks below are binding-only wiring records used only when the corresponding parity mode is actually active.

The following blocks store wiring only (pins/refs/policy‑ids, relevant triggers, and Uses), while semantics remains defined in the referenced patterns.

GPatternExtension block: G.9:Ext.CrossTraditionParity GPatternExtension: CrossTraditionParity

  • PatternScopeId: G.9:Ext.CrossTraditionParity
  • GPatternExtensionId: CrossTraditionParity
  • GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: G.7
  • Uses: {G.7, F.9, E.18, A.21}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum; conditional on use):
    • BridgeId/BridgeCardId[]
    • BridgeMatrixId?
    • CalibrationLedgerId? / BCT.id?
    • RegressionSetId? / SentinelId[]? (when sentinel wiring is used)
    • CL/CL^k/CL^plane
    • Φ(CL) policy-id, Φ_plane policy-id, Ψ(CL^k) policy-id?
    • CrossingBundleId?
  • RSCRTriggerSetIds: {GCoreTriggerSetId.BridgeCalibrationKit} (preferred; expands in G.Core)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds (delta, if any):
  • Notes (wiring-only): This block does not define CL/Φ/Ψ semantics; it only requires the pins needed to cite calibration records and crossing visibility bundles.

GPatternExtension block: G.9:Ext.SoSLogGuardNarration GPatternExtension: SoSLogGuardNarration

  • PatternScopeId: G.9:Ext.SoSLogGuardNarration
  • GPatternExtensionId: SoSLogGuardNarration
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.23
  • Uses: {C.23, G.6, G.4}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum; conditional on use):
    • SoSLogRuleId[] / BranchId[] (ids as cited labels; semantics come from C.23)
    • FailureBehaviorPolicyId/SoSLogBranchId
    • EvidenceTrace.PathId[] / PathSliceId?
    • AcceptanceClauseId[] (when referenced)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidencePathOrSourceRelationEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta}
  • Notes (wiring-only): Explains why a parity run degraded/abstained by citing SoS‑LOG ids and evidence paths; does not redefine guard semantics.

GPatternExtension block: G.9:Ext.DHCParityPins GPatternExtension: DHCParityPins

  • PatternScopeId: G.9:Ext.DHCParityPins
  • GPatternExtensionId: DHCParityPins
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.21
  • Uses: {C.21}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • Required replay values and pins (minimum; conditional on DHC parity):
    • DisciplineRef
    • IntendedUse
    • ClaimScopeRef
    • ComparisonBasis
    • CharacteristicRef.edition
    • ScaleRef.edition
    • UnitRef.edition?
    • DHCMethodRef.edition
    • MethodRef
    • MethodDescriptionRef.edition?
    • MeasurementModelRef.edition?
    • CalibrationBasisRef?
    • TimeOrPopulationBasis
    • DHCDefinitionSetRef.edition?
    • TargetSliceRef?
    • DistanceDefRef.edition?
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidencePathOrSourceRelationEdit}
  • Notes (wiring-only): Carry exactly the active fields of the C.21 replay basis. TargetSliceRef appears only when the parity computation consumes that A.2.6 selection and states its relation to ClaimScopeRef. Compatible same-semantics readings use the admitted C.16 comparison basis directly; actual distinct-local-sense use also cites the obtaining F.9 relation, direction, admitted use, and loss. C.21 defines the DHC semantics.

GPatternExtension block: G.9:Ext.QDArchiveParity GPatternExtension: QDArchiveParity

  • PatternScopeId: G.9:Ext.QDArchiveParity
  • GPatternExtensionId: QDArchiveParity
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.18
  • Uses: {C.18, C.19, G.5}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum; conditional on use):
    • DescriptorMapRef.edition
    • DistanceDefRef.edition
    • CharacteristicSpaceRef.edition? (when discretisation/topology is referenced)
    • EmitterPolicyRef
    • InsertionPolicyRef
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta}
  • Notes (wiring-only): Post‑2015 QD families are referenced here only as wiring + edition/policy pin obligations (semantics come from C.18/C.19/G.5).

GPatternExtension block: G.9:Ext.OEEParity GPatternExtension: OEEParity

  • PatternScopeId: G.9:Ext.OEEParity
  • GPatternExtensionId: OEEParity
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.19
  • Uses: {C.19, G.5}
  • ⊑/⊑⁺:
  • RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum; conditional on use):
    • TransferRulesRef.edition
    • EnvironmentValidityRegionId
    • ExplorationBudgetPolicyId?
    • EvidenceTrace.PathSliceId? (for transfer‑keyed events)
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta}
  • Notes (wiring-only): Open‑ended parity is expressed as policy/edition pins + telemetry wiring, not as new core norms.

G.9:5 — Interfaces (minimal I/O; conceptual)

InterfaceConsumesProduces
G.9‑1 Plan_Parityexactly one subject branch—one EntityOfConcernRef or exact targetRefs[] under their existing kinds and editions—plus GroundingHolonRef, ReferencePlane, ClaimScope, EvaluationWindow, BaselineSet, BaselineBindingRef, FreshnessWindows, Budgeting?, EpsilonDominance?, CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, ComparatorSpecRef.edition, mode-specific measurement or normalization editions when used, SCPRef.edition?, MinimalEvidenceRef.edition?, UNM_id?, NormalizationMethodId[]?, NormalizationMethodInstanceId[]?, ParityPinSet, EvidenceGraphId, PathId[], PathSliceId?, PlannedFillingRows[]?one immutable ParityPlan WorkPlan edition and its exact ParityPlanRef
G.9‑2 Run_Parityexact ParityPlanRef, TaskSignatureRef (S2), G.5‑3 Selectselected-set, archive, or other set refs; DRR and SCR pins with PathId[] and, when needed, PathSliceId
G.9‑3 Publish_ParityReportexact ParityPlanRef, parity-run trace refs, and active pinsParityReport carrying the same exact plan ref and baseline binding (UTS publication record; emits canonical RSCR ids)
G.9‑4 Expose_ParityTelemetryTelemetry deltas (archive changes, coverage/regret signals, etc.)Telemetry events carrying PathSliceId?, policy‑ids, and edition pins for refresh wiring

Publication records are conceptual here; serialisations belong in shipping and interop publication forms (see G.10 and interop annexes), not in G.9.

G.9:6 — Conformance Checklist (CC‑G9)

CC‑G9‑CoreRef (normative; mandatory). G.9 conforms only if it satisfies the effective set of CC‑GCORE‑* declared in G.9:4.0 GCoreLinkageManifest (including trigger typing, Default Governing Definition Index links, and P2W split).

  1. CC‑G9.1 — Exact comparison boundary, equal windows (and budgets), and pinned spec editions (local). A ParityPlanRef = <ParityPlanId, planEdition> SHALL resolve one immutable plan edition. That ParityPlan SHALL choose exactly one subject branch: one EntityOfConcernRef, or targetRefs[] under their existing kinds and editions. It SHALL also name GroundingHolonRef, ReferencePlane, ClaimScope, EvaluationWindow, baseline set and binding, and evidence refs, and SHALL declare a single FreshnessWindows shared across baselines. BaselineSet supplies the target refs only when the plan explicitly identifies the same refs in both places; otherwise BaselineBindingRef relates the separate baseline to the named subject. If Budgeting is used and pinned, it SHALL be shared across baselines as well. ParityPinSet SHALL include the editions required by the referenced specification, comparator, and any measurement or normalization method in use (at minimum CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, ComparatorSpecRef.edition). If the parity run depends on planned slot fillings, its exact ParityPlan WorkPlan SHALL carry the relevant declaration-local A.15.3 rows in PlannedFillingRows[] (nil-elision when not applicable). Each row resolves only inside that WorkPlan and has no independent reference, kind, or edition.

  2. CC‑G9.2 — Mode‑specific definition pins are declared via Extensions (local; conditional). When parity depends on mode‑specific definition records beyond the pinned governing spec refs (e.g., DHC/QD/OEE), the ParityPlan/Report SHALL include the corresponding GPatternExtension blocks and satisfy their RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (typically carried inside ParityPinSet, and echoed via pins deltas in audit):

    • DHC parity → G.9:Ext.DHCParityPins
    • QD archive parity → G.9:Ext.QDArchiveParity
    • OEE parity → G.9:Ext.OEEParity
  3. CC‑G9.3 — CSLC-admissible orders and arithmetic (delegation point + local constraint). Delegated to CC‑GCORE‑SET‑1 (and the relevant G.5 PortfolioMode / selected-set semantics). Additionally: any numeric comparison or aggregation invoked by parity SHALL be CSLC-admissible and cite the corresponding CG‑Spec entry; non-admissible operations (e.g., ordinal means / mixed‑scale weighted sums) SHALL be refused or abstained with path‑cited trace (citation only; arithmetic admissibility comes from CG‑Spec/MM‑CHR).

  4. CC‑G9.4 — Normalization discipline (local citation only). If Characteristics differ by unit, scale, or space, the ParityPlan SHALL cite the CSLC-admissible comparability mapping by id (UNM_id?, NormalizationMethodId[]?, NormalizationMethodInstanceId[]?) and compare only after that mapping is applied (“normalize, then compare”). If such mapping ids are used, the ParityReport SHALL echo the same ids (directly or via explicit pins deltas) so the run is reproducible and auditable without unrecorded information. The harness SHALL NOT define a local mapping.

  5. CC‑G9.5 — Dominance/PortfolioMode interpretation & telemetry separation (local). ParityPlan and ParityReport SHALL either pin the applicable dominance regime and portfolio mode through explicit references and policy ids, or cite their corresponding defaults in G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex. Any non-default promotion behaviour must be bound to a policy and recorded through its policy-id pin. IlluminationSummary, coverage, and regret SHALL be treated as telemetry (report-only by default); any promotion into dominance is an explicitly pinned CAL policy and MUST be recorded in the audit pins and SCR.

    5a. CC‑G9.5a — Adaptation parity disclosure (local; conditional). When the parity claim concerns bounded specialization, the ParityPlan and ParityReport SHALL pin the declared task family or target scope cut, the work-measure threshold target, adaptation budget, prior exposure declaration, and any transfer, retention, downstream exploitation efficiency, downside field, or corridor-entry baseline/evidence note that materially affects comparison.

  6. CC‑G9.6 — Epsilon‑front thinning (local; conditional). If ε‑front thinning is used, EpsilonDominance (ε≥0) SHALL be explicit in the plan/report and pinned (param/id) such that the same ε is reproducible.

  7. CC‑G9.7 — Crossing visibility (delegation point). Delegated to CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1 and CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1. This item remains as a stable delegation point for Bridge and reference-plane crossing visibility plus R-channel penalty placement discipline.

  8. CC‑G9.8 — Report replay and evidence trace completeness (local). A ParityReport SHALL carry the exact ParityPlanRef and BaselineBindingRef used for the run and include an EvidenceTrace with EvidenceGraphId and the relevant PathId[] (and PathSliceId? when needed), covering inclusions, refusals, abstentions, and degradations. If the historical plan edition or binding cannot be resolved, return that unresolved input instead of substituting a current edition.

  9. CC‑G9.9 — Telemetry hooks are emitted with pins (local). When parity emits telemetry for refresh, emitted telemetry SHALL carry the active edition pins and policy‑ids needed to re‑run parity (including the active subset of ParityPinSet relevant to the emitted event). In particular, telemetry items SHOULD cite PathSliceId when available, and SHALL include the policy id governing the telemetry interpretation. Mode‑specific definition pins SHALL be included as declared by the active Extensions blocks (e.g., G.9:Ext.QDArchiveParity, G.9:Ext.OEEParity, including EnvironmentValidityRegionId when OEE parity is in scope).

  10. CC‑G9.10 — RSCR parity tests are published (local). Parity publication SHALL include RSCR parity tests (via F.15 harness refs) that cover negative/refusal paths relevant to this plan (missing pins, edition drift, missing bridge calibration refs, etc.).

  11. CC‑G9.11 — GateCrossing visibility (delegation point). Delegated to CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1 and the applicable GateCrossing/CrossingBundle harness checks (E.18, A.21, F.9, and relevant Part G bridge or crossing wiring). This remains a stable delegation point.

  12. CC‑G9.12 — Tech‑register lexical discipline (local). Tech prose and heads SHALL follow E.10: do not introduce drift‑prone primitives (e.g., “metric” as a Tech primitive); reference the source pattern's canonical terms and pinned refs.

  13. CC‑G9.13 — MOO disclosure for parity (local). Run_Parity / Publish_ParityReport SHALL record the ParityHarness identity (UTS ids) and the active pins required to interpret the outcome (editions + policy‑ids), so parity remains auditable without relying on “decision logs”.

  14. CC-G9-CLP-1 - Causal method rung parity. If a parity report compares causal methods, it SHALL first run CausalRungParityScreen; when full parity remains plausible, it SHALL declare target causality-ladder rung, causal-use claim kind, estimandRef, interventional-action basis, causal support-component refs, exact transport endpoints and transportability result when needed, estimate result when needed, bridge and loss where rungs differ, and causalUseSupportResultRef when relevant C.28 support is consumed, and degraded parity or abstain result where parity cannot be established.

G.9:7 — Anti‑patterns and remedies

  • AP‑1 Hidden edition drift. Remedy: require edition pins in ParityPinSet; treat changes as RSCR‑relevant via canonical trigger kinds.
  • AP‑2 Baseline set is informal prose. Remedy: require BaselineBindingRef and EvidenceTrace pins.
  • AP‑3 Comparator semantics are “whatever the code did”. Remedy: ComparatorSpecRef.edition (and any normalization/comparability refs) must be cited and pinned.
  • AP‑4 Cross-sense or reference-plane reuse without its obtaining relation and visible pins. Remedy: recover the exact F.17 cells and cite the obtaining F.9 relation when local meanings differ; cite the exact reference-plane crossing basis and visibility records when planes differ (delegated to G.Core).
  • AP‑5 Parity report becomes a hidden scoring sheet. Remedy: preserve CSLC-admissible outcome shape and keep telemetry as telemetry unless explicitly policy‑promoted by the governing policy pattern.
  • AP‑6 “Metric” as a primitive in Tech. Remedy: name the exact CharacteristicRef, ScaleRef, UnitRef when applicable, DHCMethodRef, MethodRef, and U.Measure or result episteme; add DistanceDefRef only when used. “Metric” may appear only in Plain with a pointer to those canonical objects.
  • AP‑7 Hidden DHC replay drift. Remedy: carry every active field of the C.21 replay basis and refuse parity reuse when a required field is unresolved or differs across the compared readings. Register refresh tests only for a named receiver that consumes those changes.

G.9:8 — Archetypal grounding (informative; SoTA‑oriented)

Show‑A — Multi‑tradition parity for decision systems (post‑2015 practice). ParityPlan pins a rolling evidence window and comparator refs; ParityReport publishes a selected-set outcome plus the evidence trace. Family labels such as preference-learning comparators, causal decision pipelines, offline-RL evaluation pipelines, and robust BO-style selectors remain illustrative until a G.2 SoTA pack or named current source pins the exact family being compared; the parity report still must preserve the selected set or partial order rather than collapse everything into a single scalar.

Show‑B — QD parity (MAP‑Elites lineage; CMA-MAE arXiv:2205.10752; DQD arXiv:2106.03894; QDax arXiv:2308.03665; QDHF or QDAIF refs only when a feedback-guided QD claim is live). ParityPlan pins descriptor/distance definitions and archive insertion policy editions. ParityReport includes archive outcomes and telemetry deltas needed for refresh, without silently converting illumination summaries into dominance.

Show‑C — Open‑ended parity (POET arXiv:1901.01753 as lineage; AlphaEvolve arXiv:2506.13131 when the live generator-family claim is coding-agent discovery; other current generator-family claims require a named G.2 SoTA pack or exact current source). ParityPlan pins transfer rule editions and exploration policy refs. ParityReport publishes selected-set outcomes plus transfer‑keyed traces (PathSlice), enabling refresh reruns when any pinned policy changes.

Show-D — Causal method rung parity. A team compares an observational predictor, an intervention optimizer, and a counterfactual policy strategy under one "best causal method" headline. G.9 first runs CausalRungParityScreen: if rungs, support components, estimands, endpoints, or outcome windows differ, the screen returns degraded parity or abstain before a full record is fabricated. When full parity remains plausible, G.9 requires CausalMethodRungParityRecord: each method declares targetCausalUseClaimKind, target CausalityLadderRung, causalEstimandRef, interventional-action basis, the support components actually consumed, relevant C.28 support result, follow-up window, outcome measure, changed transport endpoints, and estimate-result basis. If those fields differ, the parity report names declaredCausalityLadderBridgeOrLossRef, transportability or estimation refs where available, and degraded parity or abstain result. The admissible output may be a selected set by comparable rung, not one scalar winner.

G.9:9 — Cited Records (what this pattern publishes)

Exports (UTS‑publishable, edition‑pinned):

  • ParityPlan and its exact ParityPlanRef (one U.WorkPlan episteme and immutable edition reference; any planned-filling rows remain declaration-local content)
  • ParityReport (UTS publication record carrying the exact plan and baseline-binding refs; work-result or audit-facing publication record only when the neighboring source relation is live)
  • DRR and SCR refs by id and, when applicable, PortfolioPackRef? and selector-output refs by id, for downstream consumption.
  • Telemetry pins and events by id, for refresh wiring (G.11) and RSCR harnesses (F.15).

G.9:10 — Relations

C.27 temporal-claim relation.

  • C.27 may flag: dynamic parity when a benchmark actually compares rate-change, rhythm change, recovery speed, intervention effect, effort budget, or dynamic outcome.
  • This pattern keeps: baseline, freshness, comparator edition, effort/budget parity, bridge discipline, parity plan, parity report, and reproducible benchmark publication.
  • Non-admissible use: faster improvement is not benchmark superiority, and dyn2BenchmarkParityBlock? is a benchmark input declaration, not a benchmark harness.
  • Exit: when live, recover dynOrderCompared, baseline window, adaptation or intervention window, effort or budget parity reference, rate or rate-change measure, G9ParityPlanRef, and optional G9ParityReportRef; G.5 is relevant only if a selector-facing result declaration consumes such a benchmark result.

C.29 mathematical-lens use relation.

  • C.29 may flag: parity or benchmark input whose comparator, distance, descriptor geometry, embedding, normalization, surrogate model, learned representation, parity measure, model-family label, or model-selection basis depends on a mathematical lens that changes the parity claim and is missing, under-specified, or overread.
  • This pattern keeps: baseline set, freshness, comparator edition, normalization ids, bridge discipline, parity plan, parity report, and reproducible benchmark publication.
  • Non-admissible use: a C.29 output does not publish a benchmark report, create benchmark superiority, supply selector output, or supply parity-measure admissibility by itself.
  • C.29 application: for an under-lensed or overread parity input, cite the applicable C.29 output for the stated use: NoMathLensUseNeeded, MathLensUse.LensCandidateNote, MathLensUse.OneLine, MathLensUse.MiniCard, MathLensUse.FullCard, or NeighborGoverningPatternNote. Use the cheap output that changes the next admissible parity use; full-card work is only required when the live parity or benchmark claim needs it.

Builds on: G.Core, G.5, G.6, G.4, F.15, E.17, E.18, A.21, F.17, E.5.2, E.10. Publishes to: UTS (plan/report ids), G.11 (refresh wiring), G.10 (shipping publication form; parity records are cited records). Uses: G.0, A.19, A.2.6 for exact U.ClaimScope, F.9, and C.28 when parity compares causal methods or causal-use claims. Uses (optional, via Extensions): G.7, C.18 and C.19 (QD/OEE wiring), C.23 (SoS‑LOG narration and failure‑policy pins).

G.9:11 — Working reading checks

  • If two baselines are being compared under different freshness windows, comparator editions, or silent normalization rules, this pattern has not yet been satisfied.
  • If parity cannot tell the reader what was held constant, what remained telemetry, and what crossings or penalties were active, the report is not yet usable.
  • If a scalar winner is being claimed where only a selected set or partial order is CSLC-admissible, parity is overclaiming and should publish the CSLC-admissible outcome shape instead.

G.9:End

SoTA Pack Shipping

Tag: Architectural pattern (conceptual; notation‑independent; pack‑boundary governing definition) Stage: release‑time composition and publication; edition‑aware; GateCrossing‑gated via E.18 CrossingBundle (and the relevant GateCrossing harness patterns). Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G core invariants and delegation); upstream pack/kit governing definitions as cited publications or records (not redefined here). Governs (scope boundary): shipping of Part‑G outputs as a pack (SoTA‑Pack(Core)), including the pack‑level publication kit: (i) selector‑facing selection/parity roster, (ii) PathId/PathSlice citation surface, (iii) telemetry pins for refresh planning, and (iv) optional interop ingestion as citation‑only notes. Does not govern: governing spec refs (CN‑Spec, CG‑Spec), CHR/CAL semantics, selection semantics, evidence semantics, bridge calibration semantics, refresh orchestration (these remain with their governing definitions and are cited).

Problem frame — Shipping without smuggling semantics

Part G produces many kit-governed and suite-governed publications or records (harvest packs, CHR/CAL packs, evidence graphs, bridge calibration records, log bundles, parity reports). Without an explicit pack-boundary governing definition, “shipping” tends to become:

  • an ad‑hoc folder/export ritual (tool‑locked, not citable), or
  • a silent re-specification step (shipping accidentally redefines legality, defaults, or selection semantics), or
  • a brittle hand‑off that cannot support RSCR/refresh (no actionable pins/editions/policies attached).

G.10 fixes the pack boundary: it defines the single, normative shipping surface for Part‑G outputs — SoTA‑Pack(Core) — and a minimal choreography for making shipped artefacts selector‑ready and audit‑citable, while delegating all Part‑G‑wide invariants to G.Core (citation/delegation, not restatement).

Problem — Why naive shipping breaks reuse, legality, and refresh

Naive shipping fails (conceptually) when any of the following occurs:

  1. Format-as-governing-spec. A concrete export format is treated as “the pack,” turning a tool choice into a governing pack definition.
  2. Editionless hand‑offs. Shipped artefacts omit the edition/policy pins required to replay or compare outcomes, so parity and RSCR become non‑actionable.
  3. Pack smuggles semantics. Shipping reintroduces “convenience” rules (hidden scalarisation, competing defaults, private gate decisions), fragmenting the governing spec ref.
  4. Invisible crossings. Cross-context or cross-plane reuse is present, but the pack does not expose the crossing bundles and penalty policy pins needed for audit and refresh planning.
  5. No method‑of‑obtaining‑output disclosure. Consumers receive outcomes without a minimal, citable trail of which mechanisms/policies/editions produced them.
  6. Refresh orphaning. Telemetry and decay signals exist, but the shipped artefact provides no stable scope keys (PathId / PathSliceId) and no payload pins for RSCR triggers.

Forces

ForceTension
Notation independenceMake packs portable across tools ↔ still make them concrete enough to be used.
Completeness vs minimalityShip enough to be selector‑ready ↔ avoid duplicating governing definition semantics.
Continuity vs evolvabilityPreserve public IDs across edition bumps ↔ allow legitimate upgrades and deprecations.
Cross‑context reuse vs honestyEnable reuse across Traditions/contexts ↔ keep crossings explicit and auditable.
Telemetry usefulness vs semantic contaminationExport useful signals ↔ avoid turning telemetry into dominance/acceptance without pinned policy.
Fast shipping vs refreshabilityShip quickly ↔ ensure RSCR triggers can be planned and scoped (P2W‑path aware).

Solution — SoTA‑Pack(Core) as the shipping object and publication kit

G.10 defines a pack-governed shipping surface: a notation‑independent object that cites all upstream artefacts by stable ids/refs and exposes the minimum pins required to (a) consume the result via selection, (b) audit it via path citations and crossing bundles, and (c) refresh it via typed RSCR triggers.

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G core invariants; Default Governing Definition Index citation)

GCoreLinkageManifest (G.10) (normative; expands per G.Core:4.2; Nil‑elision applies) Effective obligations/pins/triggers are computed as union(expand(sets), explicit deltas) under Nil‑elision.

  • CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary }

  • RSCRTriggerSetIds := { GCoreTriggerSetId.RefreshOrchestration } (payload pins: PackId(UTS), publicationScopeId, CNSpecRef.edition, CGSpecRef.edition, PlanItemRefs := SlotFillingsPlanItemRef[], AuditPins, UTSRowId[], PathId/PathSliceId, crossing policy pins, TelemetryPinIds, relevant upstream artefact ids)

  • DefaultsConsumed := { DefaultId.PortfolioMode, DefaultId.DominanceRegime, DefaultId.GammaFoldForR_eff } (Governing definitions are resolved through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex and are not restated here.)

  • CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal, GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins }

  • CorePinsRequired (pattern delta; pin names only; id‑valued unless noted) := { PackId(UTS), publicationScopeId, contextSliceId?,

    PlanItemRefs := SlotFillingsPlanItemRef[]? (WorkPlanning planned baseline refs), AuditPins (pack‑level pin bundle: edition pins (only on …Ref.edition), policy‑ids, UTS/Path pins; ids only),

    UTSRowId[], PathId[]?, PathSliceId[]?, CrossingBundleIds := CrossingBundleId[]?, TelemetryPinIds := TelemetryPinId[]?, PortfolioRosterId?,

    MOOManifestId? (method‑of‑obtaining‑output disclosure; conceptual object id) } (Optional pins from CrossingVisibilityPins MAY be strengthened to unconditional by listing them above; G.10 typically strengthens UTSRowId[] and path/crossing bundles when the pack is publicly shipped.)

  • TriggerAliasMapRef := (no local trigger tokens in Phase‑2)

Mode‑specific definition pins. Any additional pins required for QD/OEE/interop shipping are introduced only by GPatternExtension blocks in G.10:4.6 (never smuggled into the core linkage).

SoTA‑Pack(Core) object model (normative; notation‑independent)

SoTA‑Pack(Core) is a shipment object (a pack, not a kit and not a suite) that cites upstream artefacts and exposes pack‑level pins required for downstream use.

SoTA‑Pack(Core) :=

  PackId(UTS),
  publicationScopeId,
  contextSliceId?,
  CG-FrameContext,
  entityOfConcern := ⟨GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane⟩,

  // Governing spec refs (refs + edition pins; semantics governed by their patterns)
  CNSpecRef := ⟨A.19 ref, CNSpecRef.edition⟩,
  CGSpecRef := ⟨G.0 ref,  CGSpecRef.edition⟩,

  // Selector-facing selection/parity roster token (conceptual; no formats mandated)
  PortfolioRosterId?,        // produced by `G.10‑1` as part of composition; may cite ε and the applicable pinned regime/mode refs

  // Cited payload packs/kits (ids only; semantics governed by the cited governing patterns)
  SoTAHarvestPackId?          // e.g., G.2 output id
  CHRPackId?                  // G.3 output id
  CALPackId?                  // G.4 output id
  EvidenceGraphId?            // G.6 output id
  BridgeMatrixId?             // G.2/G.7 cited id
  BridgeCalibrationTableId?   // G.7 output id
  SoSLOGBundleId?             // G.8 output id
  ParityReportId?             // G.9 output id
  DashboardSliceId?           // G.12 output id (optional)
  InteropSurfaceId?           // G.13 output id (optional)

  // Path citation surface (ids only; semantics governed by A.10/G.6)
  PathIds := PathId[]?,
  PathSliceIds := PathSliceId[]?,

  // Planned baseline + audit pins (P2W-aware; ids only)
  PlanItemRefs := SlotFillingsPlanItemRef[]?,
  AuditPins := { id pins… },                 // editions only on `…Ref.edition`; includes policies, UTS/Path pins, crossing pins

  // Crossing visibility surface (per GateCrossing; ids only)
  CrossingBundleIds := CrossingBundleId[]?,

  // Telemetry hooks for refresh planning (ids only; PathSlice-keyed; policy-id pinned)
  TelemetryPinIds := TelemetryPinId[]?,

  // Method-of-obtaining-output (MOO) disclosure (conceptual; ids only)
  MOOManifestId?,

  Notes?

Portfolio roster (normative; pack-governed; governing-definition delegating)

PortfolioRosterId identifies the selector‑facing pack roster token. The corresponding PortfolioRoster@Context is one citation-and-binding roster record inside the shipped publication form, not a publication face kind, publication form kind, interop publication form kind, or carrier kind: it MUST NOT redefine selection / selected-set semantics (governed by G.5) or parity semantics (governed by G.9). Mode‑specific definition pins (QD/OEE/interop) are introduced only via G.10:Ext.* blocks.

PortfolioRoster@Context :=

  PortfolioRosterId,
  PackId(UTS),
  CG-FrameContext,
  entityOfConcern,

  // Selector operation and default-resolution support
  portfolioMode?,
  dominanceRegime?,
  ε?,

  // Published selector outcome and set-result declaration (metadata fields, not local semantics)
  selectorOutcomeKind?,
  setResultFamily?,
  handoffKind?,
  subjectKind?,
  sourceSetFamily?,
  derivedViewKind?,
  sourceSetComposition?,
  basePaletteRef?,
  lensId?,
  shortlistId?,
  promotionPolicyRef?,
  retentionIntent?,

  // Selector-facing roster + provenance hooks (ids only)
  MethodFamilyIds := MethodFamilyId[]?,
  GeneratorFamilyIds := GeneratorFamilyId[]?,
  ParityReportId?,
  SCRId[]?, DRRId[]?,

  // Pin reuse: prefer referencing the enclosing pack’s AuditPins bundle
  AuditPins?,
  Notes?

Presence rule: PortfolioRosterId MAY be omitted only when the shipped pack is inputs‑only (e.g., shipping CHR/CAL/evidence without any selector‑consumable selected-set/shortlist output).

The selectorOutcomeKind, setResultFamily, handoffKind, sourceSetFamily, sourceSetComposition, derivedViewKind, basePaletteRef, lensId, and shortlistId fields in this roster are payload metadata fields or refs inside the shipped publication form. They do not define publication face kinds, publication form kinds, interop publication form kinds, or carrier kinds, and they do not let [G.10](/generated/patterns/G.10) re-govern [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5), [C.18](/generated/patterns/C.18), [C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19), or [G.2](/generated/patterns/G.2) semantics.

Interpretation constraints (normative by delegation). Any universal invariants governing (i) CN/CG spec-ref governing-definition assignment, (ii) crossing visibility and penalty routing, (iii) tri‑state guards, (iv) set‑return semantics, (v) P2W split, (vi) defaults, and (vii) RSCR trigger typing are not restated here and are enforced via G.Core conformance (see CC‑G10‑CoreRef).

Shipping choreography (normative; governing-definition delegating)

G.10 prescribes a minimal, governing-definition delegating sequence for composing a shipped pack:

  1. S‑1 — Gather & pin. Collect upstream artefact ids and verify the required pins implied by the linkage manifest (edition pins, policy pins, UTS/Path pins).
  2. S‑2 — Compose SoTA‑Pack(Core) + MOO disclosure. Assemble the pack object and attach a MOOManifest that lists the referenced mechanisms/policies/editions that produced the shipped outcomes (ids only; semantics stay with governing definitions).
  3. S‑3 — Publish selection/parity roster (selector‑facing). Produce a selector‑readable PortfolioRosterId with the parity/definition pins required for reproducibility; do not mandate formats.
  4. S‑4 — Anchor and publish path citations. Ensure A.10 anchors exist and publish/record PathId/PathSliceId citations required for downstream explainability (e.g., C.23/H4) and maturity rung changes.
  5. S‑5 — Expose CrossingBundle. For each GateCrossing relevant to the shipped artefacts, expose the required CrossingBundle references (fail fast on missing or non‑conformant bundles when required).
  6. S‑6 — Emit telemetry pins for refresh planning. Whenever illumination increases or archive/OEE pin state changes, emit PathSlice‑keyed telemetry with policy‑id and the active …Ref.edition pins (and QD EmitterPolicyRef/InsertionPolicyRef when applicable).
  7. S‑7 — Publish to UTS (twin labels). Mint/refresh UTS Name Cards needed to cite the pack and shipped heads (Tech/Plain twins when required); cross‑Context identity travels only via Bridges with CL and loss notes.
  8. S‑8 — Optional: ingest interop surface. If G.13 interop is in use, ingest/cite InteropSurface@Context as annotation-only notes, pinning external index editions; do not redefine interop semantics.

Interfaces & hooks (selector‑ and audit‑facing)

IDInterface (conceptual)ConsumesProduces
G.10‑1Compose_SoTA_PackG.* outputs, ComparatorSet, Bridges, editions, SCR/DRR deltasSoTA‑Pack(Core) (UTS row + surfaces) + AuditPins (+ MOOManifestId?) (+ PortfolioRosterId?)
G.10‑2Publish_UTSPackId(UTS), UTSRowId[], deprecation/edition‑bump notesUTS rows/Name Cards for the pack and shipped heads (incl. twins when required)
G.10‑3Expose_CrossingHooksGateCrossings, lanes/planes/contextsCrossingBundle (E.18:CrossingBundle) per GateCrossing; fail on missing/non‑conformant bundles
G.10‑4Pack_MOOreferenced mechanism/policy/edition idsMOOManifestId (ids only; governing-definition delegating)
G.10‑5Emit_TelemetryPinsIllumination/archive/OEE eventsPathSlice‑keyed telemetry: policy‑id, …Ref.edition (+ QD/OEE pins when applicable)
G.10‑6Publish_PathCitationsA.10 anchors, PathIdsPathId/PathSlice citations for C.23/H4 & rung changes
G.10‑7Ingest_InteropSurface?(optional) G.13 InteropSurface@ContextAnnotated pack notes citing external‑index editions

Surfaces remain conceptual per E.5.2; RO‑Crate/ORKG/OpenAlex mappings belong to Annex/Interop and do not affect Core conformance.

Note. Any concrete serialisation/export is not part of this interface set. Serialisation belongs to interop/annex governing-definition assignment and must not become the governing definition.

Consequence of governing-definition assignment (normative boundary statement)

G.10 is the one governing definition of “shipping” in Part G (by delegation to CC‑GCORE‑SKP‑1). Other G.x patterns may produce artefacts that are shipped, but they must not embed shipping obligations; they cite G.10 shipping surfaces instead.

Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

All method‑/generator‑/interop‑specific shipping extension declarations live here as GPatternExtension blocks.

GPatternExtension — G.10:Ext.QDArchiveShippingPins

PatternScopeId: G.10:Ext.QDArchiveShippingPins GPatternExtensionId: QDArchiveShippingPins GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.18 Uses: {C.18, C.21, G.5, G.8, G.11} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • DescriptorMapRef.edition
  • DistanceDefRef.edition
  • active fields from C.21's DHC replay basis (only when shipped archive telemetry consumes a C.21 DHC coordinate; carry exactly the fields used rather than a generic method-spec or metric-edition pin)
  • EmitterPolicyRef (policy‑id / ref)
  • InsertionPolicyRef (policy‑id / ref)
  • CharacteristicSpaceRef (id/ref; iff archive partitioning is declared)
  • CharacteristicSpaceRef.edition? (iff partitioning depends on an editioned space definition)
  • PathSliceId[] (to bind telemetry/refresh scope when archive behaviour is present) RSCRTriggerSetIds: (covered by G.10 core linkage via GCoreTriggerSetId.RefreshOrchestration) Notes (shipping-pin discipline):
  • This block never redefines archive semantics; it only states which pins must be present in the shipped pack when QD archive fields are present.
GPatternExtension — G.10:Ext.OEEShippingPins

PatternScopeId: G.10:Ext.OEEShippingPins GPatternExtensionId: OEEShippingPins GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.5 Uses: {G.5, G.11} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • TransferRulesRef.edition
  • EnvironmentValidityRegion? (id/ref; iff an explicit region is declared as part of generator-family support)
  • PathSliceId[] (scope key for refreshable generator telemetry when present)

RSCRTriggerSetIds: (covered by the core trigger set) Notes (shipping-pin discipline):

  • “Open‑endedness” semantics remain defined by the governing pattern; the pack only carries the pins required to make the shipped claim replayable/auditable.
GPatternExtension — G.10:Ext.InteropCitation

PatternScopeId: G.10:Ext.InteropCitation GPatternExtensionId: InteropCitation GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific GoverningPatternId: G.13 Uses: {G.13} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • InteropSurfaceId
  • ExternalIndexRef.edition
  • ClaimMapperRef.edition
  • PlaneMapRef.edition?
  • MappingPolicyRef

RSCRTriggerSetIds: (covered by the core trigger set) Notes (shipping-pin discipline):

  • This block only records that an interop surface contributed to the shipped pack’s provenance; it does not redefine any crosswalk semantics.

Published surfaces must ship kind, source, derivation, lens, and shortlist token

  • Published surfaces should carry the selector outcome kind and, when applicable, the set-result kind or handoff kind, plus the subject kind, source set kind, and relevant declared surface pins.
  • These are publication payload metadata fields inside SoTA-Pack(Core), not publication face kinds, publication form kinds, interop publication form kinds, or carrier kinds.
  • Good publication fields include selectorOutcomeKind, setResultFamily, handoffKind, subjectKind, sourceSetFamily, sourceSetComposition, dominanceRegime, lensId, shortlistId, and any declared archive or promotion-policy ids that the reader needs to interpret the visible set.
  • Those payload fields should use controlled tokens, cited ids, or already-declared head labels rather than shipping-local prose values.
  • When the visible surface or the shortlisted source is one derived tradition view, also publish the derivation explicitly.
  • Useful additional fields there include derivedViewKind, basePaletteRef, and the declared qId or reachability rule id that disciplined that derivation.
  • portfolioMode may remain as one support field about selector operation, but it should not stand in for the public set label.
  • A published surface should mirror semantics that are already declared in the governing palette, front, archive, or shortlist language.
  • It should not redefine that semantics locally.
  • When one shipped surface still needs a plain-language label, use the declared set-result kind and source set rather than falling back to portfolioMode.

Worked publication slice

  • If the visible surface is one tradition front under the declared Q, publish selectorOutcomeKind=SetResultOutcome, setResultFamily=Front, sourceSetFamily=Front, derivedViewKind=TraditionFront, and keep basePaletteRef=SoTAPaletteDescriptionId recoverable instead of pretending that the palette itself already was that front.
  • If one shortlist is emitted from that derived tradition front, publish selectorOutcomeKind=SetResultOutcome, setResultFamily=Shortlist, sourceSetFamily=Front, derivedViewKind=TraditionFront, basePaletteRef=SoTAPaletteDescriptionId, and the named lensId together.
  • If that same shortlisted surface is emitted as one stable public object, also publish shortlistId=<...> and keep it recoverable that the token names that shortlist rather than replacing it.
  • If one retained tradition archive view is shown, publish selectorOutcomeKind=SetResultOutcome, setResultFamily=Archive, sourceSetFamily=Archive, derivedViewKind=TraditionArchive, and keep the same basePaletteRef recoverable.
  • If the shortlist is later ordered, publish setResultFamily=RankedShortlist and keep the declared source set visible.
  • Do not publish setResultFamily=ChoiceSet unless the shipped object is explicitly one mathematical analysis artifact rather than the public selected set.
  • Do not publish sourceSetFamily=TraditionPalette alone when the visible object is already one derived tradition view; readers need to know which view is on the surface and which base palette it depends on.
  • Do not publish TraditionFront or TraditionArchive as if they were the default meaning of Tradition.
  • Do not ask portfolioMode to tell the reader whether they are seeing one palette, one front, one archive, or one shortlist.

Consequences

Benefits

  • A shipped result becomes selector‑ready and audit‑citable without turning file formats into governing specifications.
  • Shipping is no longer a semantic “backdoor”: pack‑level semantics remain governing-definition delegated.
  • RSCR/refresh becomes operationally viable because pack‑level scope keys and payload pins are present.

Costs / trade‑offs

  • Shipping becomes more explicit (more pins and explicit surfaces), which raises authoring overhead.
  • If upstream governing definitions fail to provide citable ids/pins, G.10 cannot paper over the gap; shipping will block or ship a visibly incomplete pack (depending on policy‑bound failure behaviour, governed by cited definitions).

Bias‑Annotation (informative)

Lenses tested: Gov, Arch, Onto/Epist, Prag, Did.

  • Format bias (Arch/Prag). A popular export format is tempting to treat as “the pack”. Mitigation: keep Core surfaces conceptual (E.5.2); move serialisation recipes to Annex/Interop; keep conformance on semantics.
  • Centralisation bias (Gov). A single pattern governing shipping semantics can become a bottleneck. Mitigation: keep shipping as one explicit governing-pattern responsibility, but push mode/method specifics into explicit G.10:Ext.* extension blocks and cite governing patterns.
  • Telemetry→dominance bias (Onto/Prag). Shipping pipelines often “promote” telemetry proxies (illumination/coverage) into ranking. Mitigation: preserve the telemetry/order separation and require explicit CAL policy‑id for any promotion; record the policy‑id in audit pins/telemetry.
  • Interop authority bias (Onto/Epist). External indexes can silently override local legality/typing. Mitigation: G.10‑6 ingests interop only as cited notes (editions + mapping policy refs), never as a replacement governing spec ref.

Archetypal grounding (informative; post‑2015 method families)

World‑plane (benchmark shipping). A CG‑Frame ships a selected set that includes a QD archive (e.g., MAP‑Elites‑class / CMA‑ME‑class families) and a generator family (e.g., POET‑class environment generation). The shipped SoTA‑Pack(Core) cites the CHR/CAL packs and records the QD/OEE extension-required pins through the extension blocks so that downstream parity and refresh can be scoped to the affected PathSliceIds rather than forcing a global rebuild.

Episteme‑plane (synthesis shipping). A CG‑Frame ships a pluralistic set of admissible methods gathered from post‑2015 literature streams (living review + synthesis pack). The shipped pack carries explicit CN/CG spec refs, evidence path citations, and method‑of‑obtaining‑output disclosure; downstream selection uses set‑valued outcomes and can schedule refresh when the synthesis pack or key pins change.

Conformance checklist (CC‑G10)

This pattern inherits order/illumination, evidence, and bridge/penalty legality from the cited governing patterns (not restated here). Shipping‑specific requirements:

IDStatementVerification notes (conceptual)
CC‑G10‑CoreRefThe pattern satisfies the effective G.Core obligations declared by G.10:4.1 (after profile/set/pin‑set expansion under Nil‑elision).Check that the linkage manifest is present and that the expanded obligations are not contradicted.
CC‑G10.1 (Notation‑independent).The pack MUST NOT rely on any specific file syntax; cards/tables are conceptual; tool serialisations are informative only.Look for format‑free conceptual fields; any serialisation is explicitly non‑normative.
CC‑G10.2 (Pack parity pins).If QD/OEE fields are present, pin DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, and (OEE) TransferRulesRef.edition; when a shipped field actually consumes a C.21 DHC coordinate, carry every active field of that coordinate's DHCReplayBasis instead of a generic method-spec or metric-edition pin. Include CharacteristicSpaceRef (+ CharacteristicSpaceRef.edition when it affects partitioning reproducibility); for QD archive semantics also pin EmitterPolicyRef and InsertionPolicyRef.Verify the corresponding G.10:Ext.* block is present and the pins appear in AuditPins and (when relevant) in telemetry pins.
CC‑G10.3 (Telemetry discipline).Any illumination increase or archive edit SHALL log PathSliceId, the active policy‑id, the active editions of the pinned …Ref fields (incl. OEE TransferRulesRef.edition), and the active EmitterPolicyRef/InsertionPolicyRef when applicable.Verify emitted telemetry is PathSlice‑keyed and carries the required pins; ensure causes are recorded using canonical trigger kinds (alias labels optional only).
CC‑G10.4 (UTS publication & twins).All shipped heads appear on UTS with Tech/Plain twins per delegated UTS discipline; cross‑Context identity (when present) is routed via Bridges with CL and loss notes per delegated crossing discipline.Verify UTS rows exist and that any cross‑Context identity is routed via Bridge artefacts with visible CL/loss notes.
CC‑G10.5 (MOO surfaced in shipping).For every declared selector set-result or archive published, the pack SHALL list the applicable generation/parity mechanism ids (e.g., QD EmitterPolicyRef/InsertionPolicyRef, parity harness ids, method refs where the method definition is generative) and the active policy‑id(s) in SCR‑visible bindings and telemetry pins (ids only; governing-definition delegating).Verify MOOManifestId is present when outcomes are intended for downstream use and does not redefine semantics.
CC‑G10.6 (Pack completeness as a citation surface).The pack cites all included upstream artefacts by id/ref and exposes the required pins (AuditPins, UTS/Path pins, CrossingBundleIds when required).Verify all present payload artefacts have ids and the pins needed to cite/replay them.
CC‑G10.7 (CrossingBundle exposure).For each GateCrossing relevant to shipped artefacts, the pack exposes the relevant CrossingBundleIds (or records that no such crossings exist) per delegated crossing visibility discipline, and shipping fails fast on missing/non‑conformant crossing bundles when required.Verify crossing bundle presence/absence is honest and aligned with the shipped artefacts’ declared crossings.
CC‑G10.8 (Baseline binding is explicit when used).If the shipped pack claims a planned baseline, PlanItemRefs := SlotFillingsPlanItemRef[] are present (WorkPlanning plan items, cited; no execution logs).Verify plan items are cited by id and the pack does not treat decision records or execution logs as authoritative plan items.
CC‑G10.9 (Extension‑scoped pin declaration).If QD/OEE/interop fields are present, the corresponding GPatternExtension block is present and its required pins/editions/policies are recorded in AuditPins and in emitted telemetry pins when those pins affect refreshability.Verify conditional extension pins are not silently omitted when the mode is used.
CC‑G10.10 (Derived tradition-view shipping).If the visible shipped surface or shortlisted source is one derived tradition view such as TraditionFront or TraditionArchive, the pack MUST publish the declared sourceSetFamily, keep basePaletteRef=SoTAPaletteDescriptionId recoverable, and carry the derivation basis (derivedViewKind, declared Q, or reachability/coverage rule id) with enough explicitness that the visible surface cannot be mistaken for the default palette semantics.Verify derived tradition views are shipped as derived views, not as silent redefinitions of the base palette.

Anti‑patterns and remedies

  • AP‑1 Format‑as‑governing‑specification. Remedy: keep Core surfaces conceptual (E.5.2); move serialisation to Annex/Interop; enforce CC‑G10.1.
  • AP‑2 Hidden edition drift. Remedy: require …Ref.edition pins in AuditPins and treat edition changes as RSCR‑relevant via canonical trigger kinds.
  • AP‑3 “QD archive present” but missing definition pins. Remedy: enforce CC‑G10.2 and the G.10:Ext.QDArchiveShippingPins pin declarations.
  • AP‑4 Telemetry silently becomes dominance. Remedy: keep telemetry report‑only unless an explicit CAL policy promotes it; require policy‑id recorded (ties to CC‑G10.3 and MOO discipline).
  • AP‑5 No PathSlice key → refresh becomes global. Remedy: enforce PathSlice‑keyed telemetry and path citations (G.10‑4, G.10‑5).
  • AP‑6 Cross‑Context reuse without visible crossing pins. Remedy: require CrossingBundleIds + Bridge/CL policy pins; fail fast on missing/non‑conformant bundles (CC‑G10.7).
  • AP‑7 Interop ingestion rewrites semantics. Remedy: ingest interop as cited notes only; semantics remain in G.13 (G.10‑6, G.10:Ext.InteropCitation).
  • AP‑8 Derived-view collapse. Remedy: ship sourceSetFamily, derivedViewKind, basePaletteRef, and the declared Q or reachability basis with enough explicitness that one derived tradition view cannot masquerade as the default palette meaning.

SoTA‑Echoing (post‑2015, for orientation)

  • Research‑object packaging & provenance. Post‑2015 practice increasingly treats “release artefacts” as packages with explicit provenance, versions, and minimal replay pins (e.g., modern research‑object and RO‑Crate‑class approaches). G.10 mirrors the “package‑as‑citation‑surface” idea while keeping semantics governing-definition delegated.
  • Reproducibility regimes in ML/AI. Contemporary reproducibility checklists, artifact evaluation/badging, and benchmark reporting norms motivate: explicit version pins, explicit method disclosure, and separating telemetry summaries from decision criteria unless policy‑promoted.
  • Scholarly KG interoperability. ORKG/OpenAlex‑class ecosystems highlight the need to treat external mappings as interop notes with editions, not as replacement governing spec refs — matching the G.10‑6 and G.10:Ext.InteropCitation stance.

Relations

Builds on: G.Core; consumes/cites artefacts governed by cited patterns from G.2 (harvest pack), G.3 (CHR pack), G.4 (CAL pack), G.6 (EvidenceGraph), G.7 (bridge calibration), G.8 (SoS‑LOG bundle), G.9 (parity report), optional G.12 (dashboard slice), optional G.13 (interop surface). Publishes to / used by: UTS (pack identity), selector‑facing consumers (via G.5), audit and assurance publications (SCR/RSCR), refresh orchestration (G.11). Constrains: tooling exports are downstream; serialisation and repository integration are explicitly non‑normative here.

G.10:End


Telemetry-Driven Refresh and Decay Orchestrator

Tag. Architectural pattern (architectural; notation-independent)

Status: Stable Normativity. Normative (unless explicitly marked informative)

Stage. run-time and maintenance-time (selective re-computation, republication, and controlled deprecation)

Primary outputs (kit publication units and records). RefreshQueue, RefreshPlan@Context (a local application name for one exact U.WorkPlan, not a new kind), RefreshReport@Context (Work or Audit record), DeprecationNotice@Context, EditionBumpLog@Context.

Primary hooks. G.Core (RSCR trigger catalogue, alias docking, and Default Governing Definition Index), G.6 (EvidenceGraph; PathId and PathSliceId), G.7 (Bridge Sentinels; CL, Φ, and plane policy pins), G.5 (set-returning selection and dispatch), G.8 (SoS-LOGBundle telemetry hooks), G.9 (parity reruns), G.10 (shipping hooks and pack-level telemetry pins), G.12 (dashboard telemetry pins), B.3.4 (freshness and decay), E.18 (GateCrossing and CrossingBundle visibility), C.18 and C.19 archive, front, and live-pool policy pins, C.23 (SoS-LOG branches and maturity ladders), C.28 (causal-use support results whose SoTA-sensitive fields can change downstream causal-use results).

Non-duplication note. G.11 cites G.Core for RSCR trigger-kind meaning, CN and CG admissibility, tri-state guards, penalties, set-return semantics, shipping or harvesting delegation, RSCRTriggerKindId values, and default governing definitions. Refresh plans and reports cite those governed definitions; they do not create local trigger meanings or default definitions inside the refresh record.

Use this when

Use this pattern when a shipped pack, evidence set, dashboard, selected set, archive, front, Q-front, term bridge, descriptor set, parity result, or a use that relies on an A.6.RCD predicate definition or derived relation kind may be stale because telemetry, freshness, edition pins, policy pins, evidence, bridge calibration, source currentness, a relied-on base relation definition, the named substrate edition, or derivation applicability changed.

What goes wrong if missed

The team either rebuilds everything after every small change or keeps using a shipped record whose source, descriptor, edition, policy, bridge, or archive currentness has silently drifted. Refresh then becomes an informal maintenance habit rather than a scoped, reviewable work plan and report.

What this buys

The practitioner gets a small refresh kit: name the affected object, currentness object kind, source record, edition or lineage pins, affected scope, subject pattern, planned refresh action, and report. The refresh can stay local while still preserving comparability, selected-set meaning, archive and front meaning, and source-currentness evidence.

When a later or replacement source may change a claim and the actual receiving uses must first be found and revalidated, use A.10.1 for the bounded search frame, discovery coverage and gaps, exact-use test, action-changing reach, application of the direct subject guidance, and the independently obtained subject result. G.11 continues to govern source currentness, decay, refresh planning, and refresh reporting. A practitioner or admitted System may use a separately established currentness result or independently obtained subject result to plan later refresh without changing either result or the governing patterns.

First output

For loop, harness, workflow-store, or DPF seed artifacts, a refresh line names the currentness object directly: source pack, evaluator, benchmark, harness edition, workflow edition, pattern seed, PFAD and PFR dependency, selected set, archive, front, or publication carrier. G.11 records currentness, source decay, edition change, telemetry, scoped refresh action, and report refs; it does not create a local "reopen and refresh" pair and does not decide whether the artifact improved.

Write one RefreshCurrentnessLine@Context or one RefreshPlan@Context with the affected scope and the applicable pattern named. If the current claim concerns selected-set result declaration, archive or front stewardship, cultural evolution, term bridges, evidence, a dashboard, or shipping, use the pattern that defines and tests that claim rather than defining it inside the refresh record. For publication, use E.17 for a source-backed face and return to source and E.24.PUB for the occurrence, form, carrier, audience, bounded use, and availability.

When currentness is the live question, use G.11 to record framework edition pins, source packs, publication-carrier currentness, deprecation, supersession, and source-decay conditions. In that record, cite E.4 for the affected framework, E.4.PFR for a framework relation, E.4.PFAD for the framework architecture decision, G.2 for source use, and E.11 for discovery. For publication, cite E.17 for a source-backed face and return to source and E.24.PUB for the occurrence, form, carrier, audience, bounded use, and availability. Do not create private refresh vocabulary for these neighboring meanings.

Problem frame — Keeping shipped SoTA current without global rebuilds

Part G produces shipped, selector-ready publication units and records: packs, bundles, evidence graphs, parity reports, and dashboards. Once shipped, they are exposed to:

  • telemetry (illumination and archive changes, parity outcomes, dashboard deltas),
  • decay (freshness windows expire; epistemic debt grows),
  • edition drift (descriptor, distance, or transfer rules bump; policy pins evolve),
  • bridge evolution (CL or plane penalties or calibrations update).

Without an explicit orchestration kit, refresh becomes either:

  • a brittle set of ad-hoc “full rerun” rituals, or
  • an audit-only refresh result that silently accumulates drift.

G.11 is the Part G governing definition of the refresh orchestration kit: it turns typed refresh causes into scoped plans and auditable execution reports, while delegating all cause semantics and universal invariants to G.Core.

Problem — Why naive refresh breaks comparability and admissibility

A refresh loop fails (conceptually) when any of the following happens:

  1. Full-rerun mania. Minor edits (e.g., a single Bridge calibration) trigger pack-wide rebuilds without a traceable scope rationale.
  2. Editionless telemetry. Telemetry signals are recorded without edition pins, making reruns non-comparable and parity-unreplayable.
  3. Alias-as-semantics. Local trigger aliases are treated as if they define meaning, fragmenting refresh semantics across patterns.
  4. Silent crossings. Refresh actions implicitly change crossing assumptions (UTS, Path, or policy pins) without a visible CrossingBundle.
  5. Orchestration smuggles semantics. Refresh introduces new default behaviors (dominance, PortfolioMode, or Γ-fold) or coerces partial orders into scalars “for convenience.”

Forces — Minimal recomputation under strict invariants

  • Minimal scope vs. completeness. Refresh must be as local as possible (slice-scoped), but still include a defensible dependency closure over evidence and crossings.
  • Operational urgency vs. auditability. Refresh is triggered by run-time telemetry and decay, yet must remain auditable as Work (pins, refs, paths), not as opaque “decisions.”
  • Alias stability vs. semantic unification. Existing trigger labels must remain usable, but their meaning must be one governing definition and id-based.
  • Modularity vs. orchestration power. G.11 must coordinate harvesting, parity, and shipping without re-implementing them or importing discipline-specific method semantics into core.
  • Policy-bound behavior vs. “smart defaults.” Ordering of refresh, priority heuristics, and budget handling are valuable—but must live as policy-bound extensions, not as hidden universal rules.

Solution — RSCR-driven refresh as a P2W-scoped orchestration kit

G.Core linkage (normative)

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative; canonical shape per G.Core; Nil‑elision permitted).

`GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨ CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary },

RSCRTriggerSetIds := {GCoreTriggerSetId.RefreshOrchestration},

CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal, GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins },

CorePinsRequired := { RSCRTriggerKindId, RSCRTriggerAliasId?, scope: PathSliceId[] | PatternScopeId, payloadPins{…},

RefreshPlanId,
RefreshReportId,
DeprecationNoticeId?,
EditionBumpLogId?,

WorkPlanRef[]?

},

DefaultsConsumed := ∅, TriggerAliasMapRef := G.Core.TriggerAliasMap.G11 ⟩`

By the G.Core Expansion rule, the effective conformance ids, trigger kinds, and pin obligations for G.11 are the manifest expansions (profiles, sets, and pin sets) plus the explicit deltas above.

TriggerAliasIds (visible; labels only). {G.11:T0…T7} (docked via TriggerAliasMapRef; aliases are never semantic authorities).

Refresh orchestration kit (subject-qualified; conceptual artefacts)

G.11 defines a minimal kit of authoring-plane artefacts that make refresh explicit and auditable.

  1. RefreshQueue (conceptual queue). A queue of refresh candidates keyed by scope (PathSliceId preferred; PatternScopeId permitted). Ordering, prioritization, and batching are policy-bound (and therefore extension-scoped), but every queue item carries canonical trigger kind ids.

  2. RefreshPlan@Context (one exact U.WorkPlan). A planned refresh is one U.WorkPlan episteme under A.15.2. It does not execute Work and does not embed gate decisions. RefreshPlan@Context is only this pattern's application name for the plan; it declares:

    • RefreshPlanId (UTS-published id; editioned)
    • EntityOfConcernRef and ReferencePlane pins (by ref; no implicit widening)
    • TargetScope := PathSliceId[] | PatternScopeId[]
    • PlannedTriggers := RSCRTrigger[] (canonical trigger kind ids, scope, and payload pins)
    • PlannedActions := RefreshAction[] (each action delegates to a subject pattern)
    • RequiredPins := {EditionPins, PolicyPins, UTS pins, Path pins} for replayability
    • PlannedFillingRows[]? as ClaimGraph content kept inside the WorkPlan under A.15.3 when a value must be pinned against a declaration member defined by its own pattern. A row is addressed only through the WorkPlan and has no separate reference or identity.
  3. RefreshReport@Context (Work or audit artefact). An execution report (Work or Audit artefact) that records:

    • RefreshReportId (UTS-published id; editioned)
    • ExecutedActions[] with links to cited artefacts governed by cited patterns (e.g., new parity report id, new pack id)
    • ObservedDeltas (telemetry deltas, admissibility changes, evidence-relation or source-relation changes) as refs and pins, not as untyped prose
    • RSCRRefs[] (any RSCR or regression harness artefacts invoked)
    • EmittedNotices[] := DeprecationNoticeId[] and EditionBumpLogId[]
    • the canonical trigger kinds actually applied (not only aliases)
  4. DeprecationNotice@Context and EditionBumpLog@Context. Controlled evolution artefacts that preserve ID-continuity:

    • DeprecationNotice explains scope, reason class (canonical trigger kind ids), and successor refs.
    • EditionBumpLog records edition increments and the pins that justify them.

    Note (normative by delegation). ID continuity and alias discipline are governed by G.Core (do not restate as local rules here).

Selected-set, archive, and cultural-variant currentness

Use this line when refresh currentness concerns a selected set, front, Q-front, archive, portfolio lineage, cultural-variant lineage, style or tradition term bridge, path slice, reused A.6.RCD predicate definition, or admitted derived relation kind.

RefreshCurrentnessLine@Context:
  governedObjectRef:
  currentnessObjectKind:
  sourceRecordRef:
  editionOrLineagePins:
  affectedPathSliceOrScope:
  subjectPatternLocator:
  plannedRefreshAction:
  refreshReportRef?:

currentnessObjectKind may name, for example, a selected set, Front, Q-front, ExplorationArchive, Archive, portfolio lineage, cultural-variant lineage, style or tradition term bridge, path-slice scope, predicate-definition episteme, or derived relation kind. Record the refresh plan, scope, pins, report, and deprecation or edition-bump publication with G.11. It does not define selected-set result declaration, actual publication, archive or front semantics, cultural-evolution semantics, term-bridge semantics, predicate semantics, or relation-kind settlement. Use [G.5](/generated/patterns/G.5) for selected-set result declaration, [E.17](/generated/patterns/E.17) for a source-backed publication face and return to source, [E.24.PUB](/generated/patterns/E.24.PUB) for the publication occurrence, form, carrier, audience, bounded use, and availability, [C.18](/generated/patterns/C.18) for archive and front relations, [C.19](/generated/patterns/C.19) for pool treatment, [C.36](/generated/patterns/C.36) for cultural-evolution claims, [F.17](/generated/patterns/F.17), [F.18](/generated/patterns/F.18), and [F.9](/generated/patterns/F.9) for durable terms and bridges, and [A.6.RCD](/generated/patterns/A.6.RCD) for a derived relation kind.

Freshness and currentness are handled by RefreshPlan@Context, RefreshReport@Context, DeprecationNotice@Context, and EditionBumpLog@Context; do not add a separate ticket kind for the same concern.

When the governed object is a reusable [A.6.RCD](/generated/patterns/A.6.RCD) predicate definition or an admitted derived relation kind, the currentness line pins the exact base definitions, named substrate and edition, authorized derivation operation, and applicability scope. A change to any of them reopens the affected derivation and its dependent uses under [A.6.RCD](/generated/patterns/A.6.RCD); G.11 schedules the bounded refresh but does not redefine the relation or derivation.

Orchestration semantics (conceptual; delegating to governing definitions)

G.11 turns typed causes into scoped actions without governing the semantics of those actions.

4.3.1 Ingestion. Consume RSCR triggers from:

  • telemetry hooks (e.g., G.8, G.10, G.12),
  • freshness and decay events (B.3.4),
  • evidence, bridge, policy, edition, relied-on base-definition, named-substrate-edition, or derivation-applicability edits (from the respective subject patterns' publication faces, forms, or units).

Every ingested signal is normalized into an RSCRTrigger (canonical id, scope, payload pins), with optional alias labels.

4.3.2 Scope closure (EvidenceGraph-first). Compute the minimal dependency closure over:

  • cited evidence and source relations, with G.6 PathId and PathSliceId refs when a graph path slice is the current math-lens expression,
  • declared crossings (G.7 sentinels; CrossingBundle visibility),
  • and pinned references (editions and policies).

The closure is a planning-time claim (“these slices are affected”), not a Work-time output.

4.3.3 Planning (P2W boundary). Produce RefreshPlan@Context that schedules actions of the form:

  • RerunHarvest (delegates to the selected harvest, source-currentness, or SoTA governing definition named by value, such as G.1 or G.2, when that definition is current)
  • RerunParity (delegates to G.9)
  • RecomputeSelectionOrSetResult (delegates to G.5)
  • RebindBridgeOrCrossing (delegates to G.7 and visibility harnesses)
  • UpdateEvidenceBindings (delegates to G.6)
  • ReshipPack (delegates to G.10)
  • UpdateBundle (delegates to G.8)
  • UpdateDashboardSlice (delegates to G.12)
  • EmitDeprecationNotice or EmitEditionBumpLog (publication units governed by this pattern)

4.3.4 Execution and audit. Execute planned actions as Work (or Work-bound audit) and publish RefreshReport@Context. Gating outcomes (admit, degrade, or abstain) follow G.Core tri-state semantics and are recorded through policy ids and cited evidence or source relations, rather than as local bespoke outcomes.

Causal-use refresh sentinels

When a shipped result consumes C.28, refresh planning watches the causes that can change a supported use, unsupported use, support-result verdict, limits, or downstream decision basis:

SentinelAffected resultRefresh pins
sampling-realizability shiftCounterfactualSamplingRealizabilityResulttarget distribution, decision Method and any derivation, physical, ethical, operational, and history constraints, required construction, bound, or obstruction, status, supported use, and unsupported use
performed sampling or resulting-data shiftdated sampling Work plus A.10 evidence path and empirical data regimeWorkPlan when used; actual performer identified through A.13; dated Work independently admitted through A.15.1; Method and window; resulting sample or data; provenance and currentness. Add F.6 with the same A.13 assignment only if the refresh decision needs to say exactly under which assignment the Work was performed. F.6 identifies neither performer nor assignment; a missing or failed attribution leaves the Work intact. A realizability result cannot substitute.
identification or bound shiftCausalIdentificationResultdata-regime refs, assumptions, identifying derivation, bound or failure witness, sensitivity
estimate shiftCausalEstimateResultidentification or design basis, data, estimator Method, diagnostics, uncertainty, sensitivity, and any live estimation-consistency result
target-trial practice shiftprotocol and mapping resultsquestion/estimand, protocol-to-data mapping, assumptions, estimate/precision, sensitivity and reporting source edition
causal-fairness shiftC.28 support result plus D.5 BiasAuditReport@Contextfairness estimand, extra counterfactual-identification assumptions, estimate and consistency result when used, support components and result, affected population, audit limits, and decision
causal-representation shiftCausalVariableRepresentationRecordintervention validity, invariance, abstraction fidelity, query preservation, shift and use limits
off-policy or causal-RL shiftOffPolicyCausalEvaluationResultbehaviour/evaluation policies, horizon/history, confounding, overlap, endpoints, estimator and uncertainty
simulation-validation shiftsimulationResultRef in CausalSupportComponentRefsmodel assumptions, validation, sensitivity, supported model use and unsupported realized/interventional use
transport-endpoint shiftCausalTransportabilityResultsource/target population, domain, environment and data-generating regime, assumptions, windows, formula and unresolved limits

These are payload distinctions under existing G.Core trigger kinds, not new trigger kinds. Reopen only the affected result and downstream uses that consumed it.

Extensions (pattern-scoped; non-core)

Discipline-specific refresh strategies and generator-specific wiring live as GPatternExtension blocks. Scheduling, ordering, priority, and budget policy for the refresh queue are not separate extension semantics: G.11 defines the required policy pins on RefreshQueue and RefreshPlan@Context, while A.15.2 and A.15.3 keep the WorkPlan and its local content separate from dated Work.

G.11:Ext.TriggerAliases

PatternScopeId: G.11:Ext.TriggerAliases GPatternExtensionId: TriggerAliases GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific (alias docking) GoverningPatternId: G.Core Uses: {G.Core} (cites G.Core.TriggerAliasMap.G11) and ⊑⁺: Required pins, edition pins, and policy pins (minimum):

  • RSCRTriggerKindId[] (canonical ids recorded on triggers)
  • RSCRTriggerAliasId? (e.g., G.11:T0…T7 as labels only)
  • scope: PathSliceId[] | PatternScopeId

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent, RSCRTriggerKindId.CrossingBundleEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.PenaltyPolicyEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidencePathOrSourceRelationEdit} Notes (wiring-only): This block does not define what T0…T7 mean; it only preserves the labels and requires docking via G.Core.TriggerAliasMap.G11.

G.11:Ext.DecayAndDebt

PatternScopeId: G.11:Ext.DecayAndDebt GPatternExtensionId: DecayAndDebt GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific GoverningPatternId: B.3.4 (freshness and decay semantics) Uses: {B.3.4, G.6} and ⊑⁺: Required pins, edition pins, and policy pins (minimum):

  • FreshnessWindowDeclRef (or equivalent window pin, as defined by the governing definition)
  • DecayPolicyIdRef or EpistemicDebtBudgetRef (policy-bound)
  • PathSliceId[] (affected evidence carriers)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.FreshnessOrDecayEvent, RSCRTriggerKindId.EvidencePathOrSourceRelationEdit, RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit} Notes (wiring-only): Any budget or priority logic remains policy-bound; G.11 only wires decay events to refresh planning.

G.11:Ext.QDRefreshWiring

PatternScopeId: G.11:Ext.QDRefreshWiring GPatternExtensionId: QDRefreshWiring GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.18 (QD semantics; descriptor, distance, and insertion) Uses: {C.18, C.19, G.5, G.8} and ⊑⁺: Required pins, edition pins, and policy pins (minimum):

  • DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition
  • CharacteristicSpaceRef.edition? (required when a domain-family coordinate is declared by the QD governing definition)
  • InsertionPolicyRef, EmitterPolicyRef (policy-bound)
  • PathSliceId (archive or illumination scope) and policy-id for emitted telemetry triggers

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange} Notes (wiring-only): G.11 does not restate QD semantics; it ensures pins are present so reruns are comparable.

G.11:Ext.OEERefreshWiring

PatternScopeId: G.11:Ext.OEERefreshWiring GPatternExtensionId: OEERefreshWiring GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific GoverningPatternId: C.19 (open-ended exploration and exploration-exploitation logistics) Uses: {C.19, G.5, G.8, G.9} and ⊑⁺: Required pins, edition pins, and policy pins (minimum):

  • TransferRulesRef.edition, EnvironmentValidityRegion (when OEE is declared by the subject patterns)
  • GeneratorFamilyId and TransferRulesRef wiring pins (as published by the governing definitions)
  • telemetry scope pins (PathSliceId, policy-id)

RSCRTriggerKindIds: {RSCRTriggerKindId.EditionPinChange, RSCRTriggerKindId.TelemetryDelta, RSCRTriggerKindId.PolicyPinChange} Notes (wiring-only): Any OEE method semantics live with the governing definition; this module only wires refresh triggers to comparable reruns.

Scheduling and priority policy pins

Scheduling strategies (bandit-style allocation, queueing, cadence policies, early stopping, or manual priority rules) may influence the order and budget of refresh work, but they do not define trigger meaning, action semantics, parity semantics, shipping semantics, or Part-G-wide defaults.

G.11 therefore treats scheduling as policy-bound refresh planning:

  • RefreshPriorityPolicyIdRef names the policy used to order or prioritize queue items.
  • BudgetDeclRef names the time, compute, cost, risk, or cadence boundary for the planned refresh.
  • RSCRTriggerKindId[] still comes from G.Core; scheduling policy does not mint trigger kinds.
  • planned refresh remains the exact U.WorkPlan locally called RefreshPlan@Context; executed refresh remains RefreshReport@Context or Work-bound audit.

If no priority or budget policy is declared, no scheduling heuristic is admissible by appearance; the plan must either use the ordinary queue order or state the missing policy pin as a blocker.

Archetypal Grounding — System and Episteme (informative; Tell–Show–Show)

U.System illustration — Safety-critical maintenance loop (pump and calibration). A centrifugal pump is serviced under a documented procedure (method description). Sensors report vibration drift (telemetry), and a calibration standard is updated (edition bump). G.11 does not “rebuild the whole maintenance doctrine”: it emits a refresh plan scoped to the affected inspection slices and publishes a refresh report with pins to the updated standard edition and the evidence or source relations. Deprecation notices are issued for obsolete thresholds in the procedure’s acceptance clauses (by subject pattern), preserving ID continuity.

U.Episteme illustration — Living review and benchmark pack (claims and parity). A claim sheet behind a shipped SoTA pack changes (new evidence, retraction, or revised measurement definition). Bridges are recalibrated, affecting CL or plane penalties. G.11 ingests canonical trigger kinds, computes the minimal closure over affected PathSliceIds, schedules targeted parity reruns, then re-ships the pack through the pattern governing shipping semantics while publishing an edition bump log that makes the evolution replayable.

Bias-Annotation (informative)

Lenses tested: Gov, Arch, Onto and Epist, Prag, Did.

  • Arch bias (toward explicit wiring). Risk: authors feel “over-pinned.” Mitigation: keep the minimum pin set small; push scheduling sophistication into extensions and policies.
  • Gov bias (toward audit over speed). Risk: refresh becomes bureaucratic. Mitigation: the kit is intentionally thin: refresh queue entries, RefreshPlan@Context, and RefreshReport@Context stay explicit, while action semantics remain delegated to governing definitions.
  • Onto and Epist bias (toward one governing definition semantics). Risk: teams try to localize trigger meaning for convenience. Mitigation: alias docking is allowed, but semantics stay in G.Core.
  • Prag bias (toward minimal recomputation). Risk: under-refresh if closure is too narrow. Mitigation: require closure rationale and allow explicit “scope wideners” as policy-bound pins.
  • Did bias (toward readable, reusable artefacts). Risk: oversimplified examples. Mitigation: maintain System and Episteme grounding and keep SoTA-echoing explicit.

Conformance Checklist (normative)

IDRequirementPurpose and Notes
CC‑G11‑CoreRefA conforming G.11 artefact MUST satisfy the effective core conformance set implied by the GCoreLinkageManifest in G.11:4.1 (profile expansion plus explicit deltas; delegated to G.Core).G.11 is conformant only if the relevant G.Core invariants and trigger discipline are satisfied.
CC‑G11.1 (Slice-scoped planning).A conforming RefreshPlan@Context SHALL be scoped to PathSliceId[] (preferred) or PatternScopeId[] and SHALL record canonical RSCRTriggerKindId for each planned cause. Pack-wide reruns MAY occur only if the declared dependency closure spans all slices; the closure rationale SHALL be recorded.Prevents full-rerun mania while keeping a safety escape hatch explicit and auditable.
CC‑G11.2 (Edition discipline; QD and OEE wiring).When QD, OEE, or both are active, a conforming RefreshPlan@Context and RefreshReport@Context SHALL satisfy the required pin, edition, and policy wiring of the applicable extension blocks: G.11:Ext.QDRefreshWiring, G.11:Ext.OEERefreshWiring, or both. .edition SHALL apply only on …Ref. Missing required pins SHALL block publication.Keeps replayability strict while keeping method-specific pin lists inside the applicable extension blocks.
CC‑G11.3 (Telemetry-metric admissibility).If a refresh publishes Illumination, QD, or OEE outcomes, it SHALL publish Q, D, and QD‑score and any coverage or regret as telemetry metrics and IlluminationSummary as a telemetry summary; these values SHALL be excluded from dominance unless a CAL policy explicitly promotes them, and the promoting policy id SHALL be recorded in SCR-visible evidence bindings through the cited subject patterns.Prevents covert scalarisation and keeps “telemetry vs order” separation explicit.
CC‑G11.4 (Bridge penalties).Any refresh reacting to Bridge or plane changes SHALL satisfy CC‑GCORE‑PEN‑1 (delegation), and SHALL publish CL, CL^k, CL^plane, and the relevant Φ, Ψ, and Φ_plane policy ids with loss notes so penalties are assigned to R_eff only (F and G invariant).Keeps penalty assignment auditable during refresh.
CC‑G11.5 (Selector invariants).Any orchestrated re‑selection or selected-set or archive update SHALL (i) satisfy CC‑GCORE‑SET‑1 (delegation), and (ii) cite the selector governing definition (G.5) under an unchanged admissible ComparatorSet (edition‑pinned where applicable), returning sets (Pareto or Archive) and introducing no scalarisation inside G.11.Prevents refresh from changing order semantics.
CC‑G11.6 (Crossing visibility).All refresh actions that touch cross-context reuse SHALL satisfy CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1 (delegation) and the GateCrossing visibility harness (e.g., E.18): CrossingRef, BridgeCard, UTS, and CL or Φ_plane policy ids. Missing or non-conformant crossings SHALL block publication.Prevents “silent crossings” under refresh.
CC‑G11.7 (Decay governance).When refresh is triggered by freshness or decay events, the refresh outputs SHALL choose and record a governance outcome (Refresh, Deprecate, or Waive) with budget notes (policy-bound), and SHALL publish the decision through DeprecationNotice@Context and related pins plus SCR-visible evidence bindings through G.6 or cited subject patterns.Turns epistemic debt into explicit, comparable governance artefacts.
CC‑G11.8 (No default smuggling).A conforming G.11 refresh artefact SHALL NOT introduce new defaults for PortfolioMode, dominance, Γ-fold, or guard behavior. If orchestrated steps rely on defaults, the artefact SHALL cite each default's governing definition through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex and the applicable subject patterns rather than restating defaults inside G.11.Protects default definition-citation discipline under orchestration pressure.
CC‑G11.9 (Targeted RSCR before republication).Before any refresh result is republished downstream (e.g., parity report updates, pack re-shipping, dashboard slice updates), the execution SHALL run or cite a targeted RSCR or regression check for the affected scope and record RSCRRefs[] or equivalent refs in RefreshReport@Context; exceptions SHALL be expressed as degrade or abstain outcomes (policy-bound) rather than silent skips.Preserves “refresh ≠ vibes” by making regression gating explicit and slice-scoped.
CC-G11.10 (Causal-use refresh sentinels).When a refreshed publication or output consumes C.28, a conforming RefreshPlan@Context SHALL include causal-use sentinel payload distinctions when counterfactual realizability, counterfactual-data identification and bounding, target-trial reporting, causal fairness, causal representation validation, off-policy and causal-RL evaluation, or simulation validation can change supported use, unsupported use, support verdict, assurance, parity, or downstream selection.Keeps moving causal SoTA from silently invalidating shipped causal-use results while preserving G.Core trigger governance.
CC-G11.11 (Relation-derivation dependency refresh).When a reused A.6.RCD predicate definition or admitted derived relation kind depends on base definitions, a named substrate edition, an authorized derivation operation, or an applicability scope, the refresh plan SHALL pin those dependencies and reopen the affected derivation and dependent uses when one changes. The plan uses existing canonical trigger kinds; it does not mint a relation-specific trigger kind.Prevents a once-valid derivation from surviving a changed semantic or substrate basis.

Common Anti-Patterns and How to Avoid Them (informative)

Anti-patternSymptomWhy it failsRepair
Full-rerun maniaAny edit triggers a global rebuildCosts explode; drift hides (no scope rationale)Enforce slice-scoped plans (CC‑G11.1); require closure rationale for global scope
Editionless telemetryTelemetry lacks …Ref.editionReruns are non-comparable; parity breaksBlock publication on missing pins (CC‑G11.2)
Alias-as-semanticsT* labels are treated as meaningTrigger meaning fragments; regressions become untestableDock aliases through G.Core.TriggerAliasMap.G11; record canonical ids
Silent crossing during refreshRefresh changes context or plane assumptions without crossingsViolates crossing visibility; penalties become hiddenRequire crossing pins and E.18 visibility; block publication (CC‑G11.6)
Default smugglingRefresh introduces “helpful” default dominance or PortfolioMode behaviorCompeting defaults appear; downstream arguments driftCite governing definitions through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex (CC‑G11.8)
Debt-by-prose“We decided not to refresh” exists only in narrativeNot comparable; cannot be testedEmit a DeprecationNotice (incl. a Waive outcome, if used) with pins (CC‑G11.7)

Consequences (informative)

  • Selective, replayable upkeep. Refresh becomes a controlled planning and execution loop rather than an implicit “maintenance vibe.”
  • Stable semantics with flexible operations. Trigger meaning is centralized (G.Core), while scheduling sophistication can evolve as policy-bound extensions.
  • Clear governing-definition assignment boundaries. Orchestration coordinates governing definitions; it does not redefine their semantics (shipping remains G.10, selection remains G.5, etc.).
  • Cost: pin discipline overhead. Authors must carry enough ids, editions, and policies to make refresh comparable. This is intentional: it replaces hidden drift with explicit wiring.

Rationale (informative)

G.11 is intentionally a thin orchestration governing definition:

  • The refresh loop is powerful enough to coordinate reruns and republishing, but too thin to become a second spec. That is why trigger semantics, invariants, and defaults are delegated to G.Core.
  • The kit is split across the P2W planning-to-work boundary so that the exact U.WorkPlan and its declaration-local planned-filling rows remain planning content while dated Work remains independently established.
  • Alias stability is maintained by allowing trigger aliases (T0…T7) while prohibiting them from becoming semantic authorities.

SoTA-Echoing — Post‑2015 practices aligned (informative)

Each entry follows: claim → practice → source → alignment → adoption status.

0. Queue-7 QD currentness requires visible survey support. Practice: current QD work is surveyed as approaches, applications, and challenges, with archive, diversity, descriptor, and evaluator-currentness concerns still live. Source: A survey on Quality-Diversity optimization: Approaches, applications, and challenges, Swarm and Evolutionary Computation 2026, DOI 10.1016/j.swevo.2025.102240. Alignment: RefreshCurrentnessLine@Context may name selected set, Front, Q-front, ExplorationArchive, Archive, portfolio lineage, descriptor or distance edition, and path-slice scope, while C.18, C.19, and G.5 keep archive, pool, and selected-set meanings. Adoption: Adopt and bound (survey support changes refresh currentness fields and boundaries; it is not the governing ontology source).

0a. Open-ended engineering outputs need source and evaluator currentness. Practice: self-improving-agent, AlphaEvolve-style, and DeepEvolve-style lines use generated variants, external knowledge, evaluators, tests, archives, and empirical validation. Source: Darwin Godel Machine arXiv:2505.22954, AlphaEvolve arXiv:2506.13131, and DeepEvolve-style deep-research augmentation arXiv:2510.06056. Alignment: G.11 refresh records carry source, evaluator, descriptor, policy, edition, lineage, and report refs; generated method text, evaluator success, and archive update keep their subject patterns. Adoption: Adopt and adapt (refresh tracks currentness and smallest affected scope; it does not accept generated text as proof, gate passage, or performed work).

  1. Continuous refresh is necessary in deployed evaluation pipelines. Practice: production ML systems use monitoring, retraining, and reevaluation triggers and insist on reproducibility hooks. Source: Breck et al., The ML Test Score (arXiv:1706.04599, 2017); Amershi et al., Software Engineering for Machine Learning (ICSE-SEIP 2019). Alignment: G.11 formalizes triggers as typed causes and forces edition and policy pins for replay. Adoption: Adopt and adapt (adapted to id-based, PathSlice-scoped refresh rather than “retrain everything”).

  2. Non-stationarity requires explicit drift and decay handling, not ad-hoc updates. Practice: continual learning emphasizes non-stationarity as a first-class maintenance condition. Source: Parisi et al., Continual Lifelong Learning with Neural Networks (arXiv:1802.07569, 2019); De Lange et al., A Continual Learning Survey (arXiv:1909.08383, 2021). Alignment: B.3.4 supplies decay semantics; G.11 wires decay events into refresh planning and controlled deprecation. Adoption: Adapt (refresh of conceptual artefacts and evidence closures, not untracked model mutation).

  3. Quality-Diversity requires archive semantics and comparability under descriptor and distance evolution. Practice: QD methods treat the archive as the primary result and track changes under policy and edition conditions. Source: contemporary QD families such as CMA-MAE (arXiv:2205.10752) and differentiable QD (arXiv:2106.03894). Alignment: QD-specific meaning lives with the subject patterns; G.11:Ext.QDRefreshWiring ensures edition pins and scope pins exist so targeted archive refresh is admissible. Adoption: Adopt (set and archive preservation; no covert scalarization).

  4. Open-endedness co-evolves environments and agents; transfer rules must be versioned. Practice: POET-class open-ended systems require explicit transfer rules and environment validity constraints. Source: Wang et al., POET (arXiv:1901.01753, 2019); later generator-family claims require a named G.2 SoTA pack or exact current source. Alignment: G.11:Ext.OEERefreshWiring requires TransferRulesRef.edition and scope pins so refresh reruns remain comparable and auditable. Adoption: Adopt and adapt (adapted to Part G pin and UTS publication discipline).

  5. Efficient orchestration benefits from bandit and early-stopping scheduling, but it must not become semantics. Practice: modern hyperparameter and experiment scheduling uses bandit-style resource allocation and asynchronous early stopping. Source: ASHA (arXiv:1810.05934) and BOHB (arXiv:1807.01774) as representative post-2015 scheduling practice. Alignment: scheduling is expressed as RefreshQueue and RefreshPlan@Context policy pins (RefreshPriorityPolicyIdRef, BudgetDeclRef) so core semantics remain stable and the exact U.WorkPlan stays separate from dated Work. Adoption: Adapt (useful practice, but quarantined outside core norms).

Relations

Builds on: G.Core (Part‑G invariants; RSCR trigger catalogue; alias docking; Default Governing Definition Index), G.6 (EvidenceGraph, PathId and PathSliceId), G.7 (Bridge sentinels; CL, Φ, and plane pins), G.5 (selector and set-return), G.8 (bundle telemetry hooks), G.9 (parity), G.10 (shipping hooks), B.3.4 (freshness and decay), E.18 (GateCrossing visibility). Coordinates with: G.12 (dashboard telemetry pins), A.6.RCD for reopening reused predicate definitions and derived relation kinds when their base definitions, named substrate edition, authorized derivation operation, or applicability changes, C.18 and C.19 archive, front, and live-pool policy pins, C.32.P2S when telemetry, decay, or freshness reopens architecture problem-to-structure carry-through, C.23 (SoS-LOG branches and maturity ladders), C.28 (causal-use support results, verdicts, supported-use values, unsupported-use values, and SoTA-sensitive causal-use sentinel payloads), F.15 (RSCR harness publications, when present). Publishes to: UTS (refresh plan, refresh report, deprecations, edition bumps), and to the relevant subject patterns’ publication faces, forms, or units through delegated actions.

G.11:End

G.12 — DHC Dashboards (Discipline-Health Time Series and Views)

Tag: Architectural kit pattern; notation-independent.

Stage: optional series authoring → measurement and series-update Work → representation → optional publication and refresh.

Primary hooks: C.21 for discipline-health Characteristics and the common replay basis; C.16 for measurement; C.2.1 for result and series epistemes; C.29 for representations; E.24.PUB for publication availability; G.6 for evidence paths when relied on; G.11 for refresh; G.Core, A.19, and G.0 for the exact legality and comparison surfaces actually used.

Optional hooks: G.2 for SoTA palettes, G.5 for selector results, C.18 and C.19 for QD or open-ended telemetry, G.8 for maturity views, G.10 for shipping, F.18 when public names are needed, and F.9 only for actual distinct-local-sense comparison.

G.12:0 — Use This When

Use G.12 when a team needs several recorded C.21 coordinate results arranged across windows, a dashboard view over them, or refresh wiring for that view.

Start from the C.21 results, not from a screen layout. State the discipline, intended use, ClaimScope, coordinate-result refs, and windows. Stop with a local view when no audience publication or refresh use exists.

Do not use G.12 for one ordinary field-health claim, to manufacture measurements from rows, to turn a dashboard into evidence or authority, or to require publication and telemetry for every C.21 use.

G.12:1 — Intent

Produce a reproducible discipline-health series and view while keeping five objects separate:

  1. C.16 measurement results and their C.2.1 coordinate-result epistemes;
  2. one optional C.2.1 DHCSeries episteme that orders exact result refs by window;
  3. rows and slices that represent those results or series;
  4. any E.24.PUB publication occurrence, form, carrier, audience, and availability interval; and
  5. any measurement, series-assembly, rendering, upload, or refresh Work.

G.12:2 — Problem Frame

Dashboards drift or become misleading when they:

  • treat ClaimScope and a selected TargetSlice as one field;
  • copy a value without its C.21 replay basis;
  • average nominal or ordinal values or mix Units;
  • hide normalization, distance, comparison, or target-band rules;
  • require a Bridge for every source difference or omit F.9 when distinct local senses are actually related;
  • turn a row, screenshot, UTS name, form, or carrier into the measurement or series episteme;
  • turn selected sets or archives into one scalar winner; or
  • rebuild everything because changed definition and evidence pins cannot be localized.

G.12:3 — Forces

ForceTension
Readable view vs replayA useful dashboard should be easy to read, while every relied-on coordinate must return to its exact definition and result.
Stable history vs changed definitionsA new method or Scale edition may invalidate trend comparability without changing historical results.
Optional publication vs local useA local view may be enough; audience availability adds a separate publication relation.
Selective refresh vs process burdenRefresh needs actionable pins, but a one-off view needs no telemetry framework.
Set-valued results vs headline pressureA view can summarize without manufacturing a scalar winner.

G.12:4 — Solution

G.12:4.0 — G.Core linkage

This pattern consumes G.Core obligations only for the branches actually opened.

GCoreLinkageManifest (G.12)

  • CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.TriStateGuard, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary }.
  • RSCRTriggerSetIds := {GCoreTriggerSetId.BridgeCalibrationKit} only when crossing or refresh wiring is used.
  • RSCRTriggerKindIds := {RSCRTriggerKindId.LegalitySurfaceEdit} only when a persisted series or view depends on that surface. Optional panels add only their own declared trigger kinds.
  • DefaultsConsumed := ; portfolio defaults become current only through G.12:Ext.PortfolioTelemetry.
  • CorePinSetIds := {GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal, GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins} with nil-elision.

The minimal durable series basis is DHCSeriesRef.edition, DisciplineRef, IntendedUse, ClaimScopeRef, exact coordinate-result refs, and their windows. Each coordinate resolves the complete DHCReplayBasis from C.21. PathSliceId[], crossing pins, public-name rows, shipping pins, publication refs, and telemetry pins are conditional.

G.12:4.1 — Objects

Local nameExact objectBoundary
DHCCoordinateResultRefRef to one persisted C.21/C.16 coordinate-result episteme and its active C.21 replay basis.It is not a row, series, evidence path, or acceptance decision.
DHCSeriesOne C.2.1 episteme whose EntityOfConcern is the discipline and whose ClaimGraph orders coordinate-result refs by explicit windows under one intended use, ClaimScope, and comparison basis.It is not a public U-kind, publication occurrence, dashboard, carrier, or Work.
DHCRowOne representation element showing an exact coordinate-result ref and selected readable fields.It does not compute, establish, or replace the result.
DashboardSliceA C.29 view or grouping over exact row, result, or series refs.It adds no comparison, normalization, acceptance, or selection semantics.
DHCTelemetryPinA G.11-facing refresh payload with a canonical trigger, exact affected scope, and changed definition, window, evidence, or policy pins.It is not evidence, currentness, an edition relation, or refresh Work.
dashboard publicationAn E.24.PUB occurrence for one selected series or view edition, audience, bounded use, form, carrier, and availability interval.A UTS row, rendering, upload, or release label does not make it obtain.

Conceptual forms:

DHCSeries := <
  DHCSeriesRef.edition,
  DisciplineRef,
  IntendedUse,
  ClaimScopeRef,
  ComparisonBasis,
  CoordinateResultRefs[],
  WindowOrder,
  DHCDefinitionSetRef.edition?,
  TargetSliceRef?,
  CurrentnessRuleRef?
>

DHCRow := <
  RowId,
  DHCCoordinateResultRef,
  Window,
  DisplayedValue,
  DisplayedScaleOrUnit,
  DisplayedStance?,
  DisplayAnnotations?
>

DashboardSlice := <
  DashboardSliceId,
  DHCSeriesRef.edition?,
  IncludedCoordinateResultRefs[],
  IncludedRowIds[],
  ViewSpecRef?,
  Annotations?
>

TargetSliceRef is present only when the series construction or publication consumes an A.2.6 selection. The ClaimGraph must then state how each selected slice belongs to or is covered by the authoritative ClaimScope. A changing time window is not silently encoded as “latest.”

G.12:4.2 — Method of obtaining the result

Stage A — Select what the view is about

  1. Start from exact results. Select persisted C.21 coordinate-result refs for one already identified discipline. Do not compute from labels or restate Characteristic semantics in G.12.
  2. Fix use, scope, and windows. Name IntendedUse and ClaimScope. Add a TargetSliceRef only when the computation or publication really consumes it, and state its relation to the scope.
  3. Check replay identity. For every coordinate, resolve the C.21 DHCReplayBasis: Characteristic, Scale, Unit when current, DHCMethodRef.edition, exact Method and MethodDescription, model or calibration pins when used, time or population basis, and any distance or definition-set edition.
  4. Choose the comparison branch. Directly comparable C.16 readings need no Bridge. Actual distinct-local-sense use cites the obtaining F.9 relation, direction, admitted use, and loss. Add reference-plane routing only when a real plane crossing is used; cite its exact basis, and keep any assurance consequence in R only.
  5. Open optional panels only when used. Portfolio, QD, open-ended, maturity, SoTA, shipping, and advanced-view fields appear only through their extension blocks.

Stage B — Construct or update content

  1. When new coordinates are required, separately identify the C.16 measurement Method, MethodDescription, model, calibration, dated Work, result, and result episteme. G.12 creates none of them from a row.
  2. Assemble or revise the DHCSeries ClaimGraph from exact coordinate-result refs and windows. This assembly may be dated Work; the series episteme is its result, not the Work or work record.
  3. Apply A.18 and any exact A.19/G.0 comparison, normalization, distance, or aggregation rule actually used. Nominal and ordinal values remain non-arithmetic unless an explicit lawful transformation creates another Scale.
  4. Construct DHCRow and DashboardSlice representations. They may omit fields for readability only when every displayed claim still resolves its exact result and replay basis.

Stage C — Publish or refresh only when required

  1. If public designators are needed, use F.18 for names of already constituted series or views. A name row is not publication.
  2. If an audience must be able to obtain the selected edition, establish E.24.PUB with exact audience, bounded use, form, carrier, and interval.
  3. If changed definitions, windows, evidence paths, crossing bases, or policies must trigger selective maintenance, emit G.11 telemetry pins naming the affected result or series slice. Otherwise stop without refresh wiring.

G.12:4.9 — Optional Extensions

An extension adds only the panel-specific fields, pins, and triggers consumed by that view. It does not redefine C.21, C.16, comparison, evidence, publication, selection, or refresh semantics.

G.12:Ext.SoTAPalette — SoTA palette alignment
  • PatternScopeId: G.12:Ext.SoTAPalette
  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: G.2
  • Optional pins: SoTA_PackRef.edition?, exact F.17 cell refs, and obtaining F.9 relation refs when alignment is actually displayed.
  • No additional trigger kind by default.
G.12:Ext.PortfolioTelemetry — selector result panel
  • PatternScopeId: G.12:Ext.PortfolioTelemetry
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: G.5
  • Conditional values: TaskSignatureRef?, resolved DominanceRegime, resolved PortfolioMode, and exact selector result and basis refs.
  • Set-returning semantics remain visible. A scalar headline is only a view annotation unless a separate policy lawfully constructs it.
G.12:Ext.QDTelemetry — illumination or archive panel
  • PatternScopeId: G.12:Ext.QDTelemetry
  • GPatternExtensionKind: MethodSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.18
  • Conditional pins: DescriptorMapRef.edition, DistanceDefRef.edition, CharacteristicSpaceSpecRef.edition?, InsertionPolicyRef, EmitterPolicyRef?, ArchiveSnapshotRef?, and PathSliceId[] when refresh uses them.
  • Illumination and coverage stay telemetry unless a separate accepted policy promotes them.
G.12:Ext.OpenEndedTelemetry — open-ended or transfer panel
  • PatternScopeId: G.12:Ext.OpenEndedTelemetry
  • GPatternExtensionKind: GeneratorSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: C.19
  • Conditional pins: TransferRulesRef.edition, EnvironmentValidityRegionId?, ProbeBudgetPolicyId?, and PathSliceId[].
  • Open-ended signals do not become dominance objectives by display.
G.12:Ext.MaturityLadderPanel — maturity view
  • PatternScopeId: G.12:Ext.MaturityLadderPanel
  • GPatternExtensionKind: DisciplineSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: G.8
  • Conditional values: MaturityCardRef, MaturityRungId?, and evidence-path refs when the displayed rung relies on them.
  • Adds RSCRTriggerKindId.MaturityRungChange only for a refresh-wired view.
G.12:Ext.PackInclusion — shipping stub
  • PatternScopeId: G.12:Ext.PackInclusion
  • GPatternExtensionKind: InteropSpecific
  • GoverningPatternId: G.10
  • Conditional values: exact pack ref, selected DHCSeriesRef.edition or DashboardSliceRef, and the replay or shipping pins the included claims actually require.
  • G.10 governs shipping; this extension only identifies what is included.
G.12:Ext.ViewFamilySeed — advanced view seed

This non-normative seed reserves no semantics. An embedding, prediction, change-point, or drift panel needs its own selected governor, inputs, limitations, and policy before it can affect a claim or decision.

G.12:5 — Interfaces

InterfaceConsumesProduces
Create_DHCSeriesexact coordinate-result refs, discipline, intended use, ClaimScope, windows, comparison basis, optional definition-set and target-slice refsone C.2.1 DHCSeries episteme edition
Update_DHCSeriesprior series edition, added or replaced exact result refs, affected windows, edition rulesuccessor series episteme edition plus exact edition relation when asserted
Render_DHCViewexact result or series refs, view specification, annotationsDHCRow[] and/or DashboardSlice representations
Publish_DHCViewselected episteme or view edition plus E.24.PUB audience, bounded use, form, carrier, and intervalobtaining publication relation when its predicate holds
Emit_DHCTelemetryexact changed definition, window, evidence, crossing, or policy pin and affected sliceG.11-facing telemetry payload
optional panel interfacesthe corresponding extension's exact valuesonly that panel's representation and conditional refresh pins

G.12:6 — Conformance Checklist

CheckPassing condition
CC-G12-1Every displayed coordinate resolves one exact C.21/C.16 result episteme and the active C.21 replay basis.
CC-G12-2ClaimScope is authoritative; TargetSlice is optional, consumed explicitly, and related to that scope.
CC-G12-3Direct same-semantics comparison uses C.16 conditions without a Bridge; actual distinct-local-sense use cites exact F.9 direction, admitted use, and loss.
CC-G12-4Characteristic, Scale, Unit, Method, MethodDescription, model, calibration, Work, result, result episteme, series episteme, row, slice, publication, form, and carrier are not collapsed.
CC-G12-5Numeric, ordinal, target-band, normalization, distance, comparison, and aggregation operations cite their exact lawful definitions.
CC-G12-6A series ClaimGraph identifies exact result refs, windows, intended use, ClaimScope, and comparison basis; content change uses the applicable edition rule.
CC-G12-7Rows and slices are view-only representations. They introduce no new objective, scalar winner, evidence, acceptance, or authority.
CC-G12-8Public names and E.24.PUB publication are conditional and separate; local dashboards need neither.
CC-G12-9Refresh telemetry appears only for a named maintenance receiver and identifies the exact affected slice and changed pins.
CC-G12-10Optional panel fields appear only with their extension and preserve the source pattern's set, archive, maturity, transfer, shipping, or palette semantics.
CC-G12-11The effective G.Core obligations are expanded by value; nil-elided or unused branches are not made mandatory.

G.12:7 — Bias-Annotation

G.12 counters screen-first, “latest”-by-default, scalar-winner, and publication-as-truth bias. A clean view can hide incompatible definitions, while a dense technical record can make a simple trend unreadable. Start from exact result claims, show the smallest useful view, and keep deeper replay and refresh detail addressable rather than visually dominant.

G.12:8 — Consequences

Benefits. Dashboard claims can be read quickly and replayed from exact result and definition refs. Historical results remain distinct from changed definitions, and refresh can be local when needed.

Costs. A relied-on trend needs exact result, scope, window, and replay identities. Publication and refresh add their own conditional work.

Risks avoided. Screenshot-as-result, context-container resurrection, scope/slice collapse, hidden method drift, illicit ordinal arithmetic, scalarization by view, and carrier-as-publication are blocked.

G.12:9 — Relations

Builds on: C.21, C.16, C.2.1, A.2.6, C.29, E.24.PUB, and G.Core only for the active Part-G branches.

Coordinates with: G.6 and G.11 for relied-on evidence and refresh; A.19 and G.0 for comparison or aggregation; F.9 for actual distinct-local-sense use; F.18 for optional public names; G.5, C.18, C.19, G.8, G.10, and G.2 through the declared extensions.

G.12:10 — Author's Quick Checklist

  1. Name the discipline, intended use, ClaimScope, exact coordinate-result refs, and windows.
  2. Resolve the C.21 replay basis for every coordinate.
  3. Add TargetSlice only when consumed and state its relation to ClaimScope.
  4. Use the direct comparison branch unless distinct local senses actually require F.9.
  5. Keep series episteme, measurement Work/result, row, slice, publication occurrence, form, and carrier separate.
  6. Add public naming, publication, evidence paths, assurance, optional panels, and refresh only for named receivers.

G.12:11 — Worked Micro-examples

Decision-making dashboard. A local view shows exact ReproducibilityRate, FormalRecognitionStatus, PracticeAdoptionRate, AlignmentDensity, TraditionShareEntropy, and TraditionShareConcentration result refs. Entropy and HHI occupy separate rows with their directions visible. A portfolio panel preserves the G.5 selected set. No audience publication is claimed.

Evolutionary architecture dashboard. A DHCSeries episteme orders exact reproducibility and DisruptionBalance results over declared windows. An optional open-ended panel shows transfer events as telemetry. A later E.24.PUB occurrence makes one selected dashboard form available to a named audience; that occurrence neither changes the series content nor turns the rendering Work into the health result.

G.12:End

External Interop Hooks for SoTA Discipline Packs (conceptual)

Tag. Architectural kit pattern (conceptual interop kit; notation‑independent; normative when used) Stage. design‑time registration & alignmentrun‑time ingestion, telemetry, refresh Primary hooks. G.Core (Part‑G core invariants + trigger catalogue + Default Governing Definition Index), G.2 (SoTA Synthesis Pack), G.3 (CHR Pack), G.4 (CAL Pack), G.5 (selector & registries), G.6 (EvidenceGraph + PathId/PathSliceId), G.7 (BridgeMatrix + CL/planes), G.8 (SoS‑LOG bundle surfaces), G.9 (parity harness), G.10 (shipping), G.11 (refresh orchestration), G.12 (dashboards), A.19 (CN‑Spec), A.18 (CSLC legality), G.0 (CG‑Spec), F.17 (UTS), F.9 (BridgeCard / CL), E.17 (publication faces), E.5.2 (notation independence), E.18/A.21 (GateCrossing/CrossingBundle checks).

Status. Stable (Phase‑2 universalized; G.Core linkage explicit) Normativity. Normative when used (when any G.13 surface is authored/emitted/consumed); informative otherwise.

Non‑duplication note (Phase‑2 universalization). This pattern does not restate Part‑G‑wide invariants (CN/CG spec-ref governing-definition assignment, crossing visibility, penalty routing, set‑return discipline, typed RSCR triggers, Default Governing Definition Index, Δ‑discipline). Those are governed in G.Core and referenced here via the linkage manifest and CC delegations (cite, don’t duplicate).

Problem frame

FPF already supports lawful characterization, evidence wiring, selector‑side set returns, parity, shipping, dashboards, and refresh. What remains frictionful in practice is interoperability with external scholarly indexes and discipline repositories (concept registries, paper/claim graphs, dataset registries, taxonomy stores, “science‑of‑science” indicator feeds), which teams routinely use as inputs when authoring a SoTA discipline pack.

Without an explicit conceptual interop kit, authors tend to build one‑off pipelines whose “implied semantics” leak into the framework: edition drift becomes invisible, cross‑plane/context reuse becomes implicit, and external signals quietly start acting like a shadow governing spec ref.

G.13 provides the missing kit: conceptual registration, alignment, and telemetry hooks that let external sources be wired into the Part‑G pipeline (G.2G.5G.9G.10G.11, and optionally G.12) while preserving Part‑G invariants via G.Core.

Problem

External sources publish claim‑adjacent signals (citations, concept graphs, “task/method” tags, replication links, dataset usage, disruption‑style indicators, benchmark metadata). These are useful for generation (palette building, declared set-result exploration, candidate bridge discovery), not only for audit. But typical interop practices create predictable failure modes:

  • CN/CG spec-ref leakage. External numeric signals get treated as if they were lawful “scores” without explicit binding to CHR/CAL/CG surfaces.
  • Implicit crossings. Cross‑context and cross‑plane reuse happens through opaque transformations, without explicit exposure of the crossing bundle pins needed downstream.
  • Edition drift + refresh brittleness. Snapshots change, schemas drift, indicator definitions get revised; without edition‑pinned interop surfaces and typed trigger causes, parity and dashboard stability degrade.
  • Evidence disconnect. “Derived features” are produced without explicit EvidenceGraph anchoring, making later refutation/repair expensive.
  • Format‑as‑norm. A convenient serialisation (KG export, JSON schema, RO‑Crate, etc.) becomes treated as the specification, undermining notation independence.

Forces

ForceTension
Notation independenceUseful serialisations vs the requirement that conformance is judged on conceptual surfaces.
Pluralism vs parityDiverse scholarly traditions and indexes vs lawful, edition‑aware comparability and reproducibility.
Interop as generation inputInterop should speed SoTA authoring, not merely decorate audit reports.
Planes & bridgesCross‑plane/context reuse must remain explicit and auditable rather than implicit in “aligners”.
Telemetry vs dominanceExternal telemetry should inform exploration and refresh without silently changing selector semantics.
Operational driftExternal sources evolve; interop must be refresh‑ready by construction (typed causes + payload pins).

Solution — Conceptual interop kit: registered sources, alignment cards, feature derivations, and RSCR‑wired telemetry

G.Core linkage (normative)

Builds on: G.Core.

GCoreLinkageManifest (normative). (Canonical form, Nil‑elision, and Expansion rule are defined in G.Core.)

`GCoreLinkageManifest := ⟨ CoreConformanceProfileIds := { GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.AuthoringBase, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.UTSWhenPublicIdsMinted, GCoreConformanceProfileId.PartG.ShippingBoundary }, RSCRTriggerSetIds := {GCoreTriggerSetId.SoTAHarvestSynthesis}, RSCRTriggerKindIds := {RSCRTriggerKindId.BaselineBindingEdit}, // delta: planned‑baseline linkage edits can be interop‑relevant

CorePinSetIds := { GCorePinSetId.PartG.AuthoringMinimal, GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins },

CorePinsRequired := { // Interop pins (G.13‑specific; avoid duplicating GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins) ExternalIndexRef.edition, ClaimMapperRef.edition?, MappingPolicyRef?, PlaneMapRef.edition?, ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef.edition?,

EvidenceGraphId?,
InteropSurfaceId?

},

DefaultsConsumed := {DefaultId.PortfolioMode, DefaultId.DominanceRegime} ⟩`

Payload‑pin note (informative). When emitting RSCR triggers for interop‑driven changes, payload pins should include the edited edition/policy identifiers, the impacted scope, and the applicable crossing‑visibility pins (per GCorePinSetId.PartG.CrossingVisibilityPins) when crossings/UTS/paths are involved.

Interop kit objects & surfaces (pattern-governed; notation‑independent)

All objects below are conceptual. Any concrete serialisation belongs to Annex/Interop or tooling notes and is not normative for Part‑G conformance.

  • ExternalIndexCard@Context — registration of an external source and its snapshot.

    Shape (conceptual): ⟨ ExternalIndexId, ProviderName?, ExternalIndexType, CoverageScope, Licence?, ExternalEdition, FreshnessWindow?, entityOfConcern := ⟨GroundingHolon, ReferencePlane⟩, Notes? ⟩

    Intent. Create a stable, citable “source card” so downstream artefacts can pin the card edition via ExternalIndexRef.edition, while the provider snapshot remains visible as ExternalEdition (do not echo provider snapshot ids into downstream cards; cite refs instead).

  • ClaimMapperCard@Context — a conceptual “mapping recipe” that yields FPF‑native artefacts from an external source.

    Shape (conceptual): ⟨ MapperId, ExternalIndexId, MappingPolicyRef, Targets{ClaimSheet|BridgeHints|SoSFeatureSet|UTSProposals}, PlaneMapRef?, ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef?, EvidenceGraphId?, CSLCProofStubs? ⟩

    Notes.

    • This is not a shadow legality gate. It is an interop surface that cites governing definitions (A.19, G.0, G.3, G.4) and publishes the required pins for downstream audit/refresh.
    • When cross‑plane or cross‑context reuse is implicated, the alignment outputs must use the existing crossing bundles (see G.Core linkage).
    • Avoid “edition echo”: downstream artefacts cite ExternalIndexRef.edition and ClaimMapperRef.edition (and optional PlaneMapRef.edition / ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef.edition) rather than copying snapshot ids/editions as free fields.
  • SoSFeatureTransform@Context — declares how external signals become CHR‑typed SoS features (for DHC/dashboard usage and/or SoS‑LOG rule evaluation).

    Shape (conceptual): ⟨ SoSFeatureTransformId, Inputs{ClaimSheetId[] | ExternalSignalsRef}, SoSFeatureSetId, FeatureTypingRefs{CharacteristicId/ScaleId/CoordinateId}, ReferencePlane, EvidenceGraphId?, PathSliceId[]?, ProofHooks? ⟩

    Notes.

    • The derivation is a typing + provenance surface; it does not introduce new comparators or new governance cards or legality gates.
  • ScaleEmbeddingSpec@Context — optional constraints for representation/space alignment used inside an alignment recipe.

    Shape (conceptual): ⟨ ScaleEmbeddingSpecId, IntendedUse, AllowedTransformFamily, RequiredPins{NormalizationMethodRef.edition?}, ProhibitedCoercions ⟩

    Design intent. Make any representation alignment explicitly constrained and edition‑pinned, instead of silently “creating a new scale”. LEX/UTS note (informative). ScaleEmbeddingSpec is a new LEX head; when it mints a public id it must be published to UTS with twin labels (see G.Core / UTS profile).

  • IndexTelemetryPin — an emitted refresh input that makes interop changes RSCR‑visible.

    Shape (conceptual; RSCR‑typed): ⟨ triggerKindId: RSCRTriggerKindId, scope: PathSliceId[] | PathId[] | PatternScopeId, payloadPins{ExternalIndexId, ExternalIndexRef.edition, ClaimMapperRef.edition?, MappingPolicyRef?, PlaneMapRef.edition?, ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef.edition?, PathId[]?, PathSliceId[]?, UTSRowId[]?, …} ⟩

    Publication. Emitted to G.11 as refresh input; recorded with canonical RSCRTriggerKindId causes.

  • InteropSurface@Context — a selector-facing or dashboard-facing summary of what interop publications and records exist and how they are pinned.

    Shape (conceptual): ⟨ InteropSurfaceId, ExternalIndexId, ExternalIndexRef.edition, MapperId?, ClaimMapperRef.edition?, MappingPolicyRef?, SoSFeatureSetId?, EvidenceGraphId?, PathSliceId[]?, PlaneMapRef.edition?, ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef.edition?, UTSRowId[] ⟩

    Publication. Published to UTS with twin labels as applicable.

Generation‑first interop flow (notation‑independent; governing-definition delegating)

  1. Register source editions. Author ExternalIndexCard@Context for each external source/snapshot used for SoTA authoring, including ExternalEdition and the entityOfConcern plane anchor.

  2. Author mapping recipes. Create ClaimMapperCard@Context describing which FPF artefacts are produced (ClaimSheets, BridgeHints, feature sets, UTS proposals), and which policies/specs constrain the mapping (policy refs + optional PlaneMapRef / ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef).

  3. Produce FPF‑native inputs. Use the alignment recipe outputs as inputs to:

    • G.2 harvesting (ClaimSheets / operator & object inventories / candidate bridge hints),
    • G.3 CHR typing (when numeric signals are formalized as CHR characteristics/scales/coordinates),
    • G.4 acceptance/threshold policies (when a downstream decision requires explicit CAL policy rather than telemetry),
    • G.12 dashboards (when derived SoS features are used as DHC slots).
  4. Feed selection/parity/shipping without smuggling semantics.

    • G.5 consumes the produced artefacts under its own governing spec refs and returns set‑valued outcomes (selector semantics remain governed by G.5 + G.Core).
    • G.9 parity consumes pinned editions/windows and produces traceable parity reports.
    • G.10 shipping may include interop surfaces as cited publications or records; G.13 does not govern shipping.
  5. Emit telemetry and refresh causes. Any change in external editions, alignment policies, plane maps, or embedding specs emits:

    • a canonical RSCRTriggerKindId (per G.Core),
    • a scope (PathSliceId[] and/or PatternScopeId),
    • payload pins (editions/policies/UTS rows), enabling G.11 to plan slice‑scoped refresh.

Interfaces — minimal I/O standard (conceptual; kit‑only)

IDInterfaceConsumesProduces
G.13‑1 Register_ExternalIndexRegister ExternalIndexCard@ContextProvider metadata, scope, ExternalEdition, freshness, entityOfConcern anchorExternalIndexCard@Context (+ UTS row when published)
G.13‑2 Map_ClaimsToFPFApply ClaimMapperCard@ContextExternalIndexCard@Context, MappingPolicyRef, optional PlaneMapRef/ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef, optional EvidenceGraph hooksClaimSheet@Context, BridgeHints, optional SoSFeatureSet@Context, optional UTS proposals
G.13‑3 Derive_SoSFeaturesProduce CHR‑typed SoS featuresClaimSheets / external signals refs, CHR typing refs, legality proof hooksSoSFeatureSet@Context (CHR‑typed; provenance pinned)
G.13‑4 Publish_InteropSurfacePublish interop summaryoutputs of G.13‑2/‑3, UTS refsInteropSurface@Context (+ UTS rows/twins)
G.13‑5 Emit_IndexTelemetryPinEmit refresh inputedition/policy changes + scope + payload pinstelemetry to G.11 (typed causes + payload pins)
G.13‑6 Wire_To_SoTA_PackProvide shipping hookInteropSurface@Context + citations to upstream artefactsG.10 pack hooks (as cited payload; no serialisation mandated)

Extensions (pattern‑scoped; non‑core)

G.13 keeps provider/method specifics out of the kit core. Any such specificity appears as GPatternExtension blocks with stable PatternScopeIds. These modules are wiring‑only: they bind pins/editions/policies and cite the governing pattern rather than redefining semantics.

G.13:Ext.ExternalIndexProviderWiring (Phase‑3 seed)

PatternScopeId: G.13:Ext.ExternalIndexProviderWiring GPatternExtensionId: ExternalIndexProviderWiring GPatternExtensionKind: Phase3Seed GoverningPatternId: governing pattern not yet selected (Annex/Interop or a future dedicated interop-governing pattern) Uses: {G.13} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • ExternalIndexType
  • ExternalEdition (as published on ExternalIndexCard@Context)
  • Licence?
  • CoverageScope
  • ProviderChangePolicyId? (if provider‑specific “schema drift” handling exists)

RSCRTriggerSetIds / RSCRTriggerKindIds: (covered by G.13:4.1) Notes (seed; wiring‑only):

  • Provider‑specific ingestion choices (e.g., OpenAlex‑class, Crossref‑class, ORKG‑class, discipline repositories) must not become Part‑G‑wide norms in Phase‑2. This module only records which provider cards exist and which editions/policies are pinned.

G.13:Ext.EmbeddingBasedAlignment (Phase‑3 seed; method‑specific wiring stub)

PatternScopeId: G.13:Ext.EmbeddingBasedAlignment GPatternExtensionId: EmbeddingBasedAlignment GPatternExtensionKind: Phase3Seed GoverningPatternId: governing pattern not yet selected (Annex/Interop or a future dedicated interop-governing pattern; Phase-3 governing-pattern decision required) Uses: {G.13, A.19, E.5.2} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef.edition
  • NormalizationMethodRef.edition? (when a declared normalization/representation transform is used)
  • MappingPolicyRef
  • EvidenceGraphId? (when evidence paths for alignment decisions are published)

RSCRTriggerSetIds / RSCRTriggerKindIds: (covered by G.13:4.1) Notes (wiring‑only; post‑2015 practice orientation):

  • “Embedding‑based” techniques are treated as declared transforms constrained by ScaleEmbeddingSpec and/or NormalizationMethod references, rather than as implicit semantics.
  • The module binds editions and policies; it does not define what is “similar enough”.

G.13:Ext.EntityResolutionAndAliasDocking (interop‑specific; Phase‑3 seed)

PatternScopeId: G.13:Ext.EntityResolutionAndAliasDocking GPatternExtensionId: EntityResolutionAndAliasDocking GPatternExtensionKind: Phase3Seed GoverningPatternId: governing pattern not yet selected (likely UTS-adjacent; requires Phase-3 governing-pattern decision) Uses: {F.17, E.10} ⊑/⊑⁺: RequiredPins/EditionPins/PolicyPins (minimum):

  • UTSRowId[] (for externally‑sourced entities that become publicly citable)
  • ExternalIdAliasSetId? (labels only; canonical ids remain UTS ids)
  • TokenizationPolicyId?

RSCRTriggerSetIds / RSCRTriggerKindIds: (covered by G.13:4.1) Notes (seed; wiring‑only):

  • This module exists to prevent “ID drift by renaming” for externally sourced entities. It is intentionally a Phase‑3 seed until its governing pattern is selected.

Archetypal grounding (informative; SoTA‑oriented)

System. Software architecture portfolio design. Register an external scholarly index edition for “software architecture” concept neighborhoods. Align extracted technique/tactic claims into ClaimSheets and derive a CHR‑typed feature set (e.g., evidence depth, maturity). Use G.5 to select a set of tactics under multi‑objective tradeoffs, and ship a SoTA pack that cites the interop surface.

Episteme. Science‑of‑science discipline dashboard. Align external claim graphs (replication, standardisation, disruption‑style proxies) into CHR‑typed features for DHC series. Publish a dashboard slice that cites the external edition and alignment policy; refresh triggers fire when the external edition updates.

OEE/QD. Open‑ended environment generation. Register external environment/task taxonomies as index cards. Align them into generator‑family registries (as cited publications or records), keeping coverage/regret strictly as telemetry inputs. Use refresh to re‑align when the taxonomy edition changes.

Bias‑Annotation (informative)

  • Vendor/tool bias. The kit names conceptual surfaces only; it avoids vendor‑specific file formats or tooling claims.
  • Metric‑authority bias. External indicators are treated as inputs that must be typed, pinned, and evidenced; they are not authority by default.
  • Representation bias. Representation/embedding choices are forced into explicit Spec + edition pins (no hidden semantics).
  • Discipline bias. Interop supports pluralism by preserving explicit crossings and versioned alignments instead of forcing a single canonical external ontology.

Conformance Checklist (CC‑G13; applies when G.13 surfaces are used)

  1. CC‑G13‑CoreRef. (normative) G.13 implementations MUST satisfy the effective G.Core obligations declared by G.13:4.1 (GCoreLinkageManifest), including trigger typing, Default Governing Definition Index citation, and crossing‑visibility pin discipline.

  2. CC‑G13‑InteropIsNotASpecRefSurface. (delegated) Interop surfaces MUST NOT introduce shadow legality/comparability gates; they cite CN‑Spec/CG‑Spec/CHR/CAL governing definitions and publish pins instead. → delegate to CC‑GCORE‑CN‑CG‑1.

  3. CC‑G13‑CrossingsAreExplicitWhenInteropTouchesPlanesOrContexts. (delegated) Any cross‑plane/context reuse implied by alignment MUST be made explicit through the crossing visibility discipline. → delegate to CC‑GCORE‑CROSS‑1.

  4. CC-G13-PlanePenaltyPoliciesArePinned. (local; governing-definition citing) If PlaneMapRef is used (or alignment implies plane‑level penalties), interop surfaces MUST publish the relevant policy‑id pins via the crossing‑visibility discipline, and any such policies MUST satisfy the constraints governed by CG‑Spec (cite CC‑G0‑Φ). Interop surfaces MUST NOT define interop‑local penalty functions.

  5. CC‑G13‑SetReturnPreserved. (delegated) Interop MUST NOT introduce hidden scalarisation or forced single‑winner selection. → delegate to CC‑GCORE‑SET‑1.

  6. CC‑G13‑DefaultClaimsAreCitationsOnly. (delegated) Any mention of defaults (e.g., dominance regime, PortfolioMode) is a citation to the default's governing definition through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex, not a local default statement. → delegate to CC‑GCORE‑DEF‑1.

  7. CC‑G13‑EditionDisciplineForInteropCards. (local) ExternalIndexCard@Context and ClaimMapperCard@Context MUST expose edition pins (ExternalIndexRef.edition, ClaimMapperRef.edition). Any interop surface published to UTS MUST cite the relevant …Ref.edition values (incl. PlaneMapRef.edition?, ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef.edition?) when present. FPF edition keys MUST appear only on …Ref.edition pins when a reference is present. Provider snapshot labels (e.g., ExternalEdition on ExternalIndexCard@Context) may exist on the source card, but MUST NOT be copied into downstream artefacts as free‑floating “edition fields”; downstream artefacts cite the corresponding …Ref.edition pins instead. In particular, interop transforms MUST NOT perform illicit arithmetic on ordinal/compare‑only scales (e.g., averaging or subtraction); any aggregation must be via lawful CAL operators with explicit scale legality (cite A.18 / CC‑G0‑CSLC).

  8. CC‑G13‑SoSFeaturesAreCHRTypedAndLegal. (local; governing-definition citing) If SoSFeatureTransform@Context is used, produced SoS features MUST be CHR‑typed via FeatureTypingRefs{CharacteristicId/ScaleId/CoordinateId} (governed by G.3) and any legality/units obligations must be satisfied via CSLC/CG governing definitions (cite A.18 / G.0 / G.4; do not invent interop‑local legality gates).

  9. CC‑G13‑TelemetryEmitsCanonicalTriggerKinds. (delegated) Interop‑driven changes (external edition bumps, mapping policy changes, plane‑map edits, embedding‑spec edits) MUST emit canonical RSCRTriggerKindId causes with explicit scope and payload pins. → delegate to CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑1, CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑2, CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑3, CC‑GCORE‑TRIG‑4.

  10. CC‑G13‑IDContinuityForExternallySourcedIdentifiers. (delegated) Interop publication MUST follow Δ‑discipline: no “renaming by meaning”; use aliases/deprecations as required. → delegate to CC‑GCORE‑ID‑1, CC‑GCORE‑ID‑2.

  11. CC‑G13‑NotationIndependence. (local) Conformance is judged on the conceptual objects in G.13:4.2. Any serialisation is non‑normative and must not redefine semantics. (Cites E.5.2 for notation independence.)

Common Anti‑Patterns and How to Avoid Them

  • Anti‑pattern: “Format == spec”. Treating an export schema (KG dump, JSON, RO‑Crate, etc.) as the normative definition. Remedy: Keep ExternalIndexCard / ClaimMapperCard / InteropSurface as the conceptual specification; treat serialisation as an appendix/tooling concern.

  • Anti‑pattern: Hidden scale invention. An embedding similarity becomes a “score” without explicit typing/binding. Remedy: Require ScaleEmbeddingSpecRef + edition pins and bind any derived features through CHR/CAL governing definitions.

  • Anti‑pattern: Implicit plane/context reuse. Reusing external concept graphs across contexts without explicit crossing pins. Remedy: Publish crossing visibility pins and cite bridge/plane governing definitions; never fuse contexts “inside the aligner”.

  • Anti‑pattern: Edition‑free dashboards. Feeding externally derived rows into dashboards without pinned editions/policies. Remedy: Pin ExternalIndexRef.edition and ClaimMapperRef.edition; emit RSCR triggers on changes.

  • Anti‑pattern: Interop asserts defaults. “Interop decides dominance regime / PortfolioMode.” Remedy: Treat defaults as citations only (the relevant governing definition is cited through G.Core.DefaultGoverningDefinitionIndex).

Consequences

  • Interop becomes refresh‑ready. External source drift produces typed RSCR causes with scopes/payload pins; refresh becomes slice‑scoped rather than global guesswork.
  • Generation‑first authoring becomes cheaper. External sources become controlled inputs into SoTA synthesis and declared set-result exploration, not ad‑hoc audit decoration.
  • Conceptual hygiene improves. Explicit cards + edition pins reduce semantic leakage from tools/formats/providers.
  • Cross‑tradition reuse becomes auditable. Plane/context reuse is surfaced as crossings rather than embedded assumptions.

Rationale

FPF is a conceptual framework for disciplined creative work, not a data governance system. External scholarly infrastructure is valuable precisely because it provides fast, wide coverage—but without an explicit interop kit, that value is purchased by silently importing semantics (implicit comparisons, unpinned editions, hidden transformations).

G.13 resolves the tension by turning “interop” into first‑class conceptual wiring: cards/surfaces that pin editions, cite governing patterns, expose provenance hooks, and produce typed refresh causes, while leaving domain/tool specifics in Extensions (or Phase‑3 governing definitions).

SoTA‑Echoing (post‑2015, for orientation; non‑normative)

  • Scholarly claim graphs & open indexes. Open research KGs and open scholarly indexes encourage claim‑level representations and concept taxonomies as interop substrates (post‑2015 ecosystem: KG‑style contribution graphs; open indexing initiatives). Treat these as sources registered via ExternalIndexCard, not as governing patterns.

  • Neural representations for scientific text. Transformer‑based scientific encoders (e.g., SciBERT‑class; citation‑aware paper representations such as SPECTER‑class; later retrieval‑oriented scientific embedding families) are useful as alignment heuristics. In FPF terms, they belong behind ScaleEmbeddingSpec + pinned editions/policies (see G.13:Ext.EmbeddingBasedAlignment).

  • Schema matching & entity resolution (deep‑learning era). Modern matcher families (deep entity matching, contrastive representation alignment, GNN‑assisted graph alignment) help populate interop cards, but must not become “implicit semantics”; record their use as policy‑bound wiring in extensions.

  • Systematic review process modernisation. PRISMA‑2020‑class review records (post‑2015 practice) are valuable as evidence anchors and coverage telemetry; treat them as evidenced inputs (EvidenceGraph anchors + pinned editions/windows), not as legality gates.

  • QD / Illumination and OEE declared set results. Post‑2015 QD (MAP‑Elites successors, CMA‑ME line, differentiable QD toolkits) and OEE (POET‑class and related environment/method co‑evolution lines) often rely on external taxonomies and environment corpora. Interop should expose those as pinned external editions and keep coverage/regret as telemetry inputs—never as implicit dominance.

Relations

Builds on: G.Core. Imports: G.2, G.3, G.4, G.5, G.6, G.7, G.9, G.10, G.11, A.19, A.18, G.0, F.17, E.5.2, E.18. Publishes to: UTS (twin labels where applicable); refresh inputs to G.11; shipping hook surfaces to G.10 (as cited publications or records). Relates to: G.12 (dashboards), G.8 (SoS-LOG bundle surfaces) when interop-derived publications or records are consumed there.

Author’s quick checklist (informative)

  1. Register each external source snapshot as an ExternalIndexCard@Context with explicit ExternalEdition.
  2. Author a ClaimMapperCard@Context with explicit MappingPolicyRef and required edition pins.
  3. If you derive SoS features, declare a SoSFeatureTransform@Context and cite CHR typing refs and provenance hooks.
  4. Publish an InteropSurface@Context that cites all active …Ref.edition values and UTS rows.
  5. On any external edition or policy change, emit canonical RSCR trigger causes with explicit scope + payload pins.
  6. Keep provider/tool specifics in Extensions (or Phase‑3 seed) and do not let formats redefine semantics.

G.13:End


Last Updated: 2026-09-03 — upstream FPF commit b999972c (github.com/ailev/FPF)